rdelaage
/
postgresql
mirror of https://git.postgresql.org/git/postgresql.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
postgresql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c

Ignoring revisions in .git-blame-ignore-revs. Click here to bypass and see the normal blame view.

4443 lines
99 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
Change my-function-name-- to my_function_name, and optimizer renames.
1999-02-14 00:22:53 +01:00
* equalfuncs.c
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
* Equality functions to compare node trees.
*
Phase 1 of read-only-plans project: cause executor state nodes to point to plan nodes, not vice-versa. All executor state nodes now inherit from struct PlanState. Copying of plan trees has been simplified by not storing a list of SubPlans in Plan nodes (eliminating duplicate links). The executor still needs such a list, but it can build it during ExecutorStart since it has to scan the plan tree anyway. No initdb forced since no stored-on-disk structures changed, but you will need a full recompile because of node-numbering changes.
2002-12-05 16:50:39 +01:00
* NOTE: we currently support comparing all node types found in parse
* trees. We do not support comparing executor state trees; there
* is no need for that, and no point in maintaining all the code that
* would be needed. We also do not support comparing Path trees, mainly
* because the circular linkages between RelOptInfo and Path nodes can't
* be handled easily in a simple depth-first traversal.
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
*
Phase 1 of read-only-plans project: cause executor state nodes to point to plan nodes, not vice-versa. All executor state nodes now inherit from struct PlanState. Copying of plan trees has been simplified by not storing a list of SubPlans in Plan nodes (eliminating duplicate links). The executor still needs such a list, but it can build it during ExecutorStart since it has to scan the plan tree anyway. No initdb forced since no stored-on-disk structures changed, but you will need a full recompile because of node-numbering changes.
2002-12-05 16:50:39 +01:00
* Currently, in fact, equal() doesn't know how to compare Plan trees
* either. This might need to be fixed someday.
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
*
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
* NOTE: it is intentional that parse location fields (in nodes that have
* one) are not compared. This is because we want, for example, a variable
* "x" to be considered equal() to another reference to "x" in the query.
*
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*
Update copyright for 2022 Backpatch-through: 10
2022-01-08 01:04:57 +01:00
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
Add: * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2000, PostgreSQL, Inc to all files copyright Regents of Berkeley. Man, that's a lot of files.
2000-01-26 06:58:53 +01:00
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*
* IDENTIFICATION
Remove cvs keywords from all files.
2010-09-20 22:08:53 +02:00
* src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
include sem.h added, include string.h neede, from Erik Bertelsen for Ultrix
1997-01-10 21:19:49 +01:00
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
#include "postgres.h"
Add stack depth checks to key recursive functions in backend/nodes/*.c. Although copyfuncs.c has a check_stack_depth call in its recursion, equalfuncs.c, outfuncs.c, and readfuncs.c lacked one. This seems unwise. Likewise fix planstate_tree_walker(), in branches where that exists. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30253.1544286631@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-10 17:12:43 +01:00
#include "miscadmin.h"
Introduce extensible node types. An extensible node is always tagged T_Extensible, but the extnodename field identifies it more specifically; it may also include arbitrary private data. Extensible nodes can be copied, tested for equality, serialized, and deserialized, but the core system doesn't know anything about them otherwise. Some extensions may find it useful to include these nodes in fdw_private or custom_private lists in lieu of arm-wrestling their data into a format that the core code can understand. Along the way, so as not to burden the authors of such extensible node types too much, expose the functions for writing serialized tokens, and for serializing and deserializing bitmapsets. KaiGai Kohei, per a design suggested by me. Reviewed by Andres Freund and by me, and further edited by me.
2016-02-12 15:31:16 +01:00
#include "nodes/extensible.h"
Rename nodes/relation.h to nodes/pathnodes.h. The old name of this file was never a very good indication of what it was for. Now that there's also access/relation.h, we have a potential confusion hazard as well, so let's rename it to something more apropos. Per discussion, "pathnodes.h" is reasonable, since a good fraction of the file is Path node definitions. While at it, tweak a couple of other headers that were gratuitously importing relation.h into modules that don't need it. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7719.1548688728@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 22:49:25 +01:00
#include "nodes/pathnodes.h"
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
#include "utils/datum.h"
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
/*
* Macros to simplify comparison of different kinds of fields. Use these
* wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos. Note that these
* hard-wire the convention that the local variables in an Equal routine are
* named 'a' and 'b'.
*/
/* Compare a simple scalar field (int, float, bool, enum, etc) */
#define COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(fldname) \
do { \
if (a->fldname != b->fldname) \
return false; \
} while (0)
/* Compare a field that is a pointer to some kind of Node or Node tree */
#define COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(fldname) \
do { \
if (!equal(a->fldname, b->fldname)) \
return false; \
} while (0)
Replace planner's representation of relation sets, per pghackers discussion. Instead of Lists of integers, we now store variable-length bitmap sets. This should be faster as well as less error-prone.
2003-02-08 21:20:55 +01:00
/* Compare a field that is a pointer to a Bitmapset */
#define COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(fldname) \
do { \
if (!bms_equal(a->fldname, b->fldname)) \
return false; \
} while (0)
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
/* Compare a field that is a pointer to a C string, or perhaps NULL */
#define COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(fldname) \
do { \
if (!equalstr(a->fldname, b->fldname)) \
return false; \
} while (0)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
/* Macro for comparing string fields that might be NULL */
#define equalstr(a, b) \
(((a) != NULL && (b) != NULL) ? (strcmp(a, b) == 0) : (a) == (b))
Add COPY_ARRAY_FIELD and COMPARE_ARRAY_FIELD These handle node fields that are inline arrays (as opposed to dynamically allocated arrays handled by COPY_POINTER_FIELD and COMPARE_POINTER_FIELD). These cases were hand-coded until now. Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion <pchampion@vmware.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/c091e5cd-45f8-69ee-6a9b-de86912cc7e7@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-14 09:34:50 +02:00
/* Compare a field that is an inline array */
#define COMPARE_ARRAY_FIELD(fldname) \
do { \
if (memcmp(a->fldname, b->fldname, sizeof(a->fldname)) != 0) \
return false; \
} while (0)
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
/* Compare a field that is a pointer to a simple palloc'd object of size sz */
#define COMPARE_POINTER_FIELD(fldname, sz) \
do { \
if (memcmp(a->fldname, b->fldname, (sz)) != 0) \
return false; \
} while (0)
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
/* Compare a parse location field (this is a no-op, per note above) */
#define COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(fldname) \
((void) 0)
Make equal() ignore CoercionForm fields for better planning with casts. This change ensures that the planner will see implicit and explicit casts as equivalent for all purposes, except in the minority of cases where there's actually a semantic difference (as reflected by having a 3-argument cast function). In particular, this fixes cases where the EquivalenceClass machinery failed to consider two references to a varchar column as equivalent if one was implicitly cast to text but the other was explicitly cast to text, as seen in bug #7598 from Vaclav Juza. We have had similar bugs before in other parts of the planner, so I think it's time to fix this problem at the core instead of continuing to band-aid around it. Remove set_coercionform_dontcare(), which represents the band-aid previously in use for allowing matching of index and constraint expressions with inconsistent cast labeling. (We can probably get rid of COERCE_DONTCARE altogether, but I don't think removing that enum value in back branches would be wise; it's possible there's third party code referring to it.) Back-patch to 9.2. We could go back further, and might want to once this has been tested more; but for the moment I won't risk destabilizing plan choices in long-since-stable branches.
2012-10-12 18:10:49 +02:00
/* Compare a CoercionForm field (also a no-op, per comment in primnodes.h) */
#define COMPARE_COERCIONFORM_FIELD(fldname) \
((void) 0)
Add equal() funcs for Case nodes ... amazing we had not detected this omission before. Miscellaneous other cleanups.
1999-07-29 04:45:36 +02:00
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
/*
* Stuff from primnodes.h
*/
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlias(const Alias *a, const Alias *b)
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(aliasname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colnames);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRangeVar(const RangeVar *a, const RangeVar *b)
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(catalogname);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(schemaname);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(relname);
Replace enum InhOption with simple boolean. Now that it has only INH_NO and INH_YES values, it's just weird that it's not a plain bool, so make it that way. Also rename RangeVar.inhOpt to "inh", to be like RangeTblEntry.inh. My recollection is that we gave it a different name specifically because it had a different representation than the derived bool value, but it no longer does. And this is a good forcing function to be sure we catch any places that are affected by the change. Bump catversion because of possible effect on stored RangeVar nodes. I'm not exactly convinced that we ever store RangeVar on disk, but we have a readfuncs function for it, so be cautious. (If we do do so, then commit e13486eba was in error not to bump catversion.) Follow-on to commit e13486eba. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYe+EG7LdYX6pkcNxr4ygkP4+A=jm9o-CPXyOvRiCNwaQ@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-23 19:35:11 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inh);
Generalize concept of temporary relations to "relation persistence". This commit replaces pg_class.relistemp with pg_class.relpersistence; and also modifies the RangeVar node type to carry relpersistence rather than istemp. It also removes removes rd_istemp from RelationData and instead performs the correct computation based on relpersistence. For clarity, we add three new macros: RelationNeedsWAL(), RelationUsesLocalBuffers(), and RelationUsesTempNamespace(), so that we can clarify the purpose of each check that previous depended on rd_istemp. This is intended as infrastructure for the upcoming unlogged tables patch, as well as for future possible work on global temporary tables.
2010-12-13 18:34:26 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(relpersistence);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(alias);
Add a bunch of new error location reports to parse-analysis error messages. There are still some weak spots around JOIN USING and relation alias lists, but most errors reported within backend/parser/ now have locations.
2008-09-01 22:42:46 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Support XMLTABLE query expression XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query. This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using XMLReader under PL/Python). The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't currently support a default namespace to be specified. This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.) Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 16:39:37 +01:00
static bool
_equalTableFunc(const TableFunc *a, const TableFunc *b)
{
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(functype);
Support XMLTABLE query expression XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query. This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using XMLReader under PL/Python). The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't currently support a default namespace to be specified. This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.) Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 16:39:37 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(ns_uris);
Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with PostgreSQL 10 work. The _equalTableFunc() omission of coltypmods has semantic significance, but I did not track down resulting user-visible bugs, if any. The other changes are cosmetic only, affecting order. catversion bump due to readfuncs.c field order change.
2017-06-16 09:16:11 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(ns_names);
Support XMLTABLE query expression XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query. This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using XMLReader under PL/Python). The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't currently support a default namespace to be specified. This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.) Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 16:39:37 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(docexpr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rowexpr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colnames);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(coltypes);
Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with PostgreSQL 10 work. The _equalTableFunc() omission of coltypmods has semantic significance, but I did not track down resulting user-visible bugs, if any. The other changes are cosmetic only, affecting order. catversion bump due to readfuncs.c field order change.
2017-06-16 09:16:11 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(coltypmods);
Support XMLTABLE query expression XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query. This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using XMLReader under PL/Python). The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't currently support a default namespace to be specified. This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.) Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 16:39:37 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colcollations);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colexprs);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(coldefexprs);
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colvalexprs);
Support XMLTABLE query expression XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query. This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using XMLReader under PL/Python). The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't currently support a default namespace to be specified. This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.) Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 16:39:37 +01:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(notnulls);
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(plan);
Support XMLTABLE query expression XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query. This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using XMLReader under PL/Python). The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't currently support a default namespace to be specified. This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.) Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 16:39:37 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ordinalitycol);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
Fix errors in copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for JSON node types. Noted while comparing existing code to the output of the proposed patch to automate creation of these functions. Some of the changes are just cosmetic, but others represent real bugs. I've not attempted to analyze the user-visible impact. Back-patch to v15 where this code came in. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1794155.1656984188@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-05 17:12:33 +02:00
static bool
_equalJsonTablePlan(const JsonTablePlan *a, const JsonTablePlan *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(plan_type);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(join_type);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(plan1);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(plan2);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(pathname);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
static bool
_equalJsonTable(const JsonTable *a, const JsonTable *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(common);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(columns);
Fix errors in copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for JSON node types. Noted while comparing existing code to the output of the proposed patch to automate creation of these functions. Some of the changes are just cosmetic, but others represent real bugs. I've not attempted to analyze the user-visible impact. Back-patch to v15 where this code came in. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1794155.1656984188@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-05 17:12:33 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(plan);
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(on_error);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(alias);
Fix errors in copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for JSON node types. Noted while comparing existing code to the output of the proposed patch to automate creation of these functions. Some of the changes are just cosmetic, but others represent real bugs. I've not attempted to analyze the user-visible impact. Back-patch to v15 where this code came in. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1794155.1656984188@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-05 17:12:33 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(lateral);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonTableColumn(const JsonTableColumn *a, const JsonTableColumn *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(coltype);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(pathspec);
Fix errors in copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for JSON node types. Noted while comparing existing code to the output of the proposed patch to automate creation of these functions. Some of the changes are just cosmetic, but others represent real bugs. I've not attempted to analyze the user-visible impact. Back-patch to v15 where this code came in. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1794155.1656984188@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-05 17:12:33 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(pathname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(format);
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(wrapper);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(omit_quotes);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(columns);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(on_empty);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(on_error);
Fix errors in copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for JSON node types. Noted while comparing existing code to the output of the proposed patch to automate creation of these functions. Some of the changes are just cosmetic, but others represent real bugs. I've not attempted to analyze the user-visible impact. Back-patch to v15 where this code came in. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1794155.1656984188@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-05 17:12:33 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonTableParent(const JsonTableParent *a, const JsonTableParent *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(path);
PLAN clauses for JSON_TABLE These clauses allow the user to specify how data from nested paths are joined, allowing considerable freedom in shaping the tabular output of JSON_TABLE. PLAN DEFAULT allows the user to specify the global strategies when dealing with sibling or child nested paths. The is often sufficient to achieve the necessary goal, and is considerably simpler than the full PLAN clause, which allows the user to specify the strategy to be used for each named nested path. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-05 20:09:04 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(child);
PLAN clauses for JSON_TABLE These clauses allow the user to specify how data from nested paths are joined, allowing considerable freedom in shaping the tabular output of JSON_TABLE. PLAN DEFAULT allows the user to specify the global strategies when dealing with sibling or child nested paths. The is often sufficient to achieve the necessary goal, and is considerably simpler than the full PLAN clause, which allows the user to specify the strategy to be used for each named nested path. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-05 20:09:04 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(outerJoin);
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(colMin);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(colMax);
Rename JsonIsPredicate.value_type, fix JSON backend/nodes/ infrastructure. I started out with the intention to rename value_type to item_type to avoid a collision with a typedef name that appears on some platforms. Along the way, I noticed that the adjacent field "format" was not being correctly handled by the backend/nodes/ infrastructure functions: copyfuncs.c erroneously treated it as a scalar, while equalfuncs, outfuncs, and readfuncs omitted handling it at all. This looks like it might be cosmetic at the moment because the field is always NULL after parse analysis; but that's likely a bug in itself, and the code's certainly not very future-proof. Let's fix it while we can still do so without forcing an initdb on beta testers. Further study found a few other inconsistencies in the backend/nodes/ infrastructure for the recently-added JSON node types, so fix those too. catversion bumped because of potential change in stored rules. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/526703.1652385613@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-05-13 17:40:01 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(errorOnError);
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonTableSibling(const JsonTableSibling *a, const JsonTableSibling *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(larg);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rarg);
PLAN clauses for JSON_TABLE These clauses allow the user to specify how data from nested paths are joined, allowing considerable freedom in shaping the tabular output of JSON_TABLE. PLAN DEFAULT allows the user to specify the global strategies when dealing with sibling or child nested paths. The is often sufficient to achieve the necessary goal, and is considerably simpler than the full PLAN clause, which allows the user to specify the strategy to be used for each named nested path. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-05 20:09:04 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(cross);
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
return true;
}
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalIntoClause(const IntoClause *a, const IntoClause *b)
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rel);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colNames);
Fix equalfuncs for accessMethod addition in 8586bf7ed8. In a complete brown paper bag moment, I forgot to include equalfuncs in my previous fix of copy/out/readfuncs. Thanks Tom for noticing. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1659.1551903210@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-06 22:04:09 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(accessMethod);
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(onCommit);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(tableSpaceName);
Clean up the mess around EXPLAIN and materialized views. Revert the matview-related changes in explain.c's API, as per recent complaint from Robert Haas. The reason for these appears to have been principally some ill-considered choices around having intorel_startup do what ought to be parse-time checking, plus a poor arrangement for passing it the view parsetree it needs to store into pg_rewrite when creating a materialized view. Do the latter by having parse analysis stick a copy into the IntoClause, instead of doing it at runtime. (On the whole, I seriously question the choice to represent CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW as a variant of SELECT INTO/CREATE TABLE AS, because that means injecting even more complexity into what was already a horrid legacy kluge. However, I didn't go so far as to rethink that choice ... yet.) I also moved several error checks into matview parse analysis, and made the check for external Params in a matview more accurate. In passing, clean things up a bit more around interpretOidsOption(), and fix things so that we can use that to force no-oids for views, sequences, etc, thereby eliminating the need to cons up "oids = false" options when creating them. catversion bump due to change in IntoClause. (I wonder though if we really need readfuncs/outfuncs support for IntoClause anymore.)
2013-04-13 01:25:20 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(viewQuery);
Fix unsupported options in CREATE TABLE ... AS EXECUTE. The WITH [NO] DATA option was not supported, nor the ability to specify replacement column names; the former limitation wasn't even documented, as per recent complaint from Naoya Anzai. Fix by moving the responsibility for supporting these options into the executor. It actually takes less code this way ... catversion bump due to change in representation of IntoClause, which might affect stored rules.
2011-11-25 05:21:06 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(skipData);
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
return true;
}
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
/*
* We don't need an _equalExpr because Expr is an abstract supertype which
* should never actually get instantiated. Also, since it has no common
* fields except NodeTag, there's no need for a helper routine to factor
* out comparing the common fields...
*/
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalVar(const Var *a, const Var *b)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(varno);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(varattno);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(vartype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(vartypmod);
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(varcollid);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(varlevelsup);
Reconsider the representation of join alias Vars. The core idea of this patch is to make the parser generate join alias Vars (that is, ones with varno pointing to a JOIN RTE) only when the alias Var is actually different from any raw join input, that is a type coercion and/or COALESCE is necessary to generate the join output value. Otherwise just generate varno/varattno pointing to the relevant join input column. In effect, this means that the planner's flatten_join_alias_vars() transformation is already done in the parser, for all cases except (a) columns that are merged by JOIN USING and are transformed in the process, and (b) whole-row join Vars. In principle that would allow us to skip doing flatten_join_alias_vars() in many more queries than we do now, but we don't have quite enough infrastructure to know that we can do so --- in particular there's no cheap way to know whether there are any whole-row join Vars. I'm not sure if it's worth the trouble to add a Query-level flag for that, and in any case it seems like fit material for a separate patch. But even without skipping the work entirely, this should make flatten_join_alias_vars() faster, particularly where there are nested joins that it previously had to flatten recursively. An essential part of this change is to replace Var nodes' varnoold/varoattno fields with varnosyn/varattnosyn, which have considerably more tightly-defined meanings than the old fields: when they differ from varno/varattno, they identify the Var's position in an aliased JOIN RTE, and the join alias is what ruleutils.c should print for the Var. This is necessary because the varno change destroyed ruleutils.c's ability to find the JOIN RTE from the Var's varno. Another way in which this change broke ruleutils.c is that it's no longer feasible to determine, from a JOIN RTE's joinaliasvars list, which join columns correspond to which columns of the join's immediate input relations. (If those are sub-joins, the joinaliasvars entries may point to columns of their base relations, not the sub-joins.) But that was a horrid mess requiring a lot of fragile assumptions already, so let's just bite the bullet and add some more JOIN RTE fields to make it more straightforward to figure that out. I added two integer-List fields containing the relevant column numbers from the left and right input rels, plus a count of how many merged columns there are. This patch depends on the ParseNamespaceColumn infrastructure that I added in commit 5815696bc. The biggest bit of code change is restructuring transformFromClauseItem's handling of JOINs so that the ParseNamespaceColumn data is propagated upward correctly. Other than that and the ruleutils fixes, everything pretty much just works, though some processing is now inessential. I grabbed two pieces of low-hanging fruit in that line: 1. In find_expr_references, we don't need to recurse into join alias Vars anymore. There aren't any except for references to merged USING columns, which are more properly handled when we scan the join's RTE. This change actually fixes an edge-case issue: we will now record a dependency on any type-coercion function present in a USING column's joinaliasvar, even if that join column has no references in the query text. The odds of the missing dependency causing a problem seem quite small: you'd have to posit somebody dropping an implicit cast between two data types, without removing the types themselves, and then having a stored rule containing a whole-row Var for a join whose USING merge depends on that cast. So I don't feel a great need to change this in the back branches. But in theory this way is more correct. 2. markRTEForSelectPriv and markTargetListOrigin don't need to recurse into join alias Vars either, because the cases they care about don't apply to alias Vars for USING columns that are semantically distinct from the underlying columns. This removes the only case in which markVarForSelectPriv could be called with NULL for the RTE, so adjust the comments to describe that hack as being strictly internal to markRTEForSelectPriv. catversion bump required due to changes in stored rules. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7115.1577986646@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-09 17:56:59 +01:00
/*
* varnosyn/varattnosyn are intentionally ignored here, because Vars with
* different syntactic identifiers are semantically the same as long as
* their varno/varattno match.
*/
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalConst(const Const *a, const Const *b)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(consttype);
Fix up the remaining places where the expression node structure would lose available information about the typmod of an expression; namely, Const, ArrayRef, ArrayExpr, and EXPR and ARRAY SubLinks. In the ArrayExpr and SubLink cases it wasn't really the data structure's fault, but exprTypmod() being lazy. This seems like a good idea in view of the expected increase in typmod usage from Teodor's work to allow user-defined types to have typmods. In particular this responds to the concerns we had about eliminating the special-purpose hack that exprTypmod() used to have for BPCHAR Consts. We can now tell whether or not such a Const has been cast to a specific length, and report or display properly if so. initdb forced due to changes in stored rules.
2007-03-17 01:11:05 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(consttypmod);
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(constcollid);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(constlen);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(constisnull);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(constbyval);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Ye-old pgindent run. Same 4-space tabs.
2000-04-12 19:17:23 +02:00
Clean up handling of explicit NULL constants. Cases like SELECT null::text; SELECT int4fac(null); work as expected now. In some cases a NULL must be surrounded by parentheses: SELECT 2 + null; fails SELECT 2 + (null); OK This is a grammatical ambiguity that seems difficult to avoid. Other than that, NULLs seem to behave about like you'd expect. The internal implementation is that NULL constants are typed as UNKNOWN (like untyped string constants) until the parser can deduce the right type.
1999-12-24 07:43:34 +01:00
/*
* We treat all NULL constants of the same type as equal. Someday this
* might need to change? But datumIsEqual doesn't work on nulls, so...
*/
if (a->constisnull)
return true;
First stage of reclaiming memory in executor by resetting short-term memory contexts. Currently, only leaks in expressions executed as quals or projections are handled. Clean up some old dead cruft in executor while at it --- unused fields in state nodes, that sort of thing.
2000-07-12 04:37:39 +02:00
return datumIsEqual(a->constvalue, b->constvalue,
a->constbyval, a->constlen);
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalParam(const Param *a, const Param *b)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(paramkind);
Simplify ParamListInfo data structure to support only numbered parameters, not named ones, and replace linear searches of the list with array indexing. The named-parameter support has been dead code for many years anyway, and recent profiling suggests that the searching was costing a noticeable amount of performance for complex queries.
2006-04-22 03:26:01 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(paramid);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(paramtype);
Add a paramtypmod field to Param nodes. This is dead weight for Params representing externally-supplied values, since the APIs that carry such values only specify type not typmod. However, for PARAM_SUBLINK Params it is handy to carry the typmod of the sublink's output column. This is a much cleaner solution for the recently reported 'could not find pathkey item to sort' and 'failed to find unique expression in subplan tlist' bugs than my original 8.2-compatible patch. Besides, someday we might want to support typmods for external parameters ...
2006-12-10 23:13:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(paramtypmod);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(paramcollid);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Add equal() funcs for Case nodes ... amazing we had not detected this omission before. Miscellaneous other cleanups.
1999-07-29 04:45:36 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAggref(const Aggref *a, const Aggref *b)
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(aggfnoid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(aggtype);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(aggcollid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inputcollid);
Fix handling of argument and result datatypes for partial aggregation. When doing partial aggregation, the args list of the upper (combining) Aggref node is replaced by a Var representing the output of the partial aggregation steps, which has either the aggregate's transition data type or a serialized representation of that. However, nodeAgg.c blindly continued to use the args list as an indication of the user-level argument types. This broke resolution of polymorphic transition datatypes at executor startup (though it accidentally failed to fail for the ANYARRAY case, which is likely the only one anyone had tested). Moreover, the constructed FuncExpr passed to the finalfunc contained completely wrong information, which would have led to bogus answers or crashes for any case where the finalfunc examined that information (which is only likely to be with polymorphic aggregates using a non-polymorphic transition type). As an independent bug, apply_partialaggref_adjustment neglected to resolve a polymorphic transition datatype before assigning it as the output type of the lower-level Aggref node. This again accidentally failed to fail for ANYARRAY but would be unlikely to work in other cases. To fix the first problem, record the user-level argument types in a separate OID-list field of Aggref, and look to that rather than the args list when asking what the argument types were. (It turns out to be convenient to include any "direct" arguments in this list too, although those are not currently subject to being overwritten.) Rather than adding yet another resolve_aggregate_transtype() call to fix the second problem, add an aggtranstype field to Aggref, and store the resolved transition type OID there when the planner first computes it. (By doing this in the planner and not the parser, we can allow the aggregate's transition type to change from time to time, although no DDL support yet exists for that.) This saves nothing of consequence for simple non-polymorphic aggregates, but for polymorphic transition types we save a catalog lookup during executor startup as well as several planner lookups that are new in 9.6 due to parallel query planning. In passing, fix an error that was introduced into count_agg_clauses_walker some time ago: it was applying exprTypmod() to something that wasn't an expression node at all, but a TargetEntry. exprTypmod silently returned -1 so that there was not an obvious failure, but this broke the intended sensitivity of aggregate space consumption estimates to the typmod of varchar and similar data types. This part needs to be back-patched. Catversion bump due to change of stored Aggref nodes. Discussion: <8229.1466109074@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-18 03:44:37 +02:00
/* ignore aggtranstype since it might not be set yet */
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(aggargtypes);
Support ordered-set (WITHIN GROUP) aggregates. This patch introduces generic support for ordered-set and hypothetical-set aggregate functions, as well as implementations of the instances defined in SQL:2008 (percentile_cont(), percentile_disc(), rank(), dense_rank(), percent_rank(), cume_dist()). We also added mode() though it is not in the spec, as well as versions of percentile_cont() and percentile_disc() that can compute multiple percentile values in one pass over the data. Unlike the original submission, this patch puts full control of the sorting process in the hands of the aggregate's support functions. To allow the support functions to find out how they're supposed to sort, a new API function AggGetAggref() is added to nodeAgg.c. This allows retrieval of the aggregate call's Aggref node, which may have other uses beyond the immediate need. There is also support for ordered-set aggregates to install cleanup callback functions, so that they can be sure that infrastructure such as tuplesort objects gets cleaned up. In passing, make some fixes in the recently-added support for variadic aggregates, and make some editorial adjustments in the recent FILTER additions for aggregates. Also, simplify use of IsBinaryCoercible() by allowing it to succeed whenever the target type is ANY or ANYELEMENT. It was inconsistent that it dealt with other polymorphic target types but not these. Atri Sharma and Andrew Gierth; reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Vik Fearing, and rather heavily editorialized upon by Tom Lane
2013-12-23 22:11:35 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(aggdirectargs);
Aggregate functions now support multiple input arguments. I also took the opportunity to treat COUNT(*) as a zero-argument aggregate instead of the old hack that equated it to COUNT(1); this is materially cleaner (no more weird ANYOID cases) and ought to be at least a tiny bit faster. Original patch by Sergey Koposov; review, documentation, simple regression tests, pg_dump and psql support by moi.
2006-07-27 21:52:07 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Support ORDER BY within aggregate function calls, at long last providing a non-kluge method for controlling the order in which values are fed to an aggregate function. At the same time eliminate the old implementation restriction that DISTINCT was only supported for single-argument aggregates. Possibly release-notable behavioral change: formerly, agg(DISTINCT x) dropped null values of x unconditionally. Now, it does so only if the agg transition function is strict; otherwise nulls are treated as DISTINCT normally would, ie, you get one copy. Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada
2009-12-15 18:57:48 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(aggorder);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(aggdistinct);
Implement the FILTER clause for aggregate function calls. This is SQL-standard with a few extensions, namely support for subqueries and outer references in clause expressions. catversion bump due to change in Aggref and WindowFunc. David Fetter, reviewed by Dean Rasheed.
2013-07-17 02:15:36 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(aggfilter);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(aggstar);
Allow aggregate functions to be VARIADIC. There's no inherent reason why an aggregate function can't be variadic (even VARIADIC ANY) if its transition function can handle the case. Indeed, this patch to add the feature touches none of the planner or executor, and little of the parser; the main missing stuff was DDL and pg_dump support. It is true that variadic aggregates can create the same sort of ambiguity about parameters versus ORDER BY keys that was complained of when we (briefly) had both one- and two-argument forms of string_agg(). However, the policy formed in response to that discussion only said that we'd not create any built-in aggregates with varying numbers of arguments, not that we shouldn't allow users to do it. So the logical extension of that is we can allow users to make variadic aggregates as long as we're wary about shipping any such in core. In passing, this patch allows aggregate function arguments to be named, to the extent of remembering the names in pg_proc and dumping them in pg_dump. You can't yet call an aggregate using named-parameter notation. That seems like a likely future extension, but it'll take some work, and it's not what this patch is really about. Likewise, there's still some work needed to make window functions handle VARIADIC fully, but I left that for another day. initdb forced because of new aggvariadic field in Aggref parse nodes.
2013-09-03 23:08:38 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(aggvariadic);
Support ordered-set (WITHIN GROUP) aggregates. This patch introduces generic support for ordered-set and hypothetical-set aggregate functions, as well as implementations of the instances defined in SQL:2008 (percentile_cont(), percentile_disc(), rank(), dense_rank(), percent_rank(), cume_dist()). We also added mode() though it is not in the spec, as well as versions of percentile_cont() and percentile_disc() that can compute multiple percentile values in one pass over the data. Unlike the original submission, this patch puts full control of the sorting process in the hands of the aggregate's support functions. To allow the support functions to find out how they're supposed to sort, a new API function AggGetAggref() is added to nodeAgg.c. This allows retrieval of the aggregate call's Aggref node, which may have other uses beyond the immediate need. There is also support for ordered-set aggregates to install cleanup callback functions, so that they can be sure that infrastructure such as tuplesort objects gets cleaned up. In passing, make some fixes in the recently-added support for variadic aggregates, and make some editorial adjustments in the recent FILTER additions for aggregates. Also, simplify use of IsBinaryCoercible() by allowing it to succeed whenever the target type is ANY or ANYELEMENT. It was inconsistent that it dealt with other polymorphic target types but not these. Atri Sharma and Andrew Gierth; reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Vik Fearing, and rather heavily editorialized upon by Tom Lane
2013-12-23 22:11:35 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(aggkind);
Support ORDER BY within aggregate function calls, at long last providing a non-kluge method for controlling the order in which values are fed to an aggregate function. At the same time eliminate the old implementation restriction that DISTINCT was only supported for single-argument aggregates. Possibly release-notable behavioral change: formerly, agg(DISTINCT x) dropped null values of x unconditionally. Now, it does so only if the agg transition function is strict; otherwise nulls are treated as DISTINCT normally would, ie, you get one copy. Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada
2009-12-15 18:57:48 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(agglevelsup);
Rethink node-level representation of partial-aggregation modes. The original coding had three separate booleans representing partial aggregation behavior, which was confusing, unreadable, and error-prone, not least because the booleans weren't always listed in the same order. It was also inadequate for the allegedly-desirable future extension to support intermediate partial aggregation, because we'd need separate markers for serialization and deserialization in such a case. Merge these bools into an enum "AggSplit" to provide symbolic names for the supported operating modes (and document what those are). By assigning the values of the enum constants carefully, we can treat AggSplit values as options bitmasks so that tests of what to do aren't noticeably more expensive than before. While at it, get rid of Aggref.aggoutputtype. That's not needed since commit 59a3795c2 got rid of setrefs.c's special-purpose Aggref comparison code, and it likewise seemed more confusing than helpful. Assorted comment cleanup as well (there's still more that I want to do in that line). catversion bump for change in Aggref node contents. Should be the last one for partial-aggregation changes. Discussion: <29309.1466699160@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-26 20:33:38 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(aggsplit);
Move per-agg and per-trans duplicate finding to the planner. This has the advantage that the cost estimates for aggregates can count the number of calls to transition and final functions correctly. Bump catalog version, because views can contain Aggrefs. Reviewed-by: Andres Freund Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/b2e3536b-1dbc-8303-c97e-89cb0b4a9a48%40iki.fi
2020-11-24 09:45:00 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(aggno);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(aggtransno);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
return true;
}
Support GROUPING SETS, CUBE and ROLLUP. This SQL standard functionality allows to aggregate data by different GROUP BY clauses at once. Each grouping set returns rows with columns grouped by in other sets set to NULL. This could previously be achieved by doing each grouping as a separate query, conjoined by UNION ALLs. Besides being considerably more concise, grouping sets will in many cases be faster, requiring only one scan over the underlying data. The current implementation of grouping sets only supports using sorting for input. Individual sets that share a sort order are computed in one pass. If there are sets that don't share a sort order, additional sort & aggregation steps are performed. These additional passes are sourced by the previous sort step; thus avoiding repeated scans of the source data. The code is structured in a way that adding support for purely using hash aggregation or a mix of hashing and sorting is possible. Sorting was chosen to be supported first, as it is the most generic method of implementation. Instead of, as in an earlier versions of the patch, representing the chain of sort and aggregation steps as full blown planner and executor nodes, all but the first sort are performed inside the aggregation node itself. This avoids the need to do some unusual gymnastics to handle having to return aggregated and non-aggregated tuples from underlying nodes, as well as having to shut down underlying nodes early to limit memory usage. The optimizer still builds Sort/Agg node to describe each phase, but they're not part of the plan tree, but instead additional data for the aggregation node. They're a convenient and preexisting way to describe aggregation and sorting. The first (and possibly only) sort step is still performed as a separate execution step. That retains similarity with existing group by plans, makes rescans fairly simple, avoids very deep plans (leading to slow explains) and easily allows to avoid the sorting step if the underlying data is sorted by other means. A somewhat ugly side of this patch is having to deal with a grammar ambiguity between the new CUBE keyword and the cube extension/functions named cube (and rollup). To avoid breaking existing deployments of the cube extension it has not been renamed, neither has cube been made a reserved keyword. Instead precedence hacking is used to make GROUP BY cube(..) refer to the CUBE grouping sets feature, and not the function cube(). To actually group by a function cube(), unlikely as that might be, the function name has to be quoted. Needs a catversion bump because stored rules may change. Author: Andrew Gierth and Atri Sharma, with contributions from Andres Freund Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Noah Misch, Tom Lane, Svenne Krap, Tomas Vondra, Erik Rijkers, Marti Raudsepp, Pavel Stehule Discussion: CAOeZVidmVRe2jU6aMk_5qkxnB7dfmPROzM7Ur8JPW5j8Y5X-Lw@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-16 03:40:59 +02:00
static bool
_equalGroupingFunc(const GroupingFunc *a, const GroupingFunc *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
/*
* We must not compare the refs or cols field
*/
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(agglevelsup);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalWindowFunc(const WindowFunc *a, const WindowFunc *b)
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(winfnoid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(wintype);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(wincollid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inputcollid);
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Implement the FILTER clause for aggregate function calls. This is SQL-standard with a few extensions, namely support for subqueries and outer references in clause expressions. catversion bump due to change in Aggref and WindowFunc. David Fetter, reviewed by Dean Rasheed.
2013-07-17 02:15:36 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(aggfilter);
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(winref);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(winstar);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(winagg);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
static bool
Renaming for new subscripting mechanism Over at patch https://commitfest.postgresql.org/21/1062/ Dmitry wants to introduce a more generic subscription mechanism, which allows subscripting not only arrays but also other object types such as JSONB. That functionality is introduced in a largish invasive patch, out of which this internal renaming patch was extracted. Author: Dmitry Dolgov Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcUK4EqPAu7XRRO5CCjMwhz5zvg+rfWuLzVoxp_5sKS6=w@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-01 16:50:32 +01:00
_equalSubscriptingRef(const SubscriptingRef *a, const SubscriptingRef *b)
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
{
Renaming for new subscripting mechanism Over at patch https://commitfest.postgresql.org/21/1062/ Dmitry wants to introduce a more generic subscription mechanism, which allows subscripting not only arrays but also other object types such as JSONB. That functionality is introduced in a largish invasive patch, out of which this internal renaming patch was extracted. Author: Dmitry Dolgov Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcUK4EqPAu7XRRO5CCjMwhz5zvg+rfWuLzVoxp_5sKS6=w@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-01 16:50:32 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(refcontainertype);
First phase of work on array improvements. ARRAY[x,y,z] constructor expressions, ARRAY(sub-SELECT) expressions, some array functions. Polymorphic functions using ANYARRAY/ANYELEMENT argument and return types. Some regression tests in place, documentation is lacking. Joe Conway, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2003-04-09 01:20:04 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(refelemtype);
Support subscripting of arbitrary types, not only arrays. This patch generalizes the subscripting infrastructure so that any data type can be subscripted, if it provides a handler function to define what that means. Traditional variable-length (varlena) arrays all use array_subscript_handler(), while the existing fixed-length types that support subscripting use raw_array_subscript_handler(). It's expected that other types that want to use subscripting notation will define their own handlers. (This patch provides no such new features, though; it only lays the foundation for them.) To do this, move the parser's semantic processing of subscripts (including coercion to whatever data type is required) into a method callback supplied by the handler. On the execution side, replace the ExecEvalSubscriptingRef* layer of functions with direct calls to callback-supplied execution routines. (Thus, essentially no new run-time overhead should be caused by this patch. Indeed, there is room to remove some overhead by supplying specialized execution routines. This patch does a little bit in that line, but more could be done.) Additional work is required here and there to remove formerly hard-wired assumptions about the result type, collation, etc of a SubscriptingRef expression node; and to remove assumptions that the subscript values must be integers. One useful side-effect of this is that we now have a less squishy mechanism for identifying whether a data type is a "true" array: instead of wiring in weird rules about typlen, we can look to see if pg_type.typsubscript == F_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_HANDLER. For this to be bulletproof, we have to forbid user-defined types from using that handler directly; but there seems no good reason for them to do so. This patch also removes assumptions that the number of subscripts is limited to MAXDIM (6), or indeed has any hard-wired limit. That limit still applies to types handled by array_subscript_handler or raw_array_subscript_handler, but to discourage other dependencies on this constant, I've moved it from c.h to utils/array.h. Dmitry Dolgov, reviewed at various times by Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov, Peter Eisentraut, Pavel Stehule Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVDuGBv=M0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVovR+XY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA@mail.gmail.com
2020-12-09 18:40:37 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(refrestype);
Fix up the remaining places where the expression node structure would lose available information about the typmod of an expression; namely, Const, ArrayRef, ArrayExpr, and EXPR and ARRAY SubLinks. In the ArrayExpr and SubLink cases it wasn't really the data structure's fault, but exprTypmod() being lazy. This seems like a good idea in view of the expected increase in typmod usage from Teodor's work to allow user-defined types to have typmods. In particular this responds to the concerns we had about eliminating the special-purpose hack that exprTypmod() used to have for BPCHAR Consts. We can now tell whether or not such a Const has been cast to a specific length, and report or display properly if so. initdb forced due to changes in stored rules.
2007-03-17 01:11:05 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(reftypmod);
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(refcollid);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(refupperindexpr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(reflowerindexpr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(refexpr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(refassgnexpr);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalFuncExpr(const FuncExpr *a, const FuncExpr *b)
Add equal() funcs for Case nodes ... amazing we had not detected this omission before. Miscellaneous other cleanups.
1999-07-29 04:45:36 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcresulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcretset);
Add infrastructure for storing a VARIADIC ANY function's VARIADIC flag. Originally we didn't bother to mark FuncExprs with any indication whether VARIADIC had been given in the source text, because there didn't seem to be any need for it at runtime. However, because we cannot fold a VARIADIC ANY function's arguments into an array (since they're not necessarily all the same type), we do actually need that information at runtime if VARIADIC ANY functions are to respond unsurprisingly to use of the VARIADIC keyword. Add the missing field, and also fix ruleutils.c so that VARIADIC ANY function calls are dumped properly. Extracted from a larger patch that also fixes concat() and format() (the only two extant VARIADIC ANY functions) to behave properly when VARIADIC is specified. This portion seems appropriate to review and commit separately. Pavel Stehule
2013-01-22 02:25:26 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcvariadic);
Make equal() ignore CoercionForm fields for better planning with casts. This change ensures that the planner will see implicit and explicit casts as equivalent for all purposes, except in the minority of cases where there's actually a semantic difference (as reflected by having a 3-argument cast function). In particular, this fixes cases where the EquivalenceClass machinery failed to consider two references to a varchar column as equivalent if one was implicitly cast to text but the other was explicitly cast to text, as seen in bug #7598 from Vaclav Juza. We have had similar bugs before in other parts of the planner, so I think it's time to fix this problem at the core instead of continuing to band-aid around it. Remove set_coercionform_dontcare(), which represents the band-aid previously in use for allowing matching of index and constraint expressions with inconsistent cast labeling. (We can probably get rid of COERCE_DONTCARE altogether, but I don't think removing that enum value in back branches would be wise; it's possible there's third party code referring to it.) Back-patch to 9.2. We could go back further, and might want to once this has been tested more; but for the moment I won't risk destabilizing plan choices in long-since-stable branches.
2012-10-12 18:10:49 +02:00
COMPARE_COERCIONFORM_FIELD(funcformat);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funccollid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inputcollid);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Add equal() funcs for Case nodes ... amazing we had not detected this omission before. Miscellaneous other cleanups.
1999-07-29 04:45:36 +02:00
return true;
}
Support use of function argument names to identify which actual arguments match which function parameters. The syntax uses AS, for example funcname(value AS arg1, anothervalue AS arg2) Pavel Stehule
2009-10-08 04:39:25 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalNamedArgExpr(const NamedArgExpr *a, const NamedArgExpr *b)
Support use of function argument names to identify which actual arguments match which function parameters. The syntax uses AS, for example funcname(value AS arg1, anothervalue AS arg2) Pavel Stehule
2009-10-08 04:39:25 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(argnumber);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
equal() needs a case for Aggref nodes, as shown by: regression=> select sum(q1) from int8_tbl group by q2 order by sum(q1); NOTICE: equal: don't know whether nodes of type 107 are equal
1999-06-06 19:46:40 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalOpExpr(const OpExpr *a, const OpExpr *b)
equal() needs a case for Aggref nodes, as shown by: regression=> select sum(q1) from int8_tbl group by q2 order by sum(q1); NOTICE: equal: don't know whether nodes of type 107 are equal
1999-06-06 19:46:40 +02:00
{
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
/*
* Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
* contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the one node
* isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had the
* opfuncid cache filled yet.
*/
if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
a->opfuncid != 0 &&
b->opfuncid != 0)
return false;
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opresulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opretset);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opcollid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inputcollid);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDistinctExpr(const DistinctExpr *a, const DistinctExpr *b)
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
/*
* Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
* contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the one node
* isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had the
* opfuncid cache filled yet.
*/
if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
a->opfuncid != 0 &&
b->opfuncid != 0)
return false;
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opresulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opretset);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opcollid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inputcollid);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalNullIfExpr(const NullIfExpr *a, const NullIfExpr *b)
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
/*
* Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
* contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the one node
* isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had the
* opfuncid cache filled yet.
*/
if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
a->opfuncid != 0 &&
b->opfuncid != 0)
return false;
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opresulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opretset);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opcollid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inputcollid);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
return true;
}
Support expressions of the form 'scalar op ANY (array)' and 'scalar op ALL (array)', where the operator is applied between the lefthand scalar and each element of the array. The operator must yield boolean; the result of the construct is the OR or AND of the per-element results, respectively. Original coding by Joe Conway, after an idea of Peter's. Rewritten by Tom to keep the implementation strictly separate from subqueries.
2003-06-29 02:33:44 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalScalarArrayOpExpr(const ScalarArrayOpExpr *a, const ScalarArrayOpExpr *b)
Support expressions of the form 'scalar op ANY (array)' and 'scalar op ALL (array)', where the operator is applied between the lefthand scalar and each element of the array. The operator must yield boolean; the result of the construct is the OR or AND of the per-element results, respectively. Original coding by Joe Conway, after an idea of Peter's. Rewritten by Tom to keep the implementation strictly separate from subqueries.
2003-06-29 02:33:44 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Support expressions of the form 'scalar op ANY (array)' and 'scalar op ALL (array)', where the operator is applied between the lefthand scalar and each element of the array. The operator must yield boolean; the result of the construct is the OR or AND of the per-element results, respectively. Original coding by Joe Conway, after an idea of Peter's. Rewritten by Tom to keep the implementation strictly separate from subqueries.
2003-06-29 02:33:44 +02:00
/*
* Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
* contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the one node
* isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had the
* opfuncid cache filled yet.
*/
if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
a->opfuncid != 0 &&
b->opfuncid != 0)
return false;
Speedup ScalarArrayOpExpr evaluation ScalarArrayOpExprs with "useOr=true" and a set of Consts on the righthand side have traditionally been evaluated by using a linear search over the array. When these arrays contain large numbers of elements then this linear search could become a significant part of execution time. Here we add a new method of evaluating ScalarArrayOpExpr expressions to allow them to be evaluated by first building a hash table containing each element, then on subsequent evaluations, we just probe that hash table to determine if there is a match. The planner is in charge of determining when this optimization is possible and it enables it by setting hashfuncid in the ScalarArrayOpExpr. The executor will only perform the hash table evaluation when the hashfuncid is set. This means that not all cases are optimized. For example CHECK constraints containing an IN clause won't go through the planner, so won't get the hashfuncid set. We could maybe do something about that at some later date. The reason we're not doing it now is from fear that we may slow down cases where the expression is evaluated only once. Those cases can be common, for example, a single row INSERT to a table with a CHECK constraint containing an IN clause. In the planner, we enable this when there are suitable hash functions for the ScalarArrayOpExpr's operator and only when there is at least MIN_ARRAY_SIZE_FOR_HASHED_SAOP elements in the array. The threshold is currently set to 9. Author: James Coleman, David Rowley Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Tomas Vondra, Heikki Linnakangas Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8x62+=wn0zvNKCj55tPpg-JBHzhZFFc6ANovdqFw7-dA@mail.gmail.com
2021-04-08 13:51:22 +02:00
/* As above, hashfuncid may differ too */
if (a->hashfuncid != b->hashfuncid &&
a->hashfuncid != 0 &&
b->hashfuncid != 0)
return false;
Use a hash table to speed up NOT IN(values) Similar to 50e17ad28, which allowed hash tables to be used for IN clauses with a set of constants, here we add the same feature for NOT IN clauses. NOT IN evaluates the same as: WHERE a <> v1 AND a <> v2 AND a <> v3. Obviously, if we're using a hash table we must be exactly equivalent to that and return the same result taking into account that either side of the condition could contain a NULL. This requires a little bit of special handling to make work with the hash table version. When processing NOT IN, the ScalarArrayOpExpr's operator will be the <> operator. To be able to build and lookup a hash table we must use the <>'s negator operator. The planner checks if that exists and is hashable and sets the relevant fields in ScalarArrayOpExpr to instruct the executor to use hashing. Author: David Rowley, James Coleman Reviewed-by: James Coleman, Zhihong Yu Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoF1mum_FRk6D621edcB6KSHBi2+GAgWmioj5AhOu2vwQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-07-07 06:29:17 +02:00
/* Likewise for the negfuncid */
if (a->negfuncid != b->negfuncid &&
a->negfuncid != 0 &&
b->negfuncid != 0)
return false;
Support expressions of the form 'scalar op ANY (array)' and 'scalar op ALL (array)', where the operator is applied between the lefthand scalar and each element of the array. The operator must yield boolean; the result of the construct is the OR or AND of the per-element results, respectively. Original coding by Joe Conway, after an idea of Peter's. Rewritten by Tom to keep the implementation strictly separate from subqueries.
2003-06-29 02:33:44 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(useOr);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inputcollid);
Support expressions of the form 'scalar op ANY (array)' and 'scalar op ALL (array)', where the operator is applied between the lefthand scalar and each element of the array. The operator must yield boolean; the result of the construct is the OR or AND of the per-element results, respectively. Original coding by Joe Conway, after an idea of Peter's. Rewritten by Tom to keep the implementation strictly separate from subqueries.
2003-06-29 02:33:44 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Support expressions of the form 'scalar op ANY (array)' and 'scalar op ALL (array)', where the operator is applied between the lefthand scalar and each element of the array. The operator must yield boolean; the result of the construct is the OR or AND of the per-element results, respectively. Original coding by Joe Conway, after an idea of Peter's. Rewritten by Tom to keep the implementation strictly separate from subqueries.
2003-06-29 02:33:44 +02:00
return true;
}
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalBoolExpr(const BoolExpr *a, const BoolExpr *b)
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(boolop);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
equal() needs a case for Aggref nodes, as shown by: regression=> select sum(q1) from int8_tbl group by q2 order by sum(q1); NOTICE: equal: don't know whether nodes of type 107 are equal
1999-06-06 19:46:40 +02:00
return true;
}
Implement constant-expression simplification per Bernard Frankpitt, plus some improvements from yours truly. The simplifier depends on the proiscachable field of pg_proc to tell it whether a function is safe to pre-evaluate --- things like nextval() are not, for example. Update pg_proc.h to contain reasonable cacheability information; as of 6.5.* hardly any functions were marked cacheable. I may have erred too far in the other direction; see recent mail to pghackers for more info. This update does not force an initdb, exactly, but you won't see much benefit from the simplifier until you do one.
1999-09-26 04:28:44 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalSubLink(const SubLink *a, const SubLink *b)
Implement constant-expression simplification per Bernard Frankpitt, plus some improvements from yours truly. The simplifier depends on the proiscachable field of pg_proc to tell it whether a function is safe to pre-evaluate --- things like nextval() are not, for example. Update pg_proc.h to contain reasonable cacheability information; as of 6.5.* hardly any functions were marked cacheable. I may have erred too far in the other direction; see recent mail to pghackers for more info. This update does not force an initdb, exactly, but you won't see much benefit from the simplifier until you do one.
1999-09-26 04:28:44 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(subLinkType);
Implement UPDATE tab SET (col1,col2,...) = (SELECT ...), ... This SQL-standard feature allows a sub-SELECT yielding multiple columns (but only one row) to be used to compute the new values of several columns to be updated. While the same results can be had with an independent sub-SELECT per column, such a workaround can require a great deal of duplicated computation. The standard actually says that the source for a multi-column assignment could be any row-valued expression. The implementation used here is tightly tied to our existing sub-SELECT support and can't handle other cases; the Bison grammar would have some issues with them too. However, I don't feel too bad about this since other cases can be converted into sub-SELECTs. For instance, "SET (a,b,c) = row_valued_function(x)" could be written "SET (a,b,c) = (SELECT * FROM row_valued_function(x))".
2014-06-18 19:22:25 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(subLinkId);
Implement SQL-compliant treatment of row comparisons for < <= > >= cases (previously we only did = and <> correctly). Also, allow row comparisons with any operators that are in btree opclasses, not only those with these specific names. This gets rid of a whole lot of indefensible assumptions about the behavior of particular operators based on their names ... though it's still true that IN and NOT IN expand to "= ANY". The patch adds a RowCompareExpr expression node type, and makes some changes in the representation of ANY/ALL/ROWCOMPARE SubLinks so that they can share code with RowCompareExpr. I have not yet done anything about making RowCompareExpr an indexable operator, but will look at that soon. initdb forced due to changes in stored rules.
2005-12-28 02:30:02 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(testexpr);
Further tweaking of parsetree & plantree representation of SubLinks. Simplify SubLink by storing just a List of operator OIDs, instead of a list of incomplete OpExprs --- that was a bizarre and bulky choice, with no redeeming social value since we have to build new OpExprs anyway when forming the plan tree.
2003-01-10 22:08:15 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(operName);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(subselect);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Implement constant-expression simplification per Bernard Frankpitt, plus some improvements from yours truly. The simplifier depends on the proiscachable field of pg_proc to tell it whether a function is safe to pre-evaluate --- things like nextval() are not, for example. Update pg_proc.h to contain reasonable cacheability information; as of 6.5.* hardly any functions were marked cacheable. I may have erred too far in the other direction; see recent mail to pghackers for more info. This update does not force an initdb, exactly, but you won't see much benefit from the simplifier until you do one.
1999-09-26 04:28:44 +02:00
Modify array operations to include array's element type OID in the array header, and to compute sizing and alignment of array elements the same way normal tuple access operations do --- viz, using the tupmacs.h macros att_addlength and att_align. This makes the world safe for arrays of cstrings or intervals, and should make it much easier to write array-type-polymorphic functions; as examples see the cleanups of array_out and contrib/array_iterator. By Joe Conway and Tom Lane.
2002-08-26 19:54:02 +02:00
return true;
First cut at full support for OUTER JOINs. There are still a few loose ends to clean up (see my message of same date to pghackers), but mostly it works. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-12 23:07:18 +02:00
}
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalSubPlan(const SubPlan *a, const SubPlan *b)
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
{
Clean up plantree representation of SubPlan-s --- SubLink does not appear in the planned representation of a subplan at all any more, only SubPlan. This means subselect.c doesn't scribble on its input anymore, which seems like a good thing; and there are no longer three different possible interpretations of a SubLink. Simplify node naming and improve comments in primnodes.h. No change to stored rules, though.
2002-12-14 01:17:59 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(subLinkType);
Implement SQL-compliant treatment of row comparisons for < <= > >= cases (previously we only did = and <> correctly). Also, allow row comparisons with any operators that are in btree opclasses, not only those with these specific names. This gets rid of a whole lot of indefensible assumptions about the behavior of particular operators based on their names ... though it's still true that IN and NOT IN expand to "= ANY". The patch adds a RowCompareExpr expression node type, and makes some changes in the representation of ANY/ALL/ROWCOMPARE SubLinks so that they can share code with RowCompareExpr. I have not yet done anything about making RowCompareExpr an indexable operator, but will look at that soon. initdb forced due to changes in stored rules.
2005-12-28 02:30:02 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(testexpr);
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(paramIds);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(plan_id);
Change EXPLAIN output so that subplans and initplans (particularly CTEs) are individually labeled, rather than just grouped under an "InitPlan" or "SubPlan" heading. This in turn makes it possible for decompilation of a subplan reference to usefully identify which subplan it's referencing. I also made InitPlans identify which parameter symbol(s) they compute, so that references to those parameters elsewhere in the plan tree can be connected to the initplan that will be executed. Per a gripe from Robert Haas about EXPLAIN output of a WITH query being inadequate, plus some longstanding pet peeves of my own.
2009-04-05 21:59:40 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(plan_name);
Turn the rangetable used by the executor into a flat list, and avoid storing useless substructure for its RangeTblEntry nodes. (I chose to keep using the same struct node type and just zero out the link fields for unneeded info, rather than making a separate ExecRangeTblEntry type --- it seemed too fragile to have two different rangetable representations.) Along the way, put subplans into a list in the toplevel PlannedStmt node, and have SubPlan nodes refer to them by list index instead of direct pointers. Vadim wanted to do that years ago, but I never understood what he was on about until now. It makes things a *whole* lot more robust, because we can stop worrying about duplicate processing of subplans during expression tree traversals. That's been a constant source of bugs, and it's finally gone. There are some consequent simplifications yet to be made, like not using a separate EState for subplans in the executor, but I'll tackle that later.
2007-02-22 23:00:26 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(firstColType);
Make SubPlan nodes carry the result's typmod as well as datatype OID. This is for consistency with the (relatively) recent addition of typmod to SubLink. An example of why it's a good idea is to be seen in the recent "failed to locate grouping columns" bug, which wouldn't have happened if a SubPlan exposed the same typmod info as the SubLink it was derived from. This could be back-patched, since it doesn't affect any on-disk data format, but for the moment it doesn't seem necessary to do so.
2009-03-10 23:09:26 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(firstColTypmod);
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(firstColCollation);
Further tweaking of parsetree & plantree representation of SubLinks. Simplify SubLink by storing just a List of operator OIDs, instead of a list of incomplete OpExprs --- that was a bizarre and bulky choice, with no redeeming social value since we have to build new OpExprs anyway when forming the plan tree.
2003-01-10 22:08:15 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(useHashTable);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(unknownEqFalse);
Allow parallel workers to execute subplans. This doesn't do anything to make Param nodes anything other than parallel-restricted, so this only helps with uncorrelated subplans, and it's not necessarily very cheap because each worker will run the subplan separately (just as a Hash Join will build a separate copy of the hash table in each participating process), but it's a first step toward supporting cases that are more likely to help in practice, and is occasionally useful on its own. Amit Kapila, reviewed and tested by Rafia Sabih, Dilip Kumar, and me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+e8Z45D2n+rnDMDYsVEb5iW7jqaCH_tvPMYau=1Rru9w@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-15 00:09:47 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(parallel_safe);
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(setParam);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(parParam);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Arrange to convert EXISTS subqueries that are equivalent to hashable IN subqueries into the same thing you'd have gotten from IN (except always with unknownEqFalse = true, so as to get the proper semantics for an EXISTS). I believe this fixes the last case within CVS HEAD in which an EXISTS could give worse performance than an equivalent IN subquery. The tricky part of this is that if the upper query probes the EXISTS for only a few rows, the hashing implementation can actually be worse than the default, and therefore we need to make a cost-based decision about which way to use. But at the time when the planner generates plans for subqueries, it doesn't really know how many times the subquery will be executed. The least invasive solution seems to be to generate both plans and postpone the choice until execution. Therefore, in a query that has been optimized this way, EXPLAIN will show two subplans for the EXISTS, of which only one will actually get executed. There is a lot more that could be done based on this infrastructure: in particular it's interesting to consider switching to the hash plan if we start out using the non-hashed plan but find a lot more upper rows going by than we expected. I have therefore left some minor inefficiencies in place, such as initializing both subplans even though we will currently only use one.
2008-08-22 02:16:04 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(startup_cost);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(per_call_cost);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlternativeSubPlan(const AlternativeSubPlan *a, const AlternativeSubPlan *b)
Arrange to convert EXISTS subqueries that are equivalent to hashable IN subqueries into the same thing you'd have gotten from IN (except always with unknownEqFalse = true, so as to get the proper semantics for an EXISTS). I believe this fixes the last case within CVS HEAD in which an EXISTS could give worse performance than an equivalent IN subquery. The tricky part of this is that if the upper query probes the EXISTS for only a few rows, the hashing implementation can actually be worse than the default, and therefore we need to make a cost-based decision about which way to use. But at the time when the planner generates plans for subqueries, it doesn't really know how many times the subquery will be executed. The least invasive solution seems to be to generate both plans and postpone the choice until execution. Therefore, in a query that has been optimized this way, EXPLAIN will show two subplans for the EXISTS, of which only one will actually get executed. There is a lot more that could be done based on this infrastructure: in particular it's interesting to consider switching to the hash plan if we start out using the non-hashed plan but find a lot more upper rows going by than we expected. I have therefore left some minor inefficiencies in place, such as initializing both subplans even though we will currently only use one.
2008-08-22 02:16:04 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(subplans);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
return true;
}
Remove 'func_tlist' from Func expression nodes, likewise 'param_tlist' from Param nodes, per discussion a few days ago on pghackers. Add new expression node type FieldSelect that implements the functionality where it's actually needed. Clean up some other unused fields in Func nodes as well. NOTE: initdb forced due to change in stored expression trees for rules.
2000-08-08 17:43:12 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalFieldSelect(const FieldSelect *a, const FieldSelect *b)
Remove 'func_tlist' from Func expression nodes, likewise 'param_tlist' from Param nodes, per discussion a few days ago on pghackers. Add new expression node type FieldSelect that implements the functionality where it's actually needed. Clean up some other unused fields in Func nodes as well. NOTE: initdb forced due to change in stored expression trees for rules.
2000-08-08 17:43:12 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(fieldnum);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttypmod);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resultcollid);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
Remove 'func_tlist' from Func expression nodes, likewise 'param_tlist' from Param nodes, per discussion a few days ago on pghackers. Add new expression node type FieldSelect that implements the functionality where it's actually needed. Clean up some other unused fields in Func nodes as well. NOTE: initdb forced due to change in stored expression trees for rules.
2000-08-08 17:43:12 +02:00
return true;
}
Support assignment to subfields of composite columns in UPDATE and INSERT. As a side effect, cause subscripts in INSERT targetlists to do something more or less sensible; previously we evaluated such subscripts and then effectively ignored them. Another side effect is that UPDATE-ing an element or slice of an array value that is NULL now produces a non-null result, namely an array containing just the assigned-to positions.
2004-06-09 21:08:20 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalFieldStore(const FieldStore *a, const FieldStore *b)
Support assignment to subfields of composite columns in UPDATE and INSERT. As a side effect, cause subscripts in INSERT targetlists to do something more or less sensible; previously we evaluated such subscripts and then effectively ignored them. Another side effect is that UPDATE-ing an element or slice of an array value that is NULL now produces a non-null result, namely an array containing just the assigned-to positions.
2004-06-09 21:08:20 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(newvals);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(fieldnums);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
return true;
}
Create a new expression node type RelabelType, which exists solely to represent the result of a binary-compatible type coercion. At runtime it just evaluates its argument --- but during type resolution, exprType will pick up the output type of the RelabelType node instead of the type of the argument. This solves some longstanding problems with dropped type coercions, an example being 'select now()::abstime::int4' which used to produce date-formatted output, not an integer, because the coercion to int4 was dropped on the floor.
2000-02-20 22:32:16 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRelabelType(const RelabelType *a, const RelabelType *b)
Create a new expression node type RelabelType, which exists solely to represent the result of a binary-compatible type coercion. At runtime it just evaluates its argument --- but during type resolution, exprType will pick up the output type of the RelabelType node instead of the type of the argument. This solves some longstanding problems with dropped type coercions, an example being 'select now()::abstime::int4' which used to produce date-formatted output, not an integer, because the coercion to int4 was dropped on the floor.
2000-02-20 22:32:16 +01:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttypmod);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resultcollid);
Make equal() ignore CoercionForm fields for better planning with casts. This change ensures that the planner will see implicit and explicit casts as equivalent for all purposes, except in the minority of cases where there's actually a semantic difference (as reflected by having a 3-argument cast function). In particular, this fixes cases where the EquivalenceClass machinery failed to consider two references to a varchar column as equivalent if one was implicitly cast to text but the other was explicitly cast to text, as seen in bug #7598 from Vaclav Juza. We have had similar bugs before in other parts of the planner, so I think it's time to fix this problem at the core instead of continuing to band-aid around it. Remove set_coercionform_dontcare(), which represents the band-aid previously in use for allowing matching of index and constraint expressions with inconsistent cast labeling. (We can probably get rid of COERCE_DONTCARE altogether, but I don't think removing that enum value in back branches would be wise; it's possible there's third party code referring to it.) Back-patch to 9.2. We could go back further, and might want to once this has been tested more; but for the moment I won't risk destabilizing plan choices in long-since-stable branches.
2012-10-12 18:10:49 +02:00
COMPARE_COERCIONFORM_FIELD(relabelformat);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Create a new expression node type RelabelType, which exists solely to represent the result of a binary-compatible type coercion. At runtime it just evaluates its argument --- but during type resolution, exprType will pick up the output type of the RelabelType node instead of the type of the argument. This solves some longstanding problems with dropped type coercions, an example being 'select now()::abstime::int4' which used to produce date-formatted output, not an integer, because the coercion to int4 was dropped on the floor.
2000-02-20 22:32:16 +01:00
return true;
}
Downgrade implicit casts to text to be assignment-only, except for the ones from the other string-category types; this eliminates a lot of surprising interpretations that the parser could formerly make when there was no directly applicable operator. Create a general mechanism that supports casts to and from the standard string types (text,varchar,bpchar) for *every* datatype, by invoking the datatype's I/O functions. These new casts are assignment-only in the to-string direction, explicit-only in the other, and therefore should create no surprising behavior. Remove a bunch of thereby-obsoleted datatype-specific casting functions. The "general mechanism" is a new expression node type CoerceViaIO that can actually convert between *any* two datatypes if their external text representations are compatible. This is more general than needed for the immediate feature, but might be useful in plpgsql or other places in future. This commit does nothing about the issue that applying the concatenation operator || to non-text types will now fail, often with strange error messages due to misinterpreting the operator as array concatenation. Since it often (not always) worked before, we should either make it succeed or at least give a more user-friendly error; but details are still under debate. Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
2007-06-05 23:31:09 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCoerceViaIO(const CoerceViaIO *a, const CoerceViaIO *b)
Downgrade implicit casts to text to be assignment-only, except for the ones from the other string-category types; this eliminates a lot of surprising interpretations that the parser could formerly make when there was no directly applicable operator. Create a general mechanism that supports casts to and from the standard string types (text,varchar,bpchar) for *every* datatype, by invoking the datatype's I/O functions. These new casts are assignment-only in the to-string direction, explicit-only in the other, and therefore should create no surprising behavior. Remove a bunch of thereby-obsoleted datatype-specific casting functions. The "general mechanism" is a new expression node type CoerceViaIO that can actually convert between *any* two datatypes if their external text representations are compatible. This is more general than needed for the immediate feature, but might be useful in plpgsql or other places in future. This commit does nothing about the issue that applying the concatenation operator || to non-text types will now fail, often with strange error messages due to misinterpreting the operator as array concatenation. Since it often (not always) worked before, we should either make it succeed or at least give a more user-friendly error; but details are still under debate. Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
2007-06-05 23:31:09 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resultcollid);
Make equal() ignore CoercionForm fields for better planning with casts. This change ensures that the planner will see implicit and explicit casts as equivalent for all purposes, except in the minority of cases where there's actually a semantic difference (as reflected by having a 3-argument cast function). In particular, this fixes cases where the EquivalenceClass machinery failed to consider two references to a varchar column as equivalent if one was implicitly cast to text but the other was explicitly cast to text, as seen in bug #7598 from Vaclav Juza. We have had similar bugs before in other parts of the planner, so I think it's time to fix this problem at the core instead of continuing to band-aid around it. Remove set_coercionform_dontcare(), which represents the band-aid previously in use for allowing matching of index and constraint expressions with inconsistent cast labeling. (We can probably get rid of COERCE_DONTCARE altogether, but I don't think removing that enum value in back branches would be wise; it's possible there's third party code referring to it.) Back-patch to 9.2. We could go back further, and might want to once this has been tested more; but for the moment I won't risk destabilizing plan choices in long-since-stable branches.
2012-10-12 18:10:49 +02:00
COMPARE_COERCIONFORM_FIELD(coerceformat);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Downgrade implicit casts to text to be assignment-only, except for the ones from the other string-category types; this eliminates a lot of surprising interpretations that the parser could formerly make when there was no directly applicable operator. Create a general mechanism that supports casts to and from the standard string types (text,varchar,bpchar) for *every* datatype, by invoking the datatype's I/O functions. These new casts are assignment-only in the to-string direction, explicit-only in the other, and therefore should create no surprising behavior. Remove a bunch of thereby-obsoleted datatype-specific casting functions. The "general mechanism" is a new expression node type CoerceViaIO that can actually convert between *any* two datatypes if their external text representations are compatible. This is more general than needed for the immediate feature, but might be useful in plpgsql or other places in future. This commit does nothing about the issue that applying the concatenation operator || to non-text types will now fail, often with strange error messages due to misinterpreting the operator as array concatenation. Since it often (not always) worked before, we should either make it succeed or at least give a more user-friendly error; but details are still under debate. Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
2007-06-05 23:31:09 +02:00
return true;
}
Fix array coercion expressions to ensure that the correct volatility is seen by code inspecting the expression. The best way to do this seems to be to drop the original representation as a function invocation, and instead make a special expression node type that represents applying the element-type coercion function to each array element. In this way the element function is exposed and will be checked for volatility. Per report from Guillaume Smet.
2007-03-28 01:21:12 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalArrayCoerceExpr(const ArrayCoerceExpr *a, const ArrayCoerceExpr *b)
Fix array coercion expressions to ensure that the correct volatility is seen by code inspecting the expression. The best way to do this seems to be to drop the original representation as a function invocation, and instead make a special expression node type that represents applying the element-type coercion function to each array element. In this way the element function is exposed and will be checked for volatility. Per report from Guillaume Smet.
2007-03-28 01:21:12 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
Support arrays over domains. Allowing arrays with a domain type as their element type was left un-done in the original domain patch, but not for any very good reason. This omission leads to such surprising results as array_agg() not working on a domain column, because the parser can't identify a suitable output type for the polymorphic aggregate. In order to fix this, first clean up the APIs of coerce_to_domain() and some internal functions in parse_coerce.c so that we consistently pass around a CoercionContext along with CoercionForm. Previously, we sometimes passed an "isExplicit" boolean flag instead, which is strictly less information; and coerce_to_domain() didn't even get that, but instead had to reverse-engineer isExplicit from CoercionForm. That's contrary to the documentation in primnodes.h that says that CoercionForm only affects display and not semantics. I don't think this change fixes any live bugs, but it makes things more consistent. The main reason for doing it though is that now build_coercion_expression() receives ccontext, which it needs in order to be able to recursively invoke coerce_to_target_type(). Next, reimplement ArrayCoerceExpr so that the node does not directly know any details of what has to be done to the individual array elements while performing the array coercion. Instead, the per-element processing is represented by a sub-expression whose input is a source array element and whose output is a target array element. This simplifies life in parse_coerce.c, because it can build that sub-expression by a recursive invocation of coerce_to_target_type(). The executor now handles the per-element processing as a compiled expression instead of hard-wired code. The main advantage of this is that we can use a single ArrayCoerceExpr to handle as many as three successive steps per element: base type conversion, typmod coercion, and domain constraint checking. The old code used two stacked ArrayCoerceExprs to handle type + typmod coercion, which was pretty inefficient, and adding yet another array deconstruction to do domain constraint checking seemed very unappetizing. In the case where we just need a single, very simple coercion function, doing this straightforwardly leads to a noticeable increase in the per-array-element runtime cost. Hence, add an additional shortcut evalfunc in execExprInterp.c that skips unnecessary overhead for that specific form of expression. The runtime speed of simple cases is within 1% or so of where it was before, while cases that previously required two levels of array processing are significantly faster. Finally, create an implicit array type for every domain type, as we do for base types, enums, etc. Everything except the array-coercion case seems to just work without further effort. Tom Lane, reviewed by Andrew Dunstan Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9852.1499791473@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-09-30 19:40:56 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(elemexpr);
Fix array coercion expressions to ensure that the correct volatility is seen by code inspecting the expression. The best way to do this seems to be to drop the original representation as a function invocation, and instead make a special expression node type that represents applying the element-type coercion function to each array element. In this way the element function is exposed and will be checked for volatility. Per report from Guillaume Smet.
2007-03-28 01:21:12 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttypmod);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resultcollid);
Make equal() ignore CoercionForm fields for better planning with casts. This change ensures that the planner will see implicit and explicit casts as equivalent for all purposes, except in the minority of cases where there's actually a semantic difference (as reflected by having a 3-argument cast function). In particular, this fixes cases where the EquivalenceClass machinery failed to consider two references to a varchar column as equivalent if one was implicitly cast to text but the other was explicitly cast to text, as seen in bug #7598 from Vaclav Juza. We have had similar bugs before in other parts of the planner, so I think it's time to fix this problem at the core instead of continuing to band-aid around it. Remove set_coercionform_dontcare(), which represents the band-aid previously in use for allowing matching of index and constraint expressions with inconsistent cast labeling. (We can probably get rid of COERCE_DONTCARE altogether, but I don't think removing that enum value in back branches would be wise; it's possible there's third party code referring to it.) Back-patch to 9.2. We could go back further, and might want to once this has been tested more; but for the moment I won't risk destabilizing plan choices in long-since-stable branches.
2012-10-12 18:10:49 +02:00
COMPARE_COERCIONFORM_FIELD(coerceformat);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Fix array coercion expressions to ensure that the correct volatility is seen by code inspecting the expression. The best way to do this seems to be to drop the original representation as a function invocation, and instead make a special expression node type that represents applying the element-type coercion function to each array element. In this way the element function is exposed and will be checked for volatility. Per report from Guillaume Smet.
2007-03-28 01:21:12 +02:00
return true;
}
Instead of supposing (wrongly, in the general case) that the rowtype of an inheritance child table is binary-compatible with the rowtype of its parent, invent an expression node type that does the conversion correctly. Fixes the new bug exhibited by Kris Shannon as well as a lot of old bugs that would only show up when using multiple inheritance or after altering the parent table.
2004-12-12 00:26:51 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalConvertRowtypeExpr(const ConvertRowtypeExpr *a, const ConvertRowtypeExpr *b)
Instead of supposing (wrongly, in the general case) that the rowtype of an inheritance child table is binary-compatible with the rowtype of its parent, invent an expression node type that does the conversion correctly. Fixes the new bug exhibited by Kris Shannon as well as a lot of old bugs that would only show up when using multiple inheritance or after altering the parent table.
2004-12-12 00:26:51 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
Make equal() ignore CoercionForm fields for better planning with casts. This change ensures that the planner will see implicit and explicit casts as equivalent for all purposes, except in the minority of cases where there's actually a semantic difference (as reflected by having a 3-argument cast function). In particular, this fixes cases where the EquivalenceClass machinery failed to consider two references to a varchar column as equivalent if one was implicitly cast to text but the other was explicitly cast to text, as seen in bug #7598 from Vaclav Juza. We have had similar bugs before in other parts of the planner, so I think it's time to fix this problem at the core instead of continuing to band-aid around it. Remove set_coercionform_dontcare(), which represents the band-aid previously in use for allowing matching of index and constraint expressions with inconsistent cast labeling. (We can probably get rid of COERCE_DONTCARE altogether, but I don't think removing that enum value in back branches would be wise; it's possible there's third party code referring to it.) Back-patch to 9.2. We could go back further, and might want to once this has been tested more; but for the moment I won't risk destabilizing plan choices in long-since-stable branches.
2012-10-12 18:10:49 +02:00
COMPARE_COERCIONFORM_FIELD(convertformat);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Instead of supposing (wrongly, in the general case) that the rowtype of an inheritance child table is binary-compatible with the rowtype of its parent, invent an expression node type that does the conversion correctly. Fixes the new bug exhibited by Kris Shannon as well as a lot of old bugs that would only show up when using multiple inheritance or after altering the parent table.
2004-12-12 00:26:51 +01:00
return true;
}
Split CollateClause into separate raw and analyzed node types. CollateClause is now used only in raw grammar output, and CollateExpr after parse analysis. This is for clarity and to avoid carrying collation names in post-analysis parse trees: that's both wasteful and possibly misleading, since the collation's name could be changed while the parsetree still exists. Also, clean up assorted infelicities and omissions in processing of the node type.
2011-03-11 22:27:51 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCollateExpr(const CollateExpr *a, const CollateExpr *b)
Split CollateClause into separate raw and analyzed node types. CollateClause is now used only in raw grammar output, and CollateExpr after parse analysis. This is for clarity and to avoid carrying collation names in post-analysis parse trees: that's both wasteful and possibly misleading, since the collation's name could be changed while the parsetree still exists. Also, clean up assorted infelicities and omissions in processing of the node type.
2011-03-11 22:27:51 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(collOid);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCaseExpr(const CaseExpr *a, const CaseExpr *b)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(casetype);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(casecollid);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(defresult);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCaseWhen(const CaseWhen *a, const CaseWhen *b)
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
{
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(result);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
First cut at full support for OUTER JOINs. There are still a few loose ends to clean up (see my message of same date to pghackers), but mostly it works. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-12 23:07:18 +02:00
return true;
}
Reimplement CASE val WHEN compval1 THEN ... WHEN compval2 THEN ... END so that the 'val' is computed only once, per recent discussion. The speedup is not much when 'val' is just a simple variable, but could be significant for larger expressions. More importantly this avoids issues with multiple evaluations of a volatile 'val', and it allows the CASE expression to be reverse-listed in its original form by ruleutils.c.
2004-03-17 21:48:43 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCaseTestExpr(const CaseTestExpr *a, const CaseTestExpr *b)
Reimplement CASE val WHEN compval1 THEN ... WHEN compval2 THEN ... END so that the 'val' is computed only once, per recent discussion. The speedup is not much when 'val' is just a simple variable, but could be significant for larger expressions. More importantly this avoids issues with multiple evaluations of a volatile 'val', and it allows the CASE expression to be reverse-listed in its original form by ruleutils.c.
2004-03-17 21:48:43 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeId);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeMod);
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(collation);
Reimplement CASE val WHEN compval1 THEN ... WHEN compval2 THEN ... END so that the 'val' is computed only once, per recent discussion. The speedup is not much when 'val' is just a simple variable, but could be significant for larger expressions. More importantly this avoids issues with multiple evaluations of a volatile 'val', and it allows the CASE expression to be reverse-listed in its original form by ruleutils.c.
2004-03-17 21:48:43 +01:00
return true;
}
First phase of work on array improvements. ARRAY[x,y,z] constructor expressions, ARRAY(sub-SELECT) expressions, some array functions. Polymorphic functions using ANYARRAY/ANYELEMENT argument and return types. Some regression tests in place, documentation is lacking. Joe Conway, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2003-04-09 01:20:04 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalArrayExpr(const ArrayExpr *a, const ArrayExpr *b)
First phase of work on array improvements. ARRAY[x,y,z] constructor expressions, ARRAY(sub-SELECT) expressions, some array functions. Polymorphic functions using ANYARRAY/ANYELEMENT argument and return types. Some regression tests in place, documentation is lacking. Joe Conway, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2003-04-09 01:20:04 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(array_typeid);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(array_collid);
First phase of work on array improvements. ARRAY[x,y,z] constructor expressions, ARRAY(sub-SELECT) expressions, some array functions. Polymorphic functions using ANYARRAY/ANYELEMENT argument and return types. Some regression tests in place, documentation is lacking. Joe Conway, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2003-04-09 01:20:04 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(element_typeid);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(elements);
Fix ARRAY[] construct so that in multidimensional case, elements can be anything yielding an array of the proper kind, not only sub-ARRAY[] constructs; do subscript checking at runtime not parse time. Also, adjust array_cat to make array || array comply with the SQL99 spec. Joe Conway
2003-08-18 01:43:27 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(multidims);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
First phase of work on array improvements. ARRAY[x,y,z] constructor expressions, ARRAY(sub-SELECT) expressions, some array functions. Polymorphic functions using ANYARRAY/ANYELEMENT argument and return types. Some regression tests in place, documentation is lacking. Joe Conway, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2003-04-09 01:20:04 +02:00
return true;
}
Promote row expressions to full-fledged citizens of the expression syntax, rather than allowing them only in a few special cases as before. In particular you can now pass a ROW() construct to a function that accepts a rowtype parameter. Internal generation of RowExprs fixes a number of corner cases that used to not work very well, such as referencing the whole-row result of a JOIN or subquery. This represents a further step in the work I started a month or so back to make rowtype values into first-class citizens.
2004-05-11 00:44:49 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRowExpr(const RowExpr *a, const RowExpr *b)
Promote row expressions to full-fledged citizens of the expression syntax, rather than allowing them only in a few special cases as before. In particular you can now pass a ROW() construct to a function that accepts a rowtype parameter. Internal generation of RowExprs fixes a number of corner cases that used to not work very well, such as referencing the whole-row result of a JOIN or subquery. This represents a further step in the work I started a month or so back to make rowtype values into first-class citizens.
2004-05-11 00:44:49 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(row_typeid);
Make equal() ignore CoercionForm fields for better planning with casts. This change ensures that the planner will see implicit and explicit casts as equivalent for all purposes, except in the minority of cases where there's actually a semantic difference (as reflected by having a 3-argument cast function). In particular, this fixes cases where the EquivalenceClass machinery failed to consider two references to a varchar column as equivalent if one was implicitly cast to text but the other was explicitly cast to text, as seen in bug #7598 from Vaclav Juza. We have had similar bugs before in other parts of the planner, so I think it's time to fix this problem at the core instead of continuing to band-aid around it. Remove set_coercionform_dontcare(), which represents the band-aid previously in use for allowing matching of index and constraint expressions with inconsistent cast labeling. (We can probably get rid of COERCE_DONTCARE altogether, but I don't think removing that enum value in back branches would be wise; it's possible there's third party code referring to it.) Back-patch to 9.2. We could go back further, and might want to once this has been tested more; but for the moment I won't risk destabilizing plan choices in long-since-stable branches.
2012-10-12 18:10:49 +02:00
COMPARE_COERCIONFORM_FIELD(row_format);
When expanding a whole-row Var into a RowExpr during ResolveNew(), attach the column alias names of the RTE referenced by the Var to the RowExpr. This is needed to allow ruleutils.c to correctly deparse FieldSelect nodes referencing such a construct. Per my recent bug report. Adding a field to RowExpr forces initdb (because of stored rules changes) so this solution is not back-patchable; which is unfortunate because 8.2 and 8.3 have this issue. But it only affects EXPLAIN for some pretty odd corner cases, so we can probably live without a solution for the back branches.
2008-10-06 19:39:26 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colnames);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Promote row expressions to full-fledged citizens of the expression syntax, rather than allowing them only in a few special cases as before. In particular you can now pass a ROW() construct to a function that accepts a rowtype parameter. Internal generation of RowExprs fixes a number of corner cases that used to not work very well, such as referencing the whole-row result of a JOIN or subquery. This represents a further step in the work I started a month or so back to make rowtype values into first-class citizens.
2004-05-11 00:44:49 +02:00
return true;
}
Implement SQL-compliant treatment of row comparisons for < <= > >= cases (previously we only did = and <> correctly). Also, allow row comparisons with any operators that are in btree opclasses, not only those with these specific names. This gets rid of a whole lot of indefensible assumptions about the behavior of particular operators based on their names ... though it's still true that IN and NOT IN expand to "= ANY". The patch adds a RowCompareExpr expression node type, and makes some changes in the representation of ANY/ALL/ROWCOMPARE SubLinks so that they can share code with RowCompareExpr. I have not yet done anything about making RowCompareExpr an indexable operator, but will look at that soon. initdb forced due to changes in stored rules.
2005-12-28 02:30:02 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRowCompareExpr(const RowCompareExpr *a, const RowCompareExpr *b)
Implement SQL-compliant treatment of row comparisons for < <= > >= cases (previously we only did = and <> correctly). Also, allow row comparisons with any operators that are in btree opclasses, not only those with these specific names. This gets rid of a whole lot of indefensible assumptions about the behavior of particular operators based on their names ... though it's still true that IN and NOT IN expand to "= ANY". The patch adds a RowCompareExpr expression node type, and makes some changes in the representation of ANY/ALL/ROWCOMPARE SubLinks so that they can share code with RowCompareExpr. I have not yet done anything about making RowCompareExpr an indexable operator, but will look at that soon. initdb forced due to changes in stored rules.
2005-12-28 02:30:02 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(rctype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(opnos);
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(opfamilies);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(inputcollids);
Implement SQL-compliant treatment of row comparisons for < <= > >= cases (previously we only did = and <> correctly). Also, allow row comparisons with any operators that are in btree opclasses, not only those with these specific names. This gets rid of a whole lot of indefensible assumptions about the behavior of particular operators based on their names ... though it's still true that IN and NOT IN expand to "= ANY". The patch adds a RowCompareExpr expression node type, and makes some changes in the representation of ANY/ALL/ROWCOMPARE SubLinks so that they can share code with RowCompareExpr. I have not yet done anything about making RowCompareExpr an indexable operator, but will look at that soon. initdb forced due to changes in stored rules.
2005-12-28 02:30:02 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(largs);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rargs);
return true;
}
COALESCE() and NULLIF() are now first-class expressions, not macros that turn into CASE expressions. They evaluate their arguments at most once. Patch by Kris Jurka, review and (very light) editorializing by me.
2003-02-16 03:30:39 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCoalesceExpr(const CoalesceExpr *a, const CoalesceExpr *b)
COALESCE() and NULLIF() are now first-class expressions, not macros that turn into CASE expressions. They evaluate their arguments at most once. Patch by Kris Jurka, review and (very light) editorializing by me.
2003-02-16 03:30:39 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(coalescetype);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(coalescecollid);
COALESCE() and NULLIF() are now first-class expressions, not macros that turn into CASE expressions. They evaluate their arguments at most once. Patch by Kris Jurka, review and (very light) editorializing by me.
2003-02-16 03:30:39 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
COALESCE() and NULLIF() are now first-class expressions, not macros that turn into CASE expressions. They evaluate their arguments at most once. Patch by Kris Jurka, review and (very light) editorializing by me.
2003-02-16 03:30:39 +01:00
return true;
}
Add Oracle-compatible GREATEST and LEAST functions. Pavel Stehule
2005-06-27 00:05:42 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalMinMaxExpr(const MinMaxExpr *a, const MinMaxExpr *b)
Add Oracle-compatible GREATEST and LEAST functions. Pavel Stehule
2005-06-27 00:05:42 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(minmaxtype);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(minmaxcollid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inputcollid);
Add Oracle-compatible GREATEST and LEAST functions. Pavel Stehule
2005-06-27 00:05:42 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(op);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Add Oracle-compatible GREATEST and LEAST functions. Pavel Stehule
2005-06-27 00:05:42 +02:00
return true;
}
Improve parsetree representation of special functions such as CURRENT_DATE. We implement a dozen or so parameterless functions that the SQL standard defines special syntax for. Up to now, that was done by converting them into more or less ad-hoc constructs such as "'now'::text::date". That's messy for multiple reasons: it exposes what should be implementation details to users, and performance is worse than it needs to be in several cases. To improve matters, invent a new expression node type SQLValueFunction that can represent any of these parameterless functions. Bump catversion because this changes stored parsetrees for rules. Discussion: <30058.1463091294@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-17 02:33:01 +02:00
static bool
_equalSQLValueFunction(const SQLValueFunction *a, const SQLValueFunction *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(op);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(type);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typmod);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
Code review for XML patch. Instill a bit of sanity in the location of the XmlExpr code in various lists, use a representation that has some hope of reverse-listing correctly (though it's still a de-escaping function shy of correctness), generally try to make it look more like Postgres coding conventions.
2006-12-24 01:29:20 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalXmlExpr(const XmlExpr *a, const XmlExpr *b)
Code review for XML patch. Instill a bit of sanity in the location of the XmlExpr code in various lists, use a representation that has some hope of reverse-listing correctly (though it's still a de-escaping function shy of correctness), generally try to make it look more like Postgres coding conventions.
2006-12-24 01:29:20 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(op);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(named_args);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg_names);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Implement XMLSERIALIZE for real. Analogously, make the xml to text cast observe the xmloption. Reorganize the representation of the XML option in the parse tree and the API to make it easier to manage and understand. Add regression tests for parsing back XML expressions.
2007-02-03 15:06:56 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(xmloption);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(type);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typmod);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Code review for XML patch. Instill a bit of sanity in the location of the XmlExpr code in various lists, use a representation that has some hope of reverse-listing correctly (though it's still a de-escaping function shy of correctness), generally try to make it look more like Postgres coding conventions.
2006-12-24 01:29:20 +01:00
return true;
}
Subselects in FROM clause, per ISO syntax: FROM (SELECT ...) [AS] alias. (Don't forget that an alias is required.) Views reimplemented as expanding to subselect-in-FROM. Grouping, aggregates, DISTINCT in views actually work now (he says optimistically). No UNION support in subselects/views yet, but I have some ideas about that. Rule-related permissions checking moved out of rewriter and into executor. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-29 20:21:41 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalNullTest(const NullTest *a, const NullTest *b)
Subselects in FROM clause, per ISO syntax: FROM (SELECT ...) [AS] alias. (Don't forget that an alias is required.) Views reimplemented as expanding to subselect-in-FROM. Grouping, aggregates, DISTINCT in views actually work now (he says optimistically). No UNION support in subselects/views yet, but I have some ideas about that. Rule-related permissions checking moved out of rewriter and into executor. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-29 20:21:41 +02:00
{
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(nulltesttype);
Add an "argisrow" field to NullTest nodes, following a plan made way back in 8.2beta but never carried out. This avoids repetitive tests of whether the argument is of scalar or composite type. Also, be a bit more paranoid about composite arguments in some places where we previously weren't checking.
2010-01-02 00:03:10 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(argisrow);
Add parse location fields to NullTest and BooleanTest structs. We did not need a location tag on NullTest or BooleanTest before, because no error messages referred directly to their locations. That's planned to change though, so add these fields in a separate housekeeping commit. Catversion bump because stored rules may change.
2015-02-22 20:40:27 +01:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Subselects in FROM clause, per ISO syntax: FROM (SELECT ...) [AS] alias. (Don't forget that an alias is required.) Views reimplemented as expanding to subselect-in-FROM. Grouping, aggregates, DISTINCT in views actually work now (he says optimistically). No UNION support in subselects/views yet, but I have some ideas about that. Rule-related permissions checking moved out of rewriter and into executor. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-29 20:21:41 +02:00
return true;
}
First cut at full support for OUTER JOINs. There are still a few loose ends to clean up (see my message of same date to pghackers), but mostly it works. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-12 23:07:18 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalBooleanTest(const BooleanTest *a, const BooleanTest *b)
First cut at full support for OUTER JOINs. There are still a few loose ends to clean up (see my message of same date to pghackers), but mostly it works. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-12 23:07:18 +02:00
{
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(booltesttype);
Add parse location fields to NullTest and BooleanTest structs. We did not need a location tag on NullTest or BooleanTest before, because no error messages referred directly to their locations. That's planned to change though, so add these fields in a separate housekeeping commit. Catversion bump because stored rules may change.
2015-02-22 20:40:27 +01:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
First cut at full support for OUTER JOINs. There are still a few loose ends to clean up (see my message of same date to pghackers), but mostly it works. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-12 23:07:18 +02:00
return true;
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
}
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCoerceToDomain(const CoerceToDomain *a, const CoerceToDomain *b)
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttypmod);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resultcollid);
Make equal() ignore CoercionForm fields for better planning with casts. This change ensures that the planner will see implicit and explicit casts as equivalent for all purposes, except in the minority of cases where there's actually a semantic difference (as reflected by having a 3-argument cast function). In particular, this fixes cases where the EquivalenceClass machinery failed to consider two references to a varchar column as equivalent if one was implicitly cast to text but the other was explicitly cast to text, as seen in bug #7598 from Vaclav Juza. We have had similar bugs before in other parts of the planner, so I think it's time to fix this problem at the core instead of continuing to band-aid around it. Remove set_coercionform_dontcare(), which represents the band-aid previously in use for allowing matching of index and constraint expressions with inconsistent cast labeling. (We can probably get rid of COERCE_DONTCARE altogether, but I don't think removing that enum value in back branches would be wise; it's possible there's third party code referring to it.) Back-patch to 9.2. We could go back further, and might want to once this has been tested more; but for the moment I won't risk destabilizing plan choices in long-since-stable branches.
2012-10-12 18:10:49 +02:00
COMPARE_COERCIONFORM_FIELD(coercionformat);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
return true;
}
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCoerceToDomainValue(const CoerceToDomainValue *a, const CoerceToDomainValue *b)
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
{
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeId);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeMod);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(collation);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
return true;
}
Code review for UPDATE tab SET col = DEFAULT patch ... whack it around so it has some chance of working in rules ...
2003-07-03 18:34:26 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalSetToDefault(const SetToDefault *a, const SetToDefault *b)
Code review for UPDATE tab SET col = DEFAULT patch ... whack it around so it has some chance of working in rules ...
2003-07-03 18:34:26 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeId);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeMod);
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(collation);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Code review for UPDATE tab SET col = DEFAULT patch ... whack it around so it has some chance of working in rules ...
2003-07-03 18:34:26 +02:00
return true;
}
Support UPDATE/DELETE WHERE CURRENT OF cursor_name, per SQL standard. Along the way, allow FOR UPDATE in non-WITH-HOLD cursors; there may once have been a reason to disallow that, but it seems to work now, and it's really rather necessary if you want to select a row via a cursor and then update it in a concurrent-safe fashion. Original patch by Arul Shaji, rather heavily editorialized by Tom Lane.
2007-06-11 03:16:30 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCurrentOfExpr(const CurrentOfExpr *a, const CurrentOfExpr *b)
Support UPDATE/DELETE WHERE CURRENT OF cursor_name, per SQL standard. Along the way, allow FOR UPDATE in non-WITH-HOLD cursors; there may once have been a reason to disallow that, but it seems to work now, and it's really rather necessary if you want to select a row via a cursor and then update it in a concurrent-safe fashion. Original patch by Arul Shaji, rather heavily editorialized by Tom Lane.
2007-06-11 03:16:30 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(cvarno);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(cursor_name);
Improve UPDATE/DELETE WHERE CURRENT OF so that they can be used from plpgsql with a plpgsql-defined cursor. The underlying mechanism for this is that the main SQL engine will now take "WHERE CURRENT OF $n" where $n is a refcursor parameter. Not sure if we should document that fact or consider it an implementation detail. Per discussion with Pavel Stehule.
2007-06-12 00:22:42 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(cursor_param);
Support UPDATE/DELETE WHERE CURRENT OF cursor_name, per SQL standard. Along the way, allow FOR UPDATE in non-WITH-HOLD cursors; there may once have been a reason to disallow that, but it seems to work now, and it's really rather necessary if you want to select a row via a cursor and then update it in a concurrent-safe fashion. Original patch by Arul Shaji, rather heavily editorialized by Tom Lane.
2007-06-11 03:16:30 +02:00
return true;
}
Identity columns This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have: - CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence - cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE - dropping default does not drop sequence - need to grant separate privileges to sequence - other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 14:33:16 +02:00
static bool
_equalNextValueExpr(const NextValueExpr *a, const NextValueExpr *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(seqid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeId);
return true;
}
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE. The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting. ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias. This feature is often referred to as upsert. This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken. If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is deemed inserted. To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT INTO now can alias its target table. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes. Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs, Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
static bool
_equalInferenceElem(const InferenceElem *a, const InferenceElem *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(infercollid);
Refactor ON CONFLICT index inference parse tree representation. Defer lookup of opfamily and input type of a of a user specified opclass until the optimizer selects among available unique indexes; and store the opclass in the parse analyzed tree instead. The primary reason for doing this is that for rule deparsing it's easier to use the opclass than the previous representation. While at it also rename a variable in the inference code to better fit it's purpose. This is separate from the actual fixes for deparsing to make review easier.
2015-05-19 21:17:52 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inferopclass);
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE. The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting. ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias. This feature is often referred to as upsert. This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken. If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is deemed inserted. To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT INTO now can alias its target table. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes. Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs, Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
return true;
}
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalTargetEntry(const TargetEntry *a, const TargetEntry *b)
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
Merge Resdom nodes into TargetEntry nodes to simplify code and save a few palloc's. I also chose to eliminate the restype and restypmod fields entirely, since they are redundant with information stored in the node's contained expression; re-examining the expression at need seems simpler and more reliable than trying to keep restype/restypmod up to date. initdb forced due to change in contents of stored rules.
2005-04-06 18:34:07 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resno);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(resname);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ressortgroupref);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resorigtbl);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resorigcol);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resjunk);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRangeTblRef(const RangeTblRef *a, const RangeTblRef *b)
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(rtindex);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalJoinExpr(const JoinExpr *a, const JoinExpr *b)
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(jointype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isNatural);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(larg);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rarg);
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(usingClause);
Allow an alias to be attached to a JOIN ... USING This allows something like SELECT ... FROM t1 JOIN t2 USING (a, b, c) AS x where x has the columns a, b, c and unlike a regular alias it does not hide the range variables of the tables being joined t1 and t2. Per SQL:2016 feature F404 "Range variable for common column names". Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik.fearing@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/454638cf-d563-ab76-a585-2564428062af@2ndquadrant.com
2021-03-31 17:09:24 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(join_using_alias);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(quals);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(alias);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(rtindex);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalFromExpr(const FromExpr *a, const FromExpr *b)
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(fromlist);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(quals);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
return true;
}
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE. The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting. ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias. This feature is often referred to as upsert. This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken. If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is deemed inserted. To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT INTO now can alias its target table. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes. Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs, Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
static bool
_equalOnConflictExpr(const OnConflictExpr *a, const OnConflictExpr *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(action);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arbiterElems);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arbiterWhere);
Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with recent work. A few of the discrepancies had semantic significance, but I did not track down the resulting user-visible bugs, if any. Back-patch to 9.5, where all but one discrepancy appeared. The _equalCreateEventTrigStmt() situation dates to 9.3 but does not affect semantics. catversion bump due to readfuncs.c field order changes.
2015-08-06 02:44:27 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(constraint);
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE. The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting. ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias. This feature is often referred to as upsert. This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken. If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is deemed inserted. To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT INTO now can alias its target table. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes. Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs, Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(onConflictSet);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(onConflictWhere);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(exclRelIndex);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(exclRelTlist);
return true;
}
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
Common SQL/JSON clauses This introduces some of the building blocks used by the SQL/JSON constructor and query functions. Specifically, it provides node executor and grammar support for the FORMAT JSON [ENCODING foo] clause, and values decorated with it, and for the RETURNING clause. The following SQL/JSON patches will leverage these. Nikita Glukhov (who probably deserves an award for perseverance). Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:00:49 +01:00
static bool
_equalJsonFormat(const JsonFormat *a, const JsonFormat *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(format_type);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(encoding);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonReturning(const JsonReturning *a, const JsonReturning *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(format);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typmod);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonValueExpr(const JsonValueExpr *a, const JsonValueExpr *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(raw_expr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(formatted_expr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(format);
return true;
}
SQL JSON functions This Patch introduces three SQL standard JSON functions: JSON() (incorrectly mentioned in my commit message for f4fb45d15c) JSON_SCALAR() JSON_SERIALIZE() JSON() produces json values from text, bytea, json or jsonb values, and has facilitites for handling duplicate keys. JSON_SCALAR() produces a json value from any scalar sql value, including json and jsonb. JSON_SERIALIZE() produces text or bytea from input which containis or represents json or jsonb; For the most part these functions don't add any significant new capabilities, but they will be of use to users wanting standard compliant JSON handling. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:15:13 +01:00
static bool
_equalJsonParseExpr(const JsonParseExpr *a, const JsonParseExpr *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
RETURNING clause for JSON() and JSON_SCALAR() This patch is extracted from a larger patch that allowed setting the default returned value from these functions to json or jsonb. That had problems, but this piece of it is fine. For these functions only json or jsonb can be specified in the RETURNING clause. Extracted from an original patch from Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-05 14:07:15 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(output);
SQL JSON functions This Patch introduces three SQL standard JSON functions: JSON() (incorrectly mentioned in my commit message for f4fb45d15c) JSON_SCALAR() JSON_SERIALIZE() JSON() produces json values from text, bytea, json or jsonb values, and has facilitites for handling duplicate keys. JSON_SCALAR() produces a json value from any scalar sql value, including json and jsonb. JSON_SERIALIZE() produces text or bytea from input which containis or represents json or jsonb; For the most part these functions don't add any significant new capabilities, but they will be of use to users wanting standard compliant JSON handling. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:15:13 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(unique_keys);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonScalarExpr(const JsonScalarExpr *a, const JsonScalarExpr *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
RETURNING clause for JSON() and JSON_SCALAR() This patch is extracted from a larger patch that allowed setting the default returned value from these functions to json or jsonb. That had problems, but this piece of it is fine. For these functions only json or jsonb can be specified in the RETURNING clause. Extracted from an original patch from Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-05 14:07:15 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(output);
SQL JSON functions This Patch introduces three SQL standard JSON functions: JSON() (incorrectly mentioned in my commit message for f4fb45d15c) JSON_SCALAR() JSON_SERIALIZE() JSON() produces json values from text, bytea, json or jsonb values, and has facilitites for handling duplicate keys. JSON_SCALAR() produces a json value from any scalar sql value, including json and jsonb. JSON_SERIALIZE() produces text or bytea from input which containis or represents json or jsonb; For the most part these functions don't add any significant new capabilities, but they will be of use to users wanting standard compliant JSON handling. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:15:13 +01:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonSerializeExpr(const JsonSerializeExpr *a, const JsonSerializeExpr *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(output);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
SQL/JSON constructors This patch introduces the SQL/JSON standard constructors for JSON: JSON() JSON_ARRAY() JSON_ARRAYAGG() JSON_OBJECT() JSON_OBJECTAGG() For the most part these functions provide facilities that mimic existing json/jsonb functions. However, they also offer some useful additional functionality. In addition to text input, the JSON() function accepts bytea input, which it will decode and constuct a json value from. The other functions provide useful options for handling duplicate keys and null values. This series of patches will be followed by a consolidated documentation patch. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:02:10 +01:00
static bool
_equalJsonConstructorExpr(const JsonConstructorExpr *a, const JsonConstructorExpr *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(type);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(func);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(coercion);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(returning);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(absent_on_null);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(unique);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonKeyValue(const JsonKeyValue *a, const JsonKeyValue *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(key);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(value);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonObjectConstructor(const JsonObjectConstructor *a,
const JsonObjectConstructor *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(exprs);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(output);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(absent_on_null);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(unique);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonAggConstructor(const JsonAggConstructor *a,
const JsonAggConstructor *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(output);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(agg_filter);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(agg_order);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(over);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonObjectAgg(const JsonObjectAgg *a, const JsonObjectAgg *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(constructor);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(absent_on_null);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(unique);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonOutput(const JsonOutput *a, const JsonOutput *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(returning);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonArrayConstructor(const JsonArrayConstructor *a,
const JsonArrayConstructor *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(exprs);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(output);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(absent_on_null);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonArrayAgg(const JsonArrayAgg *a, const JsonArrayAgg *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(constructor);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(absent_on_null);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonArrayQueryConstructor(const JsonArrayQueryConstructor *a,
const JsonArrayQueryConstructor *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(query);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(output);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(format);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(absent_on_null);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
SQL/JSON query functions This introduces the SQL/JSON functions for querying JSON data using jsonpath expressions. The functions are: JSON_EXISTS() JSON_QUERY() JSON_VALUE() All of these functions only operate on jsonb. The workaround for now is to cast the argument to jsonb. JSON_EXISTS() tests if the jsonpath expression applied to the jsonb value yields any values. JSON_VALUE() must return a single value, and an error occurs if it tries to return multiple values. JSON_QUERY() must return a json object or array, and there are various WRAPPER options for handling scalar or multi-value results. Both these functions have options for handling EMPTY and ERROR conditions. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:11:14 +01:00
static bool
_equalJsonFuncExpr(const JsonFuncExpr *a, const JsonFuncExpr *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(op);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(common);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(output);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(on_empty);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(on_error);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(wrapper);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(omit_quotes);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonCommon(const JsonCommon *a, const JsonCommon *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(pathspec);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(pathname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(passing);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalJsonArgument(const JsonArgument *a, const JsonArgument *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(val);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
return true;
}
IS JSON predicate This patch intrdocuces the SQL standard IS JSON predicate. It operates on text and bytea values representing JSON as well as on the json and jsonb types. Each test has an IS and IS NOT variant. The tests are: IS JSON [VALUE] IS JSON ARRAY IS JSON OBJECT IS JSON SCALAR IS JSON WITH | WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS These are mostly self-explanatory, but note that IS JSON WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS is true whenever IS JSON is true, and IS JSON WITH UNIQUE KEYS is true whenever IS JSON is true except it IS JSON OBJECT is true and there are duplicate keys (which is never the case when applied to jsonb values). Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:02:53 +01:00
static bool
_equalJsonIsPredicate(const JsonIsPredicate *a,
const JsonIsPredicate *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
Rename JsonIsPredicate.value_type, fix JSON backend/nodes/ infrastructure. I started out with the intention to rename value_type to item_type to avoid a collision with a typedef name that appears on some platforms. Along the way, I noticed that the adjacent field "format" was not being correctly handled by the backend/nodes/ infrastructure functions: copyfuncs.c erroneously treated it as a scalar, while equalfuncs, outfuncs, and readfuncs omitted handling it at all. This looks like it might be cosmetic at the moment because the field is always NULL after parse analysis; but that's likely a bug in itself, and the code's certainly not very future-proof. Let's fix it while we can still do so without forcing an initdb on beta testers. Further study found a few other inconsistencies in the backend/nodes/ infrastructure for the recently-added JSON node types, so fix those too. catversion bumped because of potential change in stored rules. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/526703.1652385613@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-05-13 17:40:01 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(format);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(item_type);
IS JSON predicate This patch intrdocuces the SQL standard IS JSON predicate. It operates on text and bytea values representing JSON as well as on the json and jsonb types. Each test has an IS and IS NOT variant. The tests are: IS JSON [VALUE] IS JSON ARRAY IS JSON OBJECT IS JSON SCALAR IS JSON WITH | WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS These are mostly self-explanatory, but note that IS JSON WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS is true whenever IS JSON is true, and IS JSON WITH UNIQUE KEYS is true whenever IS JSON is true except it IS JSON OBJECT is true and there are duplicate keys (which is never the case when applied to jsonb values). Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:02:53 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(unique_keys);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
SQL/JSON query functions This introduces the SQL/JSON functions for querying JSON data using jsonpath expressions. The functions are: JSON_EXISTS() JSON_QUERY() JSON_VALUE() All of these functions only operate on jsonb. The workaround for now is to cast the argument to jsonb. JSON_EXISTS() tests if the jsonpath expression applied to the jsonb value yields any values. JSON_VALUE() must return a single value, and an error occurs if it tries to return multiple values. JSON_QUERY() must return a json object or array, and there are various WRAPPER options for handling scalar or multi-value results. Both these functions have options for handling EMPTY and ERROR conditions. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:11:14 +01:00
/*
* _equalJsonBehavior
*/
static bool
_equalJsonBehavior(const JsonBehavior *a, const JsonBehavior *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(btype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(default_expr);
return true;
}
/*
* _equalJsonExpr
*/
static bool
_equalJsonExpr(const JsonExpr *a, const JsonExpr *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(op);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(formatted_expr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(result_coercion);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(format);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(path_spec);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(passing_names);
Rename JsonIsPredicate.value_type, fix JSON backend/nodes/ infrastructure. I started out with the intention to rename value_type to item_type to avoid a collision with a typedef name that appears on some platforms. Along the way, I noticed that the adjacent field "format" was not being correctly handled by the backend/nodes/ infrastructure functions: copyfuncs.c erroneously treated it as a scalar, while equalfuncs, outfuncs, and readfuncs omitted handling it at all. This looks like it might be cosmetic at the moment because the field is always NULL after parse analysis; but that's likely a bug in itself, and the code's certainly not very future-proof. Let's fix it while we can still do so without forcing an initdb on beta testers. Further study found a few other inconsistencies in the backend/nodes/ infrastructure for the recently-added JSON node types, so fix those too. catversion bumped because of potential change in stored rules. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/526703.1652385613@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-05-13 17:40:01 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(passing_values);
SQL/JSON query functions This introduces the SQL/JSON functions for querying JSON data using jsonpath expressions. The functions are: JSON_EXISTS() JSON_QUERY() JSON_VALUE() All of these functions only operate on jsonb. The workaround for now is to cast the argument to jsonb. JSON_EXISTS() tests if the jsonpath expression applied to the jsonb value yields any values. JSON_VALUE() must return a single value, and an error occurs if it tries to return multiple values. JSON_QUERY() must return a json object or array, and there are various WRAPPER options for handling scalar or multi-value results. Both these functions have options for handling EMPTY and ERROR conditions. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:11:14 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(returning);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(on_empty);
Rename JsonIsPredicate.value_type, fix JSON backend/nodes/ infrastructure. I started out with the intention to rename value_type to item_type to avoid a collision with a typedef name that appears on some platforms. Along the way, I noticed that the adjacent field "format" was not being correctly handled by the backend/nodes/ infrastructure functions: copyfuncs.c erroneously treated it as a scalar, while equalfuncs, outfuncs, and readfuncs omitted handling it at all. This looks like it might be cosmetic at the moment because the field is always NULL after parse analysis; but that's likely a bug in itself, and the code's certainly not very future-proof. Let's fix it while we can still do so without forcing an initdb on beta testers. Further study found a few other inconsistencies in the backend/nodes/ infrastructure for the recently-added JSON node types, so fix those too. catversion bumped because of potential change in stored rules. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/526703.1652385613@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-05-13 17:40:01 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(on_error);
SQL/JSON query functions This introduces the SQL/JSON functions for querying JSON data using jsonpath expressions. The functions are: JSON_EXISTS() JSON_QUERY() JSON_VALUE() All of these functions only operate on jsonb. The workaround for now is to cast the argument to jsonb. JSON_EXISTS() tests if the jsonpath expression applied to the jsonb value yields any values. JSON_VALUE() must return a single value, and an error occurs if it tries to return multiple values. JSON_QUERY() must return a json object or array, and there are various WRAPPER options for handling scalar or multi-value results. Both these functions have options for handling EMPTY and ERROR conditions. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:11:14 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(coercions);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(wrapper);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(omit_quotes);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
/*
* _equalJsonCoercion
*/
static bool
_equalJsonCoercion(const JsonCoercion *a, const JsonCoercion *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(via_populate);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(via_io);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(collation);
return true;
}
/*
* _equalJsonItemCoercions
*/
static bool
_equalJsonItemCoercions(const JsonItemCoercions *a, const JsonItemCoercions *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(null);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(string);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(numeric);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(boolean);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(date);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(time);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(timetz);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(timestamp);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(timestamptz);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(composite);
return true;
}
Allow index use with OR clauses.
1998-08-02 00:12:13 +02:00
/*
Rename nodes/relation.h to nodes/pathnodes.h. The old name of this file was never a very good indication of what it was for. Now that there's also access/relation.h, we have a potential confusion hazard as well, so let's rename it to something more apropos. Per discussion, "pathnodes.h" is reasonable, since a good fraction of the file is Path node definitions. While at it, tweak a couple of other headers that were gratuitously importing relation.h into modules that don't need it. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7719.1548688728@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 22:49:25 +01:00
* Stuff from pathnodes.h
Allow index use with OR clauses.
1998-08-02 00:12:13 +02:00
*/
Add equal() funcs for Case nodes ... amazing we had not detected this omission before. Miscellaneous other cleanups.
1999-07-29 04:45:36 +02:00
Support for subselects. (Have to re-visit readfuncs.c)
1998-02-13 04:27:47 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalPathKey(const PathKey *a, const PathKey *b)
Support for subselects. (Have to re-visit readfuncs.c)
1998-02-13 04:27:47 +01:00
{
Postpone creation of pathkeys lists to fix bug #8049. This patch gets rid of the concept of, and infrastructure for, non-canonical PathKeys; we now only ever create canonical pathkey lists. The need for non-canonical pathkeys came from the desire to have grouping_planner initialize query_pathkeys and related pathkey lists before calling query_planner. However, since query_planner didn't actually *do* anything with those lists before they'd been made canonical, we can get rid of the whole mess by just not creating the lists at all until the point where we formerly canonicalized them. There are several ways in which we could implement that without making query_planner itself deal with grouping/sorting features (which are supposed to be the province of grouping_planner). I chose to add a callback function to query_planner's API; other alternatives would have required adding more fields to PlannerInfo, which while not bad in itself would create an ABI break for planner-related plugins in the 9.2 release series. This still breaks ABI for anything that calls query_planner directly, but it seems somewhat unlikely that there are any such plugins. I had originally conceived of this change as merely a step on the way to fixing bug #8049 from Teun Hoogendoorn; but it turns out that this fixes that bug all by itself, as per the added regression test. The reason is that now get_eclass_for_sort_expr is adding the ORDER BY expression at the end of EquivalenceClass creation not the start, and so anything that is in a multi-member EquivalenceClass has already been created with correct em_nullable_relids. I am suspicious that there are related scenarios in which we still need to teach get_eclass_for_sort_expr to compute correct nullable_relids, but am not eager to risk destabilizing either 9.2 or 9.3 to fix bugs that are only hypothetical. So for the moment, do this and stop here. Back-patch to 9.2 but not to earlier branches, since they don't exhibit this bug for lack of join-clause-movement logic that depends on em_nullable_relids being correct. (We might have to revisit that choice if any related bugs turn up.) In 9.2, don't change the signature of make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses nor remove canonicalize_pathkeys, so as not to risk more plugin breakage than we have to.
2013-04-29 20:49:01 +02:00
/* We assume pointer equality is sufficient to compare the eclasses */
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(pk_eclass);
Refactor planner's pathkeys data structure to create a separate, explicit representation of equivalence classes of variables. This is an extensive rewrite, but it brings a number of benefits: * planner no longer fails in the presence of "incomplete" operator families that don't offer operators for every possible combination of datatypes. * avoid generating and then discarding redundant equality clauses. * remove bogus assumption that derived equalities always use operators named "=". * mergejoins can work with a variety of sort orders (e.g., descending) now, instead of tying each mergejoinable operator to exactly one sort order. * better recognition of redundant sort columns. * can make use of equalities appearing underneath an outer join.
2007-01-20 21:45:41 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(pk_opfamily);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(pk_strategy);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(pk_nulls_first);
pgindent run before 6.3 release, with Thomas' requested changes.
1998-02-26 05:46:47 +01:00
Support for subselects. (Have to re-visit readfuncs.c)
1998-02-13 04:27:47 +01:00
return true;
}
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRestrictInfo(const RestrictInfo *a, const RestrictInfo *b)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(clause);
Add the ability to extract OR indexscan conditions from OR-of-AND join conditions in which each OR subclause includes a constraint on the same relation. This implements the other useful side-effect of conversion to CNF format, without its unpleasant side-effects. As per pghackers discussion of a few weeks ago.
2004-01-05 06:07:36 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_pushed_down);
Restore the former RestrictInfo field valid_everywhere (but invert the flag sense and rename to "outerjoin_delayed" to more clearly reflect what it means). I had decided that it was redundant in 8.1, but the folly of this is exposed by a bug report from Sebastian Böck. The place where it's needed is to prevent orindxpath.c from cherry-picking arms of an outer-join OR clause to form a relation restriction that isn't actually legal to push down to the relation scan level. There may be some legal cases that this forbids optimizing, but we'd need much closer analysis to determine it.
2005-11-15 00:54:23 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(outerjoin_delayed);
Improve RLS planning by marking individual quals with security levels. In an RLS query, we must ensure that security filter quals are evaluated before ordinary query quals, in case the latter contain "leaky" functions that could expose the contents of sensitive rows. The original implementation of RLS planning ensured this by pushing the scan of a secured table into a sub-query that it marked as a security-barrier view. Unfortunately this results in very inefficient plans in many cases, because the sub-query cannot be flattened and gets planned independently of the rest of the query. To fix, drop the use of sub-queries to enforce RLS qual order, and instead mark each qual (RestrictInfo) with a security_level field establishing its priority for evaluation. Quals must be evaluated in security_level order, except that "leakproof" quals can be allowed to go ahead of quals of lower security_level, if it's helpful to do so. This has to be enforced within the ordering of any one list of quals to be evaluated at a table scan node, and we also have to ensure that quals are not chosen for early evaluation (i.e., use as an index qual or TID scan qual) if they're not allowed to go ahead of other quals at the scan node. This is sufficient to fix the problem for RLS quals, since we only support RLS policies on simple tables and thus RLS quals will always exist at the table scan level only. Eventually these qual ordering rules should be enforced for join quals as well, which would permit improving planning for explicit security-barrier views; but that's a task for another patch. Note that FDWs would need to be aware of these rules --- and not, for example, send an insecure qual for remote execution --- but since we do not yet allow RLS policies on foreign tables, the case doesn't arise. This will need to be addressed before we can allow such policies. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Dean Rasheed. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8185.1477432701@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-18 18:58:20 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(security_level);
Simplify the planner's join clause management by storing join clauses of a relation in a flat 'joininfo' list. The former arrangement grouped the join clauses according to the set of unjoined relids used in each; however, profiling on test cases involving lots of joins proves that that data structure is a net loss. It takes more time to group the join clauses together than is saved by avoiding duplicate tests later. It doesn't help any that there are usually not more than one or two clauses per group ...
2005-06-09 06:19:00 +02:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(required_relids);
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(outer_relids);
Fix planner to restore its previous level of intelligence about pushing constants through full joins, as in select * from tenk1 a full join tenk1 b using (unique1) where unique1 = 42; which should generate a fairly cheap plan where we apply the constraint unique1 = 42 in each relation scan. This had been broken by my patch of 2008-06-27, which is now reverted in favor of a more invasive but hopefully less incorrect approach. That patch was meant to prevent incorrect extraction of OR'd indexclauses from OR conditions above an outer join. To do that correctly we need more information than the outerjoin_delay flag can provide, so add a nullable_relids field to RestrictInfo that records exactly which relations are nulled by outer joins that are underneath a particular qual clause. A side benefit is that we can make the test in create_or_index_quals more specific: it is now smart enough to extract an OR'd indexclause into the outer side of an outer join, even though it must not do so in the inner side. The old coding couldn't distinguish these cases so it could not do either.
2009-04-16 22:42:16 +02:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(nullable_relids);
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
Further work on making use of new statistics in planner. Adjust APIs of costsize.c routines to pass Query root, so that costsize can figure more things out by itself and not be so dependent on its callers to tell it everything it needs to know. Use selectivity of hash or merge clause to estimate number of tuples processed internally in these joins (this is more useful than it would've been before, since eqjoinsel is somewhat more accurate than before).
2001-06-05 07:26:05 +02:00
/*
Adjust the definition of RestrictInfo's left_relids and right_relids fields: now they are valid whenever the clause is a binary opclause, not only when it is a potential join clause (there is a new boolean field canjoin to signal the latter condition). This lets us avoid recomputing the relid sets over and over while examining indexes. Still more work to do to make this as useful as it could be, because there are places that could use the info but don't have access to the RestrictInfo node.
2003-12-31 00:53:15 +01:00
* We ignore all the remaining fields, since they may not be set yet, and
* should be derivable from the clause anyway.
Further work on making use of new statistics in planner. Adjust APIs of costsize.c routines to pass Query root, so that costsize can figure more things out by itself and not be so dependent on its callers to tell it everything it needs to know. Use selectivity of hash or merge clause to estimate number of tuples processed internally in these joins (this is more useful than it would've been before, since eqjoinsel is somewhat more accurate than before).
2001-06-05 07:26:05 +02:00
*/
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Add a concept of "placeholder" variables to the planner. These are variables that represent some expression that we desire to compute below the top level of the plan, and then let that value "bubble up" as though it were a plain Var (ie, a column value). The immediate application is to allow sub-selects to be flattened even when they are below an outer join and have non-nullable output expressions. Formerly we couldn't flatten because such an expression wouldn't properly go to NULL when evaluated above the outer join. Now, we wrap it in a PlaceHolderVar and arrange for the actual evaluation to occur below the outer join. When the resulting Var bubbles up through the join, it will be set to NULL if necessary, yielding the correct results. This fixes a planner limitation that's existed since 7.1. In future we might want to use this mechanism to re-introduce some form of Hellerstein's "expensive functions" optimization, ie place the evaluation of an expensive function at the most suitable point in the plan tree.
2008-10-21 22:42:53 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalPlaceHolderVar(const PlaceHolderVar *a, const PlaceHolderVar *b)
Add a concept of "placeholder" variables to the planner. These are variables that represent some expression that we desire to compute below the top level of the plan, and then let that value "bubble up" as though it were a plain Var (ie, a column value). The immediate application is to allow sub-selects to be flattened even when they are below an outer join and have non-nullable output expressions. Formerly we couldn't flatten because such an expression wouldn't properly go to NULL when evaluated above the outer join. Now, we wrap it in a PlaceHolderVar and arrange for the actual evaluation to occur below the outer join. When the resulting Var bubbles up through the join, it will be set to NULL if necessary, yielding the correct results. This fixes a planner limitation that's existed since 7.1. In future we might want to use this mechanism to re-introduce some form of Hellerstein's "expensive functions" optimization, ie place the evaluation of an expensive function at the most suitable point in the plan tree.
2008-10-21 22:42:53 +02:00
{
/*
* We intentionally do not compare phexpr. Two PlaceHolderVars with the
* same ID and levelsup should be considered equal even if the contained
Fix planner problems with LATERAL references in PlaceHolderVars. The planner largely failed to consider the possibility that a PlaceHolderVar's expression might contain a lateral reference to a Var coming from somewhere outside the PHV's syntactic scope. We had a previous report of a problem in this area, which I tried to fix in a quick-hack way in commit 4da6439bd8553059766011e2a42c6e39df08717f, but Antonin Houska pointed out that there were still some problems, and investigation turned up other issues. This patch largely reverts that commit in favor of a more thoroughly thought-through solution. The new theory is that a PHV's ph_eval_at level cannot be higher than its original syntactic level. If it contains lateral references, those don't change the ph_eval_at level, but rather they create a lateral-reference requirement for the ph_eval_at join relation. The code in joinpath.c needs to handle that. Another issue is that createplan.c wasn't handling nested PlaceHolderVars properly. In passing, push knowledge of lateral-reference checks for join clauses into join_clause_is_movable_to. This is mainly so that FDWs don't need to deal with it. This patch doesn't fix the original join-qual-placement problem reported by Jeremy Evans (and indeed, one of the new regression test cases shows the wrong answer because of that). But the PlaceHolderVar problems need to be fixed before that issue can be addressed, so committing this separately seems reasonable.
2013-08-18 02:22:37 +02:00
* expressions have managed to mutate to different states. This will
* happen during final plan construction when there are nested PHVs, since
* the inner PHV will get replaced by a Param in some copies of the outer
* PHV. Another way in which it can happen is that initplan sublinks
* could get replaced by differently-numbered Params when sublink folding
* is done. (The end result of such a situation would be some
* unreferenced initplans, which is annoying but not really a problem.) On
* the same reasoning, there is no need to examine phrels.
Add a concept of "placeholder" variables to the planner. These are variables that represent some expression that we desire to compute below the top level of the plan, and then let that value "bubble up" as though it were a plain Var (ie, a column value). The immediate application is to allow sub-selects to be flattened even when they are below an outer join and have non-nullable output expressions. Formerly we couldn't flatten because such an expression wouldn't properly go to NULL when evaluated above the outer join. Now, we wrap it in a PlaceHolderVar and arrange for the actual evaluation to occur below the outer join. When the resulting Var bubbles up through the join, it will be set to NULL if necessary, yielding the correct results. This fixes a planner limitation that's existed since 7.1. In future we might want to use this mechanism to re-introduce some form of Hellerstein's "expensive functions" optimization, ie place the evaluation of an expensive function at the most suitable point in the plan tree.
2008-10-21 22:42:53 +02:00
*
* COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(phexpr);
Fix planner problems with LATERAL references in PlaceHolderVars. The planner largely failed to consider the possibility that a PlaceHolderVar's expression might contain a lateral reference to a Var coming from somewhere outside the PHV's syntactic scope. We had a previous report of a problem in this area, which I tried to fix in a quick-hack way in commit 4da6439bd8553059766011e2a42c6e39df08717f, but Antonin Houska pointed out that there were still some problems, and investigation turned up other issues. This patch largely reverts that commit in favor of a more thoroughly thought-through solution. The new theory is that a PHV's ph_eval_at level cannot be higher than its original syntactic level. If it contains lateral references, those don't change the ph_eval_at level, but rather they create a lateral-reference requirement for the ph_eval_at join relation. The code in joinpath.c needs to handle that. Another issue is that createplan.c wasn't handling nested PlaceHolderVars properly. In passing, push knowledge of lateral-reference checks for join clauses into join_clause_is_movable_to. This is mainly so that FDWs don't need to deal with it. This patch doesn't fix the original join-qual-placement problem reported by Jeremy Evans (and indeed, one of the new regression test cases shows the wrong answer because of that). But the PlaceHolderVar problems need to be fixed before that issue can be addressed, so committing this separately seems reasonable.
2013-08-18 02:22:37 +02:00
*
* COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(phrels);
Add a concept of "placeholder" variables to the planner. These are variables that represent some expression that we desire to compute below the top level of the plan, and then let that value "bubble up" as though it were a plain Var (ie, a column value). The immediate application is to allow sub-selects to be flattened even when they are below an outer join and have non-nullable output expressions. Formerly we couldn't flatten because such an expression wouldn't properly go to NULL when evaluated above the outer join. Now, we wrap it in a PlaceHolderVar and arrange for the actual evaluation to occur below the outer join. When the resulting Var bubbles up through the join, it will be set to NULL if necessary, yielding the correct results. This fixes a planner limitation that's existed since 7.1. In future we might want to use this mechanism to re-introduce some form of Hellerstein's "expensive functions" optimization, ie place the evaluation of an expensive function at the most suitable point in the plan tree.
2008-10-21 22:42:53 +02:00
*/
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(phid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(phlevelsup);
return true;
}
IN clauses appearing at top level of WHERE can now be handled as joins. There are two implementation techniques: the executor understands a new JOIN_IN jointype, which emits at most one matching row per left-hand row, or the result of the IN's sub-select can be fed through a DISTINCT filter and then joined as an ordinary relation. Along the way, some minor code cleanup in the optimizer; notably, break out most of the jointree-rearrangement preprocessing in planner.c and put it in a new file prep/prepjointree.c.
2003-01-20 19:55:07 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalSpecialJoinInfo(const SpecialJoinInfo *a, const SpecialJoinInfo *b)
IN clauses appearing at top level of WHERE can now be handled as joins. There are two implementation techniques: the executor understands a new JOIN_IN jointype, which emits at most one matching row per left-hand row, or the result of the IN's sub-select can be fed through a DISTINCT filter and then joined as an ordinary relation. Along the way, some minor code cleanup in the optimizer; notably, break out most of the jointree-rearrangement preprocessing in planner.c and put it in a new file prep/prepjointree.c.
2003-01-20 19:55:07 +01:00
{
Implement SEMI and ANTI joins in the planner and executor. (Semijoins replace the old JOIN_IN code, but antijoins are new functionality.) Teach the planner to convert appropriate EXISTS and NOT EXISTS subqueries into semi and anti joins respectively. Also, LEFT JOINs with suitable upper-level IS NULL filters are recognized as being anti joins. Unify the InClauseInfo and OuterJoinInfo infrastructure into "SpecialJoinInfo". With that change, it becomes possible to associate a SpecialJoinInfo with every join attempt, which permits some cleanup of join selectivity estimation. That needs to be taken much further than this patch does, but the next step is to change the API for oprjoin selectivity functions, which seems like material for a separate patch. So for the moment the output size estimates for semi and especially anti joins are quite bogus.
2008-08-14 20:48:00 +02:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(min_lefthand);
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(min_righthand);
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(syn_lefthand);
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(syn_righthand);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(jointype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(lhs_strict);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(delay_upper_joins);
Improve planner's cost estimation in the presence of semijoins. If we have a semijoin, say SELECT * FROM x WHERE x1 IN (SELECT y1 FROM y) and we're estimating the cost of a parameterized indexscan on x, the number of repetitions of the indexscan should not be taken as the size of y; it'll really only be the number of distinct values of y1, because the only valid plan with y on the outside of a nestloop would require y to be unique-ified before joining it to x. Most of the time this doesn't make that much difference, but sometimes it can lead to drastically underestimating the cost of the indexscan and hence choosing a bad plan, as pointed out by David Kubečka. Fixing this is a bit difficult because parameterized indexscans are costed out quite early in the planning process, before we have the information that would be needed to call estimate_num_groups() and thereby estimate the number of distinct values of the join column(s). However we can move the code that extracts a semijoin RHS's unique-ification columns, so that it's done in initsplan.c rather than on-the-fly in create_unique_path(). That shouldn't make any difference speed-wise and it's really a bit cleaner too. The other bit of information we need is the size of the semijoin RHS, which is easy if it's a single relation (we make those estimates before considering indexscan costs) but problematic if it's a join relation. The solution adopted here is just to use the product of the sizes of the join component rels. That will generally be an overestimate, but since estimate_num_groups() only uses this input as a clamp, an overestimate shouldn't hurt us too badly. In any case we don't allow this new logic to produce a value larger than we would have chosen before, so that at worst an overestimate leaves us no wiser than we were before.
2015-03-12 02:21:00 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(semi_can_btree);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(semi_can_hash);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(semi_operators);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(semi_rhs_exprs);
IN clauses appearing at top level of WHERE can now be handled as joins. There are two implementation techniques: the executor understands a new JOIN_IN jointype, which emits at most one matching row per left-hand row, or the result of the IN's sub-select can be fed through a DISTINCT filter and then joined as an ordinary relation. Along the way, some minor code cleanup in the optimizer; notably, break out most of the jointree-rearrangement preprocessing in planner.c and put it in a new file prep/prepjointree.c.
2003-01-20 19:55:07 +01:00
return true;
}
Restructure planner's handling of inheritance. Rather than processing inheritance trees on-the-fly, which pretty well constrained us to considering only one way of planning inheritance, expand inheritance sets during the planner prep phase, and build a side data structure that can be consulted later to find which RTEs are members of which inheritance sets. As proof of concept, use the data structure to plan joins against inheritance sets more efficiently: we can now use indexes on the set members in inner-indexscan joins. (The generated plans could be improved further, but it'll take some executor changes.) This data structure will also support handling UNION ALL subqueries in the same way as inheritance sets, but that aspect of it isn't finished yet.
2006-01-31 22:39:25 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAppendRelInfo(const AppendRelInfo *a, const AppendRelInfo *b)
Restructure planner's handling of inheritance. Rather than processing inheritance trees on-the-fly, which pretty well constrained us to considering only one way of planning inheritance, expand inheritance sets during the planner prep phase, and build a side data structure that can be consulted later to find which RTEs are members of which inheritance sets. As proof of concept, use the data structure to plan joins against inheritance sets more efficiently: we can now use indexes on the set members in inner-indexscan joins. (The generated plans could be improved further, but it'll take some executor changes.) This data structure will also support handling UNION ALL subqueries in the same way as inheritance sets, but that aspect of it isn't finished yet.
2006-01-31 22:39:25 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(parent_relid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(child_relid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(parent_reltype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(child_reltype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(translated_vars);
Add a reverse-translation column number array to struct AppendRelInfo. This provides for cheaper mapping of child columns back to parent columns. The one existing use-case in examine_simple_variable() would hardly justify this by itself; but an upcoming bug fix will make use of this array in a mainstream code path, and it seems likely that we'll find other uses for it as we continue to build out the partitioning infrastructure. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12424.1575168015@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-12-03 00:05:29 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(num_child_cols);
COMPARE_POINTER_FIELD(parent_colnos, a->num_child_cols * sizeof(AttrNumber));
Restructure planner's handling of inheritance. Rather than processing inheritance trees on-the-fly, which pretty well constrained us to considering only one way of planning inheritance, expand inheritance sets during the planner prep phase, and build a side data structure that can be consulted later to find which RTEs are members of which inheritance sets. As proof of concept, use the data structure to plan joins against inheritance sets more efficiently: we can now use indexes on the set members in inner-indexscan joins. (The generated plans could be improved further, but it'll take some executor changes.) This data structure will also support handling UNION ALL subqueries in the same way as inheritance sets, but that aspect of it isn't finished yet.
2006-01-31 22:39:25 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(parent_reloid);
return true;
}
Add a concept of "placeholder" variables to the planner. These are variables that represent some expression that we desire to compute below the top level of the plan, and then let that value "bubble up" as though it were a plain Var (ie, a column value). The immediate application is to allow sub-selects to be flattened even when they are below an outer join and have non-nullable output expressions. Formerly we couldn't flatten because such an expression wouldn't properly go to NULL when evaluated above the outer join. Now, we wrap it in a PlaceHolderVar and arrange for the actual evaluation to occur below the outer join. When the resulting Var bubbles up through the join, it will be set to NULL if necessary, yielding the correct results. This fixes a planner limitation that's existed since 7.1. In future we might want to use this mechanism to re-introduce some form of Hellerstein's "expensive functions" optimization, ie place the evaluation of an expensive function at the most suitable point in the plan tree.
2008-10-21 22:42:53 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalPlaceHolderInfo(const PlaceHolderInfo *a, const PlaceHolderInfo *b)
Add a concept of "placeholder" variables to the planner. These are variables that represent some expression that we desire to compute below the top level of the plan, and then let that value "bubble up" as though it were a plain Var (ie, a column value). The immediate application is to allow sub-selects to be flattened even when they are below an outer join and have non-nullable output expressions. Formerly we couldn't flatten because such an expression wouldn't properly go to NULL when evaluated above the outer join. Now, we wrap it in a PlaceHolderVar and arrange for the actual evaluation to occur below the outer join. When the resulting Var bubbles up through the join, it will be set to NULL if necessary, yielding the correct results. This fixes a planner limitation that's existed since 7.1. In future we might want to use this mechanism to re-introduce some form of Hellerstein's "expensive functions" optimization, ie place the evaluation of an expensive function at the most suitable point in the plan tree.
2008-10-21 22:42:53 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(phid);
Fix planner problems with LATERAL references in PlaceHolderVars. The planner largely failed to consider the possibility that a PlaceHolderVar's expression might contain a lateral reference to a Var coming from somewhere outside the PHV's syntactic scope. We had a previous report of a problem in this area, which I tried to fix in a quick-hack way in commit 4da6439bd8553059766011e2a42c6e39df08717f, but Antonin Houska pointed out that there were still some problems, and investigation turned up other issues. This patch largely reverts that commit in favor of a more thoroughly thought-through solution. The new theory is that a PHV's ph_eval_at level cannot be higher than its original syntactic level. If it contains lateral references, those don't change the ph_eval_at level, but rather they create a lateral-reference requirement for the ph_eval_at join relation. The code in joinpath.c needs to handle that. Another issue is that createplan.c wasn't handling nested PlaceHolderVars properly. In passing, push knowledge of lateral-reference checks for join clauses into join_clause_is_movable_to. This is mainly so that FDWs don't need to deal with it. This patch doesn't fix the original join-qual-placement problem reported by Jeremy Evans (and indeed, one of the new regression test cases shows the wrong answer because of that). But the PlaceHolderVar problems need to be fixed before that issue can be addressed, so committing this separately seems reasonable.
2013-08-18 02:22:37 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(ph_var); /* should be redundant */
Add a concept of "placeholder" variables to the planner. These are variables that represent some expression that we desire to compute below the top level of the plan, and then let that value "bubble up" as though it were a plain Var (ie, a column value). The immediate application is to allow sub-selects to be flattened even when they are below an outer join and have non-nullable output expressions. Formerly we couldn't flatten because such an expression wouldn't properly go to NULL when evaluated above the outer join. Now, we wrap it in a PlaceHolderVar and arrange for the actual evaluation to occur below the outer join. When the resulting Var bubbles up through the join, it will be set to NULL if necessary, yielding the correct results. This fixes a planner limitation that's existed since 7.1. In future we might want to use this mechanism to re-introduce some form of Hellerstein's "expensive functions" optimization, ie place the evaluation of an expensive function at the most suitable point in the plan tree.
2008-10-21 22:42:53 +02:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(ph_eval_at);
Fix planner problems with LATERAL references in PlaceHolderVars. The planner largely failed to consider the possibility that a PlaceHolderVar's expression might contain a lateral reference to a Var coming from somewhere outside the PHV's syntactic scope. We had a previous report of a problem in this area, which I tried to fix in a quick-hack way in commit 4da6439bd8553059766011e2a42c6e39df08717f, but Antonin Houska pointed out that there were still some problems, and investigation turned up other issues. This patch largely reverts that commit in favor of a more thoroughly thought-through solution. The new theory is that a PHV's ph_eval_at level cannot be higher than its original syntactic level. If it contains lateral references, those don't change the ph_eval_at level, but rather they create a lateral-reference requirement for the ph_eval_at join relation. The code in joinpath.c needs to handle that. Another issue is that createplan.c wasn't handling nested PlaceHolderVars properly. In passing, push knowledge of lateral-reference checks for join clauses into join_clause_is_movable_to. This is mainly so that FDWs don't need to deal with it. This patch doesn't fix the original join-qual-placement problem reported by Jeremy Evans (and indeed, one of the new regression test cases shows the wrong answer because of that). But the PlaceHolderVar problems need to be fixed before that issue can be addressed, so committing this separately seems reasonable.
2013-08-18 02:22:37 +02:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(ph_lateral);
Add a concept of "placeholder" variables to the planner. These are variables that represent some expression that we desire to compute below the top level of the plan, and then let that value "bubble up" as though it were a plain Var (ie, a column value). The immediate application is to allow sub-selects to be flattened even when they are below an outer join and have non-nullable output expressions. Formerly we couldn't flatten because such an expression wouldn't properly go to NULL when evaluated above the outer join. Now, we wrap it in a PlaceHolderVar and arrange for the actual evaluation to occur below the outer join. When the resulting Var bubbles up through the join, it will be set to NULL if necessary, yielding the correct results. This fixes a planner limitation that's existed since 7.1. In future we might want to use this mechanism to re-introduce some form of Hellerstein's "expensive functions" optimization, ie place the evaluation of an expensive function at the most suitable point in the plan tree.
2008-10-21 22:42:53 +02:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(ph_needed);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ph_width);
return true;
}
Introduce extensible node types. An extensible node is always tagged T_Extensible, but the extnodename field identifies it more specifically; it may also include arbitrary private data. Extensible nodes can be copied, tested for equality, serialized, and deserialized, but the core system doesn't know anything about them otherwise. Some extensions may find it useful to include these nodes in fdw_private or custom_private lists in lieu of arm-wrestling their data into a format that the core code can understand. Along the way, so as not to burden the authors of such extensible node types too much, expose the functions for writing serialized tokens, and for serializing and deserializing bitmapsets. KaiGai Kohei, per a design suggested by me. Reviewed by Andres Freund and by me, and further edited by me.
2016-02-12 15:31:16 +01:00
/*
* Stuff from extensible.h
*/
static bool
_equalExtensibleNode(const ExtensibleNode *a, const ExtensibleNode *b)
{
const ExtensibleNodeMethods *methods;
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(extnodename);
/* At this point, we know extnodename is the same for both nodes. */
methods = GetExtensibleNodeMethods(a->extnodename, false);
/* compare the private fields */
if (!methods->nodeEqual(a, b))
return false;
return true;
}
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
Add equality checking for T_Query so that we don't get complaints in UNION regress test. Probably still need some more node types to be handled here, but I'm done for the day...
1999-02-07 01:52:12 +01:00
/*
* Stuff from parsenodes.h
*/
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalQuery(const Query *a, const Query *b)
Add equality checking for T_Query so that we don't get complaints in UNION regress test. Probably still need some more node types to be handled here, but I'm done for the day...
1999-02-07 01:52:12 +01:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(commandType);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(querySource);
Add some infrastructure for contrib/pg_stat_statements. Add a queryId field to Query and PlannedStmt. This is not used by the core backend, except for being copied around at appropriate times. It's meant to allow plug-ins to track a particular query forward from parse analysis to execution. The queryId is intentionally not dumped into stored rules (and hence this commit doesn't bump catversion). You could argue that choice either way, but it seems better that stored rule strings not have any dependency on plug-ins that might or might not be present. Also, add a post_parse_analyze_hook that gets invoked at the end of parse analysis (but only for top-level analysis of complete queries, not cases such as analyzing a domain's default-value expression). This is mainly meant to be used to compute and assign a queryId, but it could have other applications. Peter Geoghegan
2012-03-27 21:14:13 +02:00
/* we intentionally ignore queryId, since it might not be set */
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(canSetTag);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(utilityStmt);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resultRelation);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(hasAggs);
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(hasWindowFuncs);
Improve parser's and planner's handling of set-returning functions. Teach the parser to reject misplaced set-returning functions during parse analysis using p_expr_kind, in much the same way as we do for aggregates and window functions (cf commit eaccfded9). While this isn't complete (it misses nesting-based restrictions), it's much better than the previous error reporting for such cases, and it allows elimination of assorted ad-hoc expression_returns_set() error checks. We could add nesting checks later if it seems important to catch all cases at parse time. There is one case the parser will now throw error for although previous versions allowed it, which is SRFs in the tlist of an UPDATE. That never behaved sensibly (since it's ill-defined which generated row should be used to perform the update) and it's hard to see why it should not be treated as an error. It's a release-note-worthy change though. Also, add a new Query field hasTargetSRFs reporting whether there are any SRFs in the targetlist (including GROUP BY/ORDER BY expressions). The parser can now set that basically for free during parse analysis, and we can use it in a number of places to avoid expression_returns_set searches. (There will be more such checks soon.) In some places, this allows decontorting the logic since it's no longer expensive to check for SRFs in the tlist --- so I made the checks parallel to the handling of hasAggs/hasWindowFuncs wherever it seemed appropriate. catversion bump because adding a Query field changes stored rules. Andres Freund and Tom Lane Discussion: <24639.1473782855@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-13 19:54:24 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(hasTargetSRFs);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(hasSubLinks);
Rearrange the querytree representation of ORDER BY/GROUP BY/DISTINCT items as per my recent proposal: 1. Fold SortClause and GroupClause into a single node type SortGroupClause. We were already relying on them to be struct-equivalent, so using two node tags wasn't accomplishing much except to get in the way of comparing items with equal(). 2. Add an "eqop" field to SortGroupClause to carry the associated equality operator. This is cheap for the parser to get at the same time it's looking up the sort operator, and storing it eliminates the need for repeated not-so-cheap lookups during planning. In future this will also let us represent GROUP/DISTINCT operations on datatypes that have hash opclasses but no btree opclasses (ie, they have equality but no natural sort order). The previous representation simply didn't work for that, since its only indicator of comparison semantics was a sort operator. 3. Add a hasDistinctOn boolean to struct Query to explicitly record whether the distinctClause came from DISTINCT or DISTINCT ON. This allows removing some complicated and not 100% bulletproof code that attempted to figure that out from the distinctClause alone. This patch doesn't in itself create any new capability, but it's necessary infrastructure for future attempts to use hash-based grouping for DISTINCT and UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT.
2008-08-02 23:32:01 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(hasDistinctOn);
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(hasRecursive);
Support data-modifying commands (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE) in WITH. This patch implements data-modifying WITH queries according to the semantics that the updates all happen with the same command counter value, and in an unspecified order. Therefore one WITH clause can't see the effects of another, nor can the outer query see the effects other than through the RETURNING values. And attempts to do conflicting updates will have unpredictable results. We'll need to document all that. This commit just fixes the code; documentation updates are waiting on author. Marko Tiikkaja and Hitoshi Harada
2011-02-26 00:56:23 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(hasModifyingCTE);
When FOR UPDATE/SHARE is used with LIMIT, put the LockRows plan node underneath the Limit node, not atop it. This fixes the old problem that such a query might unexpectedly return fewer rows than the LIMIT says, due to LockRows discarding updated rows. There is a related problem that LockRows might destroy the sort ordering produced by earlier steps; but fixing that by pushing LockRows below Sort would create serious performance problems that are unjustified in many real-world applications, as well as potential deadlock problems from locking many more rows than expected. Instead, keep the present semantics of applying FOR UPDATE after ORDER BY within a single query level; but allow the user to specify the other way by writing FOR UPDATE in a sub-select. To make that work, track whether FOR UPDATE appeared explicitly in sub-selects or got pushed down from the parent, and don't flatten a sub-select that contained an explicit FOR UPDATE.
2009-10-28 15:55:47 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(hasForUpdate);
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(hasRowSecurity);
SQL-standard function body This adds support for writing CREATE FUNCTION and CREATE PROCEDURE statements for language SQL with a function body that conforms to the SQL standard and is portable to other implementations. Instead of the PostgreSQL-specific AS $$ string literal $$ syntax, this allows writing out the SQL statements making up the body unquoted, either as a single statement: CREATE FUNCTION add(a integer, b integer) RETURNS integer LANGUAGE SQL RETURN a + b; or as a block CREATE PROCEDURE insert_data(a integer, b integer) LANGUAGE SQL BEGIN ATOMIC INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (a); INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (b); END; The function body is parsed at function definition time and stored as expression nodes in a new pg_proc column prosqlbody. So at run time, no further parsing is required. However, this form does not support polymorphic arguments, because there is no more parse analysis done at call time. Dependencies between the function and the objects it uses are fully tracked. A new RETURN statement is introduced. This can only be used inside function bodies. Internally, it is treated much like a SELECT statement. psql needs some new intelligence to keep track of function body boundaries so that it doesn't send off statements when it sees semicolons that are inside a function body. Tested-by: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec> Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1c11f1eb-f00c-43b7-799d-2d44132c02d7@2ndquadrant.com
2021-04-07 21:30:08 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isReturn);
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(cteList);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rtable);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(jointree);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(targetList);
Identity columns This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have: - CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence - cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE - dropping default does not drop sequence - need to grant separate privileges to sequence - other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 14:33:16 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(override);
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE. The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting. ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias. This feature is often referred to as upsert. This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken. If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is deemed inserted. To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT INTO now can alias its target table. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes. Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs, Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(onConflict);
Add INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE RETURNING, with basic docs and regression tests. plpgsql support to come later. Along the way, convert execMain's SELECT INTO support into a DestReceiver, in order to eliminate some ugly special cases. Jonah Harris and Tom Lane
2006-08-12 04:52:06 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(returningList);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(groupClause);
Implement GROUP BY DISTINCT With grouping sets, it's possible that some of the grouping sets are duplicate. This is especially common with CUBE and ROLLUP clauses. For example GROUP BY CUBE (a,b), CUBE (b,c) is equivalent to GROUP BY GROUPING SETS ( (a, b, c), (a, b, c), (a, b, c), (a, b), (a, b), (a, b), (a), (a), (a), (c, a), (c, a), (c, a), (c), (b, c), (b), () ) Some of the grouping sets are calculated multiple times, which is mostly unnecessary. This commit implements a new GROUP BY DISTINCT feature, as defined in the SQL standard, which eliminates the duplicate sets. Author: Vik Fearing Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers, Georgios Kokolatos, Tomas Vondra Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bf3805a8-d7d1-ae61-fece-761b7ff41ecc@postgresfriends.org
2021-03-18 17:45:38 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(groupDistinct);
Support GROUPING SETS, CUBE and ROLLUP. This SQL standard functionality allows to aggregate data by different GROUP BY clauses at once. Each grouping set returns rows with columns grouped by in other sets set to NULL. This could previously be achieved by doing each grouping as a separate query, conjoined by UNION ALLs. Besides being considerably more concise, grouping sets will in many cases be faster, requiring only one scan over the underlying data. The current implementation of grouping sets only supports using sorting for input. Individual sets that share a sort order are computed in one pass. If there are sets that don't share a sort order, additional sort & aggregation steps are performed. These additional passes are sourced by the previous sort step; thus avoiding repeated scans of the source data. The code is structured in a way that adding support for purely using hash aggregation or a mix of hashing and sorting is possible. Sorting was chosen to be supported first, as it is the most generic method of implementation. Instead of, as in an earlier versions of the patch, representing the chain of sort and aggregation steps as full blown planner and executor nodes, all but the first sort are performed inside the aggregation node itself. This avoids the need to do some unusual gymnastics to handle having to return aggregated and non-aggregated tuples from underlying nodes, as well as having to shut down underlying nodes early to limit memory usage. The optimizer still builds Sort/Agg node to describe each phase, but they're not part of the plan tree, but instead additional data for the aggregation node. They're a convenient and preexisting way to describe aggregation and sorting. The first (and possibly only) sort step is still performed as a separate execution step. That retains similarity with existing group by plans, makes rescans fairly simple, avoids very deep plans (leading to slow explains) and easily allows to avoid the sorting step if the underlying data is sorted by other means. A somewhat ugly side of this patch is having to deal with a grammar ambiguity between the new CUBE keyword and the cube extension/functions named cube (and rollup). To avoid breaking existing deployments of the cube extension it has not been renamed, neither has cube been made a reserved keyword. Instead precedence hacking is used to make GROUP BY cube(..) refer to the CUBE grouping sets feature, and not the function cube(). To actually group by a function cube(), unlikely as that might be, the function name has to be quoted. Needs a catversion bump because stored rules may change. Author: Andrew Gierth and Atri Sharma, with contributions from Andres Freund Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Noah Misch, Tom Lane, Svenne Krap, Tomas Vondra, Erik Rijkers, Marti Raudsepp, Pavel Stehule Discussion: CAOeZVidmVRe2jU6aMk_5qkxnB7dfmPROzM7Ur8JPW5j8Y5X-Lw@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-16 03:40:59 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(groupingSets);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(havingQual);
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(windowClause);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(distinctClause);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(sortClause);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(limitOffset);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(limitCount);
Support FETCH FIRST WITH TIES WITH TIES is an option to the FETCH FIRST N ROWS clause (the SQL standard's spelling of LIMIT), where you additionally get rows that compare equal to the last of those N rows by the columns in the mandatory ORDER BY clause. There was a proposal by Andrew Gierth to implement this functionality in a more powerful way that would yield more features, but the other patch had not been finished at this time, so we decided to use this one for now in the spirit of incremental development. Author: Surafel Temesgen <surafel3000@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org> Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALAY4q9ky7rD_A4vf=FVQvCGngm3LOes-ky0J6euMrg=_Se+ag@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8wvz253.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2020-04-07 22:22:13 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(limitOption);
Improve the representation of FOR UPDATE/FOR SHARE so that we can support both FOR UPDATE and FOR SHARE in one command, as well as both NOWAIT and normal WAIT behavior. The more general code is actually simpler and cleaner.
2006-04-30 20:30:40 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rowMarks);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(setOperations);
Recognize functional dependency on primary keys. This allows a table's other columns to be referenced without listing them in GROUP BY, so long as the primary key column(s) are listed in GROUP BY. Eventually we should also allow functional dependency on a UNIQUE constraint when the columns are marked NOT NULL, but that has to wait until NOT NULL constraints are represented in pg_constraint, because we need to have pg_constraint OIDs for all the conditions needed to ensure functional dependency. Peter Eisentraut, reviewed by Alex Hunsaker and Tom Lane
2010-08-07 04:44:09 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(constraintDeps);
Do not write out WCOs in Query The WithCheckOptions list in Query are only populated during rewrite and do not need to be written out or read in as part of a Query structure. Further, move WithCheckOptions to the bottom and add comments to clarify that it is only populated during rewrite. Back-patch to 9.5 with a catversion bump, as we are still in alpha.
2015-10-05 13:38:58 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(withCheckOptions);
Add support for MERGE SQL command MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table using a source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL statement that can conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows -- a task that would otherwise require multiple PL statements. For example, MERGE INTO target AS t USING source AS s ON t.tid = s.sid WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta WHEN MATCHED THEN DELETE WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta) WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN DO NOTHING; MERGE works with regular tables, partitioned tables and inheritance hierarchies, including column and row security enforcement, as well as support for row and statement triggers and transition tables therein. MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though also useful for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended to be used in preference to existing single SQL commands for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there is some overhead. MERGE can be used from PL/pgSQL. MERGE does not support targetting updatable views or foreign tables, and RETURNING clauses are not allowed either. These limitations are likely fixable with sufficient effort. Rewrite rules are also not supported, but it's not clear that we'd want to support them. Author: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com> Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org> Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com> Author: Simon Riggs <simon.riggs@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com> Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231134736.GA25392@alvherre.pgsql
2022-03-28 16:45:58 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(mergeActionList);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(mergeUseOuterJoin);
Change representation of statement lists, and add statement location info. This patch makes several changes that improve the consistency of representation of lists of statements. It's always been the case that the output of parse analysis is a list of Query nodes, whatever the types of the individual statements in the list. This patch brings similar consistency to the outputs of raw parsing and planning steps: * The output of raw parsing is now always a list of RawStmt nodes; the statement-type-dependent nodes are one level down from that. * The output of pg_plan_queries() is now always a list of PlannedStmt nodes, even for utility statements. In the case of a utility statement, "planning" just consists of wrapping a CMD_UTILITY PlannedStmt around the utility node. This list representation is now used in Portal and CachedPlan plan lists, replacing the former convention of intermixing PlannedStmts with bare utility-statement nodes. Now, every list of statements has a consistent head-node type depending on how far along it is in processing. This allows changing many places that formerly used generic "Node *" pointers to use a more specific pointer type, thus reducing the number of IsA() tests and casts needed, as well as improving code clarity. Also, the post-parse-analysis representation of DECLARE CURSOR is changed so that it looks more like EXPLAIN, PREPARE, etc. That is, the contained SELECT remains a child of the DeclareCursorStmt rather than getting flipped around to be the other way. It's now true for both Query and PlannedStmt that utilityStmt is non-null if and only if commandType is CMD_UTILITY. That allows simplifying a lot of places that were testing both fields. (I think some of those were just defensive programming, but in many places, it was actually necessary to avoid confusing DECLARE CURSOR with SELECT.) Because PlannedStmt carries a canSetTag field, we're also able to get rid of some ad-hoc rules about how to reconstruct canSetTag for a bare utility statement; specifically, the assumption that a utility is canSetTag if and only if it's the only one in its list. While I see no near-term need for relaxing that restriction, it's nice to get rid of the ad-hocery. The API of ProcessUtility() is changed so that what it's passed is the wrapper PlannedStmt not just the bare utility statement. This will affect all users of ProcessUtility_hook, but the changes are pretty trivial; see the affected contrib modules for examples of the minimum change needed. (Most compilers should give pointer-type-mismatch warnings for uncorrected code.) There's also a change in the API of ExplainOneQuery_hook, to pass through cursorOptions instead of expecting hook functions to know what to pick. This is needed because of the DECLARE CURSOR changes, but really should have been done in 9.6; it's unlikely that any extant hook functions know about using CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK. Finally, teach gram.y to save statement boundary locations in RawStmt nodes, and pass those through to Query and PlannedStmt nodes. This allows more intelligent handling of cases where a source query string contains multiple statements. This patch doesn't actually do anything with the information, but a follow-on patch will. (Passing this information through cleanly is the true motivation for these changes; while I think this is all good cleanup, it's unlikely we'd have bothered without this end goal.) catversion bump because addition of location fields to struct Query affects stored rules. This patch is by me, but it owes a good deal to Fabien Coelho who did a lot of preliminary work on the problem, and also reviewed the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.20.1612200926310.29821@lancre
2017-01-14 22:02:35 +01:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(stmt_location);
Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c. The stmt_len changes do not affect behavior. LimitPath has no other support functions, so that part changes only debugging output.
2020-05-26 01:23:48 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(stmt_len);
Change representation of statement lists, and add statement location info. This patch makes several changes that improve the consistency of representation of lists of statements. It's always been the case that the output of parse analysis is a list of Query nodes, whatever the types of the individual statements in the list. This patch brings similar consistency to the outputs of raw parsing and planning steps: * The output of raw parsing is now always a list of RawStmt nodes; the statement-type-dependent nodes are one level down from that. * The output of pg_plan_queries() is now always a list of PlannedStmt nodes, even for utility statements. In the case of a utility statement, "planning" just consists of wrapping a CMD_UTILITY PlannedStmt around the utility node. This list representation is now used in Portal and CachedPlan plan lists, replacing the former convention of intermixing PlannedStmts with bare utility-statement nodes. Now, every list of statements has a consistent head-node type depending on how far along it is in processing. This allows changing many places that formerly used generic "Node *" pointers to use a more specific pointer type, thus reducing the number of IsA() tests and casts needed, as well as improving code clarity. Also, the post-parse-analysis representation of DECLARE CURSOR is changed so that it looks more like EXPLAIN, PREPARE, etc. That is, the contained SELECT remains a child of the DeclareCursorStmt rather than getting flipped around to be the other way. It's now true for both Query and PlannedStmt that utilityStmt is non-null if and only if commandType is CMD_UTILITY. That allows simplifying a lot of places that were testing both fields. (I think some of those were just defensive programming, but in many places, it was actually necessary to avoid confusing DECLARE CURSOR with SELECT.) Because PlannedStmt carries a canSetTag field, we're also able to get rid of some ad-hoc rules about how to reconstruct canSetTag for a bare utility statement; specifically, the assumption that a utility is canSetTag if and only if it's the only one in its list. While I see no near-term need for relaxing that restriction, it's nice to get rid of the ad-hocery. The API of ProcessUtility() is changed so that what it's passed is the wrapper PlannedStmt not just the bare utility statement. This will affect all users of ProcessUtility_hook, but the changes are pretty trivial; see the affected contrib modules for examples of the minimum change needed. (Most compilers should give pointer-type-mismatch warnings for uncorrected code.) There's also a change in the API of ExplainOneQuery_hook, to pass through cursorOptions instead of expecting hook functions to know what to pick. This is needed because of the DECLARE CURSOR changes, but really should have been done in 9.6; it's unlikely that any extant hook functions know about using CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK. Finally, teach gram.y to save statement boundary locations in RawStmt nodes, and pass those through to Query and PlannedStmt nodes. This allows more intelligent handling of cases where a source query string contains multiple statements. This patch doesn't actually do anything with the information, but a follow-on patch will. (Passing this information through cleanly is the true motivation for these changes; while I think this is all good cleanup, it's unlikely we'd have bothered without this end goal.) catversion bump because addition of location fields to struct Query affects stored rules. This patch is by me, but it owes a good deal to Fabien Coelho who did a lot of preliminary work on the problem, and also reviewed the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.20.1612200926310.29821@lancre
2017-01-14 22:02:35 +01:00
return true;
}
static bool
_equalRawStmt(const RawStmt *a, const RawStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(stmt);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(stmt_location);
Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c. The stmt_len changes do not affect behavior. LimitPath has no other support functions, so that part changes only debugging output.
2020-05-26 01:23:48 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(stmt_len);
Add equality checking for T_Query so that we don't get complaints in UNION regress test. Probably still need some more node types to be handled here, but I'm done for the day...
1999-02-07 01:52:12 +01:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalInsertStmt(const InsertStmt *a, const InsertStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(cols);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(selectStmt);
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE. The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting. ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias. This feature is often referred to as upsert. This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken. If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is deemed inserted. To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT INTO now can alias its target table. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes. Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs, Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(onConflictClause);
Add INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE RETURNING, with basic docs and regression tests. plpgsql support to come later. Along the way, convert execMain's SELECT INTO support into a DestReceiver, in order to eliminate some ugly special cases. Jonah Harris and Tom Lane
2006-08-12 04:52:06 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(returningList);
Allow WITH clauses to be attached to INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE statements. This is not the hoped-for facility of using INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE inside a WITH, but rather the other way around. It seems useful in its own right anyway. Note: catversion bumped because, although the contents of stored rules might look compatible, there's actually a subtle semantic change. A single Query containing a WITH and INSERT...VALUES now represents writing the WITH before the INSERT, not before the VALUES. While it's not clear that that matters to anyone, it seems like a good idea to have it cited in the git history for catversion.h. Original patch by Marko Tiikkaja, with updating and cleanup by Hitoshi Harada.
2010-10-16 01:53:59 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(withClause);
Identity columns This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have: - CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence - cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE - dropping default does not drop sequence - need to grant separate privileges to sequence - other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 14:33:16 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(override);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDeleteStmt(const DeleteStmt *a, const DeleteStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
Add a "USING" clause to DELETE, which is equivalent to the FROM clause in UPDATE. We also now issue a NOTICE if a query has _any_ implicit range table entries -- in the past, we would only warn about implicit RTEs in SELECTs with at least one explicit RTE. As a result of the warning change, 25 of the regression tests had to be updated. I also took the opportunity to remove some bogus whitespace differences between some of the float4 and float8 variants. I believe I have correctly updated all the platform-specific variants, but let me know if that's not the case. Original patch for DELETE ... USING from Euler Taveira de Oliveira, reworked by Neil Conway.
2005-04-07 03:51:41 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(usingClause);
Add INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE RETURNING, with basic docs and regression tests. plpgsql support to come later. Along the way, convert execMain's SELECT INTO support into a DestReceiver, in order to eliminate some ugly special cases. Jonah Harris and Tom Lane
2006-08-12 04:52:06 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whereClause);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(returningList);
Allow WITH clauses to be attached to INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE statements. This is not the hoped-for facility of using INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE inside a WITH, but rather the other way around. It seems useful in its own right anyway. Note: catversion bumped because, although the contents of stored rules might look compatible, there's actually a subtle semantic change. A single Query containing a WITH and INSERT...VALUES now represents writing the WITH before the INSERT, not before the VALUES. While it's not clear that that matters to anyone, it seems like a good idea to have it cited in the git history for catversion.h. Original patch by Marko Tiikkaja, with updating and cleanup by Hitoshi Harada.
2010-10-16 01:53:59 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(withClause);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalUpdateStmt(const UpdateStmt *a, const UpdateStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(targetList);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whereClause);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(fromClause);
Add INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE RETURNING, with basic docs and regression tests. plpgsql support to come later. Along the way, convert execMain's SELECT INTO support into a DestReceiver, in order to eliminate some ugly special cases. Jonah Harris and Tom Lane
2006-08-12 04:52:06 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(returningList);
Allow WITH clauses to be attached to INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE statements. This is not the hoped-for facility of using INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE inside a WITH, but rather the other way around. It seems useful in its own right anyway. Note: catversion bumped because, although the contents of stored rules might look compatible, there's actually a subtle semantic change. A single Query containing a WITH and INSERT...VALUES now represents writing the WITH before the INSERT, not before the VALUES. While it's not clear that that matters to anyone, it seems like a good idea to have it cited in the git history for catversion.h. Original patch by Marko Tiikkaja, with updating and cleanup by Hitoshi Harada.
2010-10-16 01:53:59 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(withClause);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Add support for MERGE SQL command MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table using a source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL statement that can conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows -- a task that would otherwise require multiple PL statements. For example, MERGE INTO target AS t USING source AS s ON t.tid = s.sid WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta WHEN MATCHED THEN DELETE WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta) WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN DO NOTHING; MERGE works with regular tables, partitioned tables and inheritance hierarchies, including column and row security enforcement, as well as support for row and statement triggers and transition tables therein. MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though also useful for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended to be used in preference to existing single SQL commands for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there is some overhead. MERGE can be used from PL/pgSQL. MERGE does not support targetting updatable views or foreign tables, and RETURNING clauses are not allowed either. These limitations are likely fixable with sufficient effort. Rewrite rules are also not supported, but it's not clear that we'd want to support them. Author: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com> Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org> Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com> Author: Simon Riggs <simon.riggs@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com> Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231134736.GA25392@alvherre.pgsql
2022-03-28 16:45:58 +02:00
static bool
_equalMergeStmt(const MergeStmt *a, const MergeStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(sourceRelation);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(joinCondition);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(mergeWhenClauses);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(withClause);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalSelectStmt(const SelectStmt *a, const SelectStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(distinctClause);
Modify processing of DECLARE CURSOR and EXPLAIN so that they can resolve the types of unspecified parameters when submitted via extended query protocol. This worked in 8.2 but I had broken it during plancache changes. DECLARE CURSOR is now treated almost exactly like a plain SELECT through parse analysis, rewrite, and planning; only just before sending to the executor do we divert it away to ProcessUtility. This requires a special-case check in a number of places, but practically all of them were already special-casing SELECT INTO, so it's not too ugly. (Maybe it would be a good idea to merge the two by treating IntoClause as a form of utility statement? Not going to worry about that now, though.) That approach doesn't work for EXPLAIN, however, so for that I punted and used a klugy solution of running parse analysis an extra time if under extended query protocol.
2007-04-28 00:05:49 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(intoClause);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(targetList);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(fromClause);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whereClause);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(groupClause);
Implement GROUP BY DISTINCT With grouping sets, it's possible that some of the grouping sets are duplicate. This is especially common with CUBE and ROLLUP clauses. For example GROUP BY CUBE (a,b), CUBE (b,c) is equivalent to GROUP BY GROUPING SETS ( (a, b, c), (a, b, c), (a, b, c), (a, b), (a, b), (a, b), (a), (a), (a), (c, a), (c, a), (c, a), (c), (b, c), (b), () ) Some of the grouping sets are calculated multiple times, which is mostly unnecessary. This commit implements a new GROUP BY DISTINCT feature, as defined in the SQL standard, which eliminates the duplicate sets. Author: Vik Fearing Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers, Georgios Kokolatos, Tomas Vondra Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bf3805a8-d7d1-ae61-fece-761b7ff41ecc@postgresfriends.org
2021-03-18 17:45:38 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(groupDistinct);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(havingClause);
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(windowClause);
Add support for multi-row VALUES clauses as part of INSERT statements (e.g. "INSERT ... VALUES (...), (...), ...") and elsewhere as allowed by the spec. (e.g. similar to a FROM clause subselect). initdb required. Joe Conway and Tom Lane.
2006-08-02 03:59:48 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(valuesLists);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(sortClause);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(limitOffset);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(limitCount);
Support FETCH FIRST WITH TIES WITH TIES is an option to the FETCH FIRST N ROWS clause (the SQL standard's spelling of LIMIT), where you additionally get rows that compare equal to the last of those N rows by the columns in the mandatory ORDER BY clause. There was a proposal by Andrew Gierth to implement this functionality in a more powerful way that would yield more features, but the other patch had not been finished at this time, so we decided to use this one for now in the spirit of incremental development. Author: Surafel Temesgen <surafel3000@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org> Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALAY4q9ky7rD_A4vf=FVQvCGngm3LOes-ky0J6euMrg=_Se+ag@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8wvz253.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2020-04-07 22:22:13 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(limitOption);
Add NOWAIT option to SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE. Original patch by Hans-Juergen Schoenig, revisions by Karel Zak and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 22:31:16 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lockingClause);
Fix WITH attached to a nested set operation (UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT). Parse analysis neglected to cover the case of a WITH clause attached to an intermediate-level set operation; it only handled WITH at the top level or WITH attached to a leaf-level SELECT. Per report from Adam Mackler. In HEAD, I rearranged the order of SelectStmt's fields to put withClause with the other fields that can appear on non-leaf SelectStmts. In back branches, leave it alone to avoid a possible ABI break for third-party code. Back-patch to 8.4 where WITH support was added.
2012-07-31 23:56:21 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(withClause);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(op);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(all);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(larg);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rarg);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Reimplementation of UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT. INTERSECT/EXCEPT now meet the SQL92 semantics, including support for ALL option. All three can be used in subqueries and views. DISTINCT and ORDER BY work now in views, too. This rewrite fixes many problems with cross-datatype UNIONs and INSERT/SELECT where the SELECT yields different datatypes than the INSERT needs. I did that by making UNION subqueries and SELECT in INSERT be treated like subselects-in-FROM, thereby allowing an extra level of targetlist where the datatype conversions can be inserted safely. INITDB NEEDED!
2000-10-05 21:11:39 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalSetOperationStmt(const SetOperationStmt *a, const SetOperationStmt *b)
Reimplementation of UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT. INTERSECT/EXCEPT now meet the SQL92 semantics, including support for ALL option. All three can be used in subqueries and views. DISTINCT and ORDER BY work now in views, too. This rewrite fixes many problems with cross-datatype UNIONs and INSERT/SELECT where the SELECT yields different datatypes than the INSERT needs. I did that by making UNION subqueries and SELECT in INSERT be treated like subselects-in-FROM, thereby allowing an extra level of targetlist where the datatype conversions can be inserted safely. INITDB NEEDED!
2000-10-05 21:11:39 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(op);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(all);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(larg);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rarg);
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colTypes);
Fix UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT so that when two inputs being merged have same data type and same typmod, we show that typmod as the output typmod, rather than generic -1. This responds to several complaints over the past few years about UNIONs unexpectedly dropping length or precision info.
2006-08-10 04:36:29 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colTypmods);
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colCollations);
Teach the system how to use hashing for UNION. (INTERSECT/EXCEPT will follow, but seem like a separate patch since most of the remaining work is on the executor side.) I took the opportunity to push selection of the grouping operators for set operations into the parser where it belongs. Otherwise this is just a small exercise in making prepunion.c consider both alternatives. As with the recent DISTINCT patch, this means we can UNION on datatypes that can hash but not sort, and it means that UNION without ORDER BY is no longer certain to produce sorted output.
2008-08-07 03:11:52 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(groupClauses);
Reimplementation of UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT. INTERSECT/EXCEPT now meet the SQL92 semantics, including support for ALL option. All three can be used in subqueries and views. DISTINCT and ORDER BY work now in views, too. This rewrite fixes many problems with cross-datatype UNIONs and INSERT/SELECT where the SELECT yields different datatypes than the INSERT needs. I did that by making UNION subqueries and SELECT in INSERT be treated like subselects-in-FROM, thereby allowing an extra level of targetlist where the datatype conversions can be inserted safely. INITDB NEEDED!
2000-10-05 21:11:39 +02:00
return true;
}
SQL-standard function body This adds support for writing CREATE FUNCTION and CREATE PROCEDURE statements for language SQL with a function body that conforms to the SQL standard and is portable to other implementations. Instead of the PostgreSQL-specific AS $$ string literal $$ syntax, this allows writing out the SQL statements making up the body unquoted, either as a single statement: CREATE FUNCTION add(a integer, b integer) RETURNS integer LANGUAGE SQL RETURN a + b; or as a block CREATE PROCEDURE insert_data(a integer, b integer) LANGUAGE SQL BEGIN ATOMIC INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (a); INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (b); END; The function body is parsed at function definition time and stored as expression nodes in a new pg_proc column prosqlbody. So at run time, no further parsing is required. However, this form does not support polymorphic arguments, because there is no more parse analysis done at call time. Dependencies between the function and the objects it uses are fully tracked. A new RETURN statement is introduced. This can only be used inside function bodies. Internally, it is treated much like a SELECT statement. psql needs some new intelligence to keep track of function body boundaries so that it doesn't send off statements when it sees semicolons that are inside a function body. Tested-by: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec> Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1c11f1eb-f00c-43b7-799d-2d44132c02d7@2ndquadrant.com
2021-04-07 21:30:08 +02:00
static bool
_equalReturnStmt(const ReturnStmt *a, const ReturnStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(returnval);
return true;
}
Re-implement pl/pgsql's expression and assignment parsing. Invent new RawParseModes that allow the core grammar to handle pl/pgsql expressions and assignments directly, and thereby get rid of a lot of hackery in pl/pgsql's parser. This moves a good deal of knowledge about pl/pgsql into the core code: notably, we have to invent a CoercionContext that matches pl/pgsql's (rather dubious) historical behavior for assignment coercions. That's getting away from the original idea of pl/pgsql as an arm's-length extension of the core, but really we crossed that bridge a long time ago. The main advantage of doing this is that we can now use the core parser to generate FieldStore and/or SubscriptingRef nodes to handle assignments to pl/pgsql variables that are records or arrays. That fixes a number of cases that had never been implemented in pl/pgsql assignment, such as nested records and array slicing, and it allows pl/pgsql assignment to support the datatype-specific subscripting behaviors introduced in commit c7aba7c14. There are cosmetic benefits too: when a syntax error occurs in a pl/pgsql expression, the error report no longer includes the confusing "SELECT" keyword that used to get prefixed to the expression text. Also, there seem to be some small speed gains. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-01-04 17:52:00 +01:00
static bool
_equalPLAssignStmt(const PLAssignStmt *a, const PLAssignStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(indirection);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(nnames);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(val);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterTableStmt(const AlterTableStmt *a, const AlterTableStmt *b)
Add equality checking for T_Query so that we don't get complaints in UNION regress test. Probably still need some more node types to be handled here, but I'm done for the day...
1999-02-07 01:52:12 +01:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(cmds);
Rename field "relkind" to "objtype" for CTAS and ALTER TABLE nodes "relkind" normally refers to the char field from pg_class. However, in the parse nodes AlterTableStmt and CreateTableAsStmt, "relkind" was used for a field of type enum ObjectType, that could refer to other object types than those possible for a relkind. Such fields being usually named "objtype", switch the name in both structures to make things more consistent. Note that this led to some confusion in functions that also operate on a RangeTableEntry object, which also has a field named "relkind". This naming goes back to commit 09d4e96, where only OBJECT_TABLE and OBJECT_INDEX were used. This got extended later to use as well OBJECT_TYPE with e440e12, not really a relation kind. Author: Mark Dilger Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/609181AE-E399-47C7-9221-856E0F96BF93@enterprisedb.com
2020-07-11 06:32:28 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objtype);
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterTableCmd(const AlterTableCmd *a, const AlterTableCmd *b)
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(subtype);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
Allow SET STATISTICS on expression indexes Index columns are referenced by ordinal number rather than name, e.g. CREATE INDEX coord_idx ON measured (x, y, (z + t)); ALTER INDEX coord_idx ALTER COLUMN 3 SET STATISTICS 1000; Incompatibility note for release notes: \d+ for indexes now also displays Stats Target Authors: Alexander Korotkov, with contribution by Adrien NAYRAT Review: Adrien NAYRAT, Simon Riggs Wordsmith: Simon Riggs
2017-09-06 22:46:01 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(num);
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(newowner);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(def);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
DROP IF EXISTS for columns and constraints. Andres Freund.
2009-07-20 04:42:28 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Revert per-index collation version tracking feature. Design problems were discovered in the handling of composite types and record types that would cause some relevant versions not to be recorded. Misgivings were also expressed about the use of the pg_depend catalog for this purpose. We're out of time for this release so we'll revert and try again. Commits reverted: 1bf946bd: Doc: Document known problem with Windows collation versions. cf002008: Remove no-longer-relevant test case. ef387bed: Fix bogus collation-version-recording logic. 0fb0a050: Hide internal error for pg_collation_actual_version(<bad OID>). ff942057: Suppress "warning: variable 'collcollate' set but not used". d50e3b1f: Fix assertion in collation version lookup. f24b1569: Rethink extraction of collation dependencies. 257836a7: Track collation versions for indexes. cd6f479e: Add pg_depend.refobjversion. 7d1297df: Remove pg_collation.collversion. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLhj5t1fcjqAu8iD9B3ixJtsTNqyCCD4V0aTO9kAKAjjA%40mail.gmail.com
2021-05-07 10:17:42 +02:00
static bool
_equalAlterCollationStmt(const AlterCollationStmt *a, const AlterCollationStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(collname);
return true;
}
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterDomainStmt(const AlterDomainStmt *a, const AlterDomainStmt *b)
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(subtype);
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(def);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
Improve ALTER DOMAIN / DROP CONSTRAINT with nonexistent constraint ALTER DOMAIN / DROP CONSTRAINT on a nonexistent constraint name did not report any error. Now it reports an error. The IF EXISTS option was added to get the usual behavior of ignoring nonexistent objects to drop.
2012-01-05 18:48:55 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalGrantStmt(const GrantStmt *a, const GrantStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_grant);
Support GRANT/REVOKE ON ALL TABLES/SEQUENCES/FUNCTIONS IN SCHEMA. Petr Jelinek
2009-10-12 22:39:42 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(targtype);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objtype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(objects);
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(privileges);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(grantees);
Grant options, and cascading revoke. Grant options are allowed only for users right now, not groups. Extension of has_foo_privileges functions to query the grant options. Extension of aclitem type to store grantor.
2003-01-24 00:39:07 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(grant_option);
Allow GRANTED BY clause in normal GRANT and REVOKE statements The SQL standard allows a GRANTED BY clause on GRANT and REVOKE (privilege) statements that can specify CURRENT_USER or CURRENT_ROLE. In PostgreSQL, both of these are the default behavior. Since we already have all the parsing support for this for the GRANT (role) statement, we might as well add basic support for this for the privilege variant as well. This allows us to check off SQL feature T332. In the future, perhaps more interesting things could be done with this, too. Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9@2ndquadrant.com
2021-01-30 09:41:44 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(grantor);
Grant options, and cascading revoke. Grant options are allowed only for users right now, not groups. Extension of has_foo_privileges functions to query the grant options. Extension of aclitem type to store grantor.
2003-01-24 00:39:07 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Privileges on functions and procedural languages
2002-02-19 00:11:58 +01:00
static bool
Add operator_with_argtypes grammar rule This makes the handling of operators similar to that of functions and aggregates. Rename node FuncWithArgs to ObjectWithArgs, to reflect the expanded use. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-12-28 18:00:00 +01:00
_equalObjectWithArgs(const ObjectWithArgs *a, const ObjectWithArgs *b)
Privileges on functions and procedural languages
2002-02-19 00:11:58 +01:00
{
Add operator_with_argtypes grammar rule This makes the handling of operators similar to that of functions and aggregates. Rename node FuncWithArgs to ObjectWithArgs, to reflect the expanded use. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-12-28 18:00:00 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(objname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(objargs);
Reconsider the handling of procedure OUT parameters. Commit 2453ea142 redefined pg_proc.proargtypes to include the types of OUT parameters, for procedures only. While that had some advantages for implementing the SQL-spec behavior of DROP PROCEDURE, it was pretty disastrous from a number of other perspectives. Notably, since the primary key of pg_proc is name + proargtypes, this made it possible to have multiple procedures with identical names + input arguments and differing output argument types. That would make it impossible to call any one of the procedures by writing just NULL (or "?", or any other data-type-free notation) for the output argument(s). The change also seems likely to cause grave confusion for client applications that examine pg_proc and expect the traditional definition of proargtypes. Hence, revert the definition of proargtypes to what it was, and undo a number of complications that had been added to support that. To support the SQL-spec behavior of DROP PROCEDURE, when there are no argmode markers in the command's parameter list, we perform the lookup both ways (that is, matching against both proargtypes and proallargtypes), succeeding if we get just one unique match. In principle this could result in ambiguous-function failures that would not happen when using only one of the two rules. However, overloading of procedure names is thought to be a pretty rare usage, so this shouldn't cause many problems in practice. Postgres-specific code such as pg_dump can defend against any possibility of such failures by being careful to specify argmodes for all procedure arguments. This also fixes a few other bugs in the area of CALL statements with named parameters, and improves the documentation a little. catversion bump forced because the representation of procedures with OUT arguments changes. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3742981.1621533210@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-06-10 23:11:36 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(objfuncargs);
Allow referring to functions without arguments when unique In DDL commands referring to an existing function, allow omitting the argument list if the function name is unique in its schema, per SQL standard. This uses the same logic that the regproc type uses for finding functions by name only. Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-10 05:58:48 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(args_unspecified);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
return true;
Privileges on functions and procedural languages
2002-02-19 00:11:58 +01:00
}
Support column-level privileges, as required by SQL standard. Stephen Frost, with help from KaiGai Kohei and others
2009-01-22 21:16:10 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAccessPriv(const AccessPriv *a, const AccessPriv *b)
Support column-level privileges, as required by SQL standard. Stephen Frost, with help from KaiGai Kohei and others
2009-01-22 21:16:10 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(priv_name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(cols);
return true;
}
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalGrantRoleStmt(const GrantRoleStmt *a, const GrantRoleStmt *b)
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(granted_roles);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(grantee_roles);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_grant);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(admin_opt);
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(grantor);
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
return true;
}
Create an ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command, which allows users to adjust the privileges that will be applied to subsequently-created objects. Such adjustments are always per owning role, and can be restricted to objects created in particular schemas too. A notable benefit is that users can override the traditional default privilege settings, eg, the PUBLIC EXECUTE privilege traditionally granted by default for functions. Petr Jelinek
2009-10-05 21:24:49 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt(const AlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt *a, const AlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt *b)
Create an ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command, which allows users to adjust the privileges that will be applied to subsequently-created objects. Such adjustments are always per owning role, and can be restricted to objects created in particular schemas too. A notable benefit is that users can override the traditional default privilege settings, eg, the PUBLIC EXECUTE privilege traditionally granted by default for functions. Petr Jelinek
2009-10-05 21:24:49 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(action);
return true;
}
Restructure parsetree representation of DECLARE CURSOR: now it's a utility statement (DeclareCursorStmt) with a SELECT query dangling from it, rather than a SELECT query with a few unusual fields in it. Add code to determine whether a planned query can safely be run backwards. If DECLARE CURSOR specifies SCROLL, ensure that the plan can be run backwards by adding a Materialize plan node if it can't. Without SCROLL, you get an error if you try to fetch backwards from a cursor that can't handle it. (There is still some discussion about what the exact behavior should be, but this is necessary infrastructure in any case.) Along the way, make EXPLAIN DECLARE CURSOR work.
2003-03-10 04:53:52 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDeclareCursorStmt(const DeclareCursorStmt *a, const DeclareCursorStmt *b)
Restructure parsetree representation of DECLARE CURSOR: now it's a utility statement (DeclareCursorStmt) with a SELECT query dangling from it, rather than a SELECT query with a few unusual fields in it. Add code to determine whether a planned query can safely be run backwards. If DECLARE CURSOR specifies SCROLL, ensure that the plan can be run backwards by adding a Materialize plan node if it can't. Without SCROLL, you get an error if you try to fetch backwards from a cursor that can't handle it. (There is still some discussion about what the exact behavior should be, but this is necessary infrastructure in any case.) Along the way, make EXPLAIN DECLARE CURSOR work.
2003-03-10 04:53:52 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(portalname);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(options);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(query);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalClosePortalStmt(const ClosePortalStmt *a, const ClosePortalStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(portalname);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
static bool
_equalCallStmt(const CallStmt *a, const CallStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funccall);
Support parameters in CALL To support parameters in CALL, move the parse analysis of the procedure and arguments into the global transformation phase, so that the parser hooks can be applied. And then at execution time pass the parameters from ProcessUtility on to ExecuteCallStmt.
2018-02-21 00:03:31 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funcexpr);
Reconsider the handling of procedure OUT parameters. Commit 2453ea142 redefined pg_proc.proargtypes to include the types of OUT parameters, for procedures only. While that had some advantages for implementing the SQL-spec behavior of DROP PROCEDURE, it was pretty disastrous from a number of other perspectives. Notably, since the primary key of pg_proc is name + proargtypes, this made it possible to have multiple procedures with identical names + input arguments and differing output argument types. That would make it impossible to call any one of the procedures by writing just NULL (or "?", or any other data-type-free notation) for the output argument(s). The change also seems likely to cause grave confusion for client applications that examine pg_proc and expect the traditional definition of proargtypes. Hence, revert the definition of proargtypes to what it was, and undo a number of complications that had been added to support that. To support the SQL-spec behavior of DROP PROCEDURE, when there are no argmode markers in the command's parameter list, we perform the lookup both ways (that is, matching against both proargtypes and proallargtypes), succeeding if we get just one unique match. In principle this could result in ambiguous-function failures that would not happen when using only one of the two rules. However, overloading of procedure names is thought to be a pretty rare usage, so this shouldn't cause many problems in practice. Postgres-specific code such as pg_dump can defend against any possibility of such failures by being careful to specify argmodes for all procedure arguments. This also fixes a few other bugs in the area of CALL statements with named parameters, and improves the documentation a little. catversion bump forced because the representation of procedures with OUT arguments changes. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3742981.1621533210@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-06-10 23:11:36 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(outargs);
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalClusterStmt(const ClusterStmt *a, const ClusterStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(indexname);
Refactor CLUSTER and REINDEX grammar to use DefElem for option lists This changes CLUSTER and REINDEX so as a parenthesized grammar becomes possible for options, while unifying the grammar parsing rules for option lists with the existing ones. This is a follow-up of the work done in 873ea9e for VACUUM, ANALYZE and EXPLAIN. This benefits REINDEX for a potential backend-side filtering for collatable-sensitive indexes and TABLESPACE, while CLUSTER would benefit from the latter. Author: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
2020-12-03 02:13:21 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(params);
Add equality checking for T_Query so that we don't get complaints in UNION regress test. Probably still need some more node types to be handled here, but I'm done for the day...
1999-02-07 01:52:12 +01:00
return true;
}
Hmm, equalfuncs didn't know about SortClause or GroupClause nodes...
2000-01-31 02:21:39 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCopyStmt(const CopyStmt *a, const CopyStmt *b)
Hmm, equalfuncs didn't know about SortClause or GroupClause nodes...
2000-01-31 02:21:39 +01:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
Extend COPY to support COPY (SELECT ...) TO ... Bernd Helmle
2006-08-31 01:34:22 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(query);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(attlist);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_from);
Add support for piping COPY to/from an external program. This includes backend "COPY TO/FROM PROGRAM '...'" syntax, and corresponding psql \copy syntax. Like with reading/writing files, the backend version is superuser-only, and in the psql version, the program is run in the client. In the passing, the psql \copy STDIN/STDOUT syntax is subtly changed: if you the stdin/stdout is quoted, it's now interpreted as a filename. For example, "\copy foo from 'stdin'" now reads from a file called 'stdin', not from standard input. Before this, there was no way to specify a filename called stdin, stdout, pstdin or pstdout. This creates a new function in pgport, wait_result_to_str(), which can be used to convert the exit status of a process, as returned by wait(3), to a human-readable string. Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Amit Kapila.
2013-02-27 17:17:21 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_program);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(filename);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Allow COPY FROM to filter data using WHERE conditions Extends the COPY FROM command with a WHERE condition, which allows doing various types of filtering while importing the data (random sampling, condition on a data column, etc.). Until now such filtering required either preprocessing of the input data, or importing all data and then filtering in the database. COPY FROM ... WHERE is an easy-to-use and low-overhead alternative for most simple cases. Author: Surafel Temesgen Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Masahiko Sawada, Lim Myungkyu Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CALAY4q_DdpWDuB5-Zyi-oTtO2uSk8pmy+dupiRe3AvAc++1imA@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-19 23:48:16 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whereClause);
Hmm, equalfuncs didn't know about SortClause or GroupClause nodes...
2000-01-31 02:21:39 +01:00
return true;
}
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateStmt(const CreateStmt *a, const CreateStmt *b)
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(tableElts);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(inhRelations);
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(partbound);
Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with PostgreSQL 10 work. The _equalTableFunc() omission of coltypmods has semantic significance, but I did not track down resulting user-visible bugs, if any. The other changes are cosmetic only, affecting order. catversion bump due to readfuncs.c field order change.
2017-06-16 09:16:11 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(partspec);
Type table feature This adds the CREATE TABLE name OF type command, per SQL standard.
2010-01-29 00:21:13 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(ofTypename);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(constraints);
Add FILLFACTOR to CREATE INDEX. ITAGAKI Takahiro
2006-07-02 04:23:23 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(oncommit);
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(tablespacename);
Fix equalfuncs for accessMethod addition in 8586bf7ed8. In a complete brown paper bag moment, I forgot to include equalfuncs in my previous fix of copy/out/readfuncs. Thanks Tom for noticing. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1659.1551903210@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-06 22:04:09 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(accessMethod);
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS. Reviewed by Bernd Helmle.
2010-07-26 01:21:22 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(if_not_exists);
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
return true;
}
Includes: - LIKE <subtable> [ INCLUDING DEFAULTS | EXCLUDING DEFAULTS ] - Quick cleanup of analyze.c function prototypes. - New non-reserved keywords (INCLUDING, EXCLUDING, DEFAULTS), SQL 200X Opted not to extend for check constraints at this time. As per the definition that it's user defined columns, OIDs are NOT inherited. Doc and Source patches attached. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-06-25 05:40:19 +02:00
static bool
Rename the internal structures of the CREATE TABLE (LIKE ...) facility The original implementation of this interpreted it as a kind of "inheritance" facility and named all the internal structures accordingly. This turned out to be very confusing, because it has nothing to do with the INHERITS feature. So rename all the internal parser infrastructure, update the comments, adjust the error messages, and split up the regression tests.
2012-01-07 13:58:13 +01:00
_equalTableLikeClause(const TableLikeClause *a, const TableLikeClause *b)
Includes: - LIKE <subtable> [ INCLUDING DEFAULTS | EXCLUDING DEFAULTS ] - Quick cleanup of analyze.c function prototypes. - New non-reserved keywords (INCLUDING, EXCLUDING, DEFAULTS), SQL 200X Opted not to extend for check constraints at this time. As per the definition that it's user defined columns, OIDs are NOT inherited. Doc and Source patches attached. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-06-25 05:40:19 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
CREATE LIKE INCLUDING COMMENTS and STORAGE, and INCLUDING ALL shortcut. Itagaki Takahiro.
2009-10-12 21:49:24 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(options);
Ensure that expandTableLikeClause() re-examines the same table. As it stood, expandTableLikeClause() re-did the same relation_openrv call that transformTableLikeClause() had done. However there are scenarios where this would not find the same table as expected. We hold lock on the LIKE source table, so it can't be renamed or dropped, but another table could appear before it in the search path. This explains the odd behavior reported in bug #16758 when cloning a table as a temp table of the same name. This case worked as expected before commit 502898192 introduced the need to open the source table twice, so we should fix it. To make really sure we get the same table, let's re-open it by OID not name. That requires adding an OID field to struct TableLikeClause, which is a little nervous-making from an ABI standpoint, but as long as it's at the end I don't think there's any serious risk. Per bug #16758 from Marc Boeren. Like the previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16758-840e84a6cfab276d@postgresql.org
2020-12-01 20:02:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(relationOid);
Includes: - LIKE <subtable> [ INCLUDING DEFAULTS | EXCLUDING DEFAULTS ] - Quick cleanup of analyze.c function prototypes. - New non-reserved keywords (INCLUDING, EXCLUDING, DEFAULTS), SQL 200X Opted not to extend for check constraints at this time. As per the definition that it's user defined columns, OIDs are NOT inherited. Doc and Source patches attached. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-06-25 05:40:19 +02:00
return true;
}
Add equal() funcs for Case nodes ... amazing we had not detected this omission before. Miscellaneous other cleanups.
1999-07-29 04:45:36 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDefineStmt(const DefineStmt *a, const DefineStmt *b)
Add equal() funcs for Case nodes ... amazing we had not detected this omission before. Miscellaneous other cleanups.
1999-07-29 04:45:36 +02:00
{
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(kind);
Support the syntax CREATE AGGREGATE aggname (input_type) (parameter_list) along with the old syntax where the input type was named in the parameter list. This fits more naturally with the way that the aggregate is identified in DROP AGGREGATE and other utility commands; furthermore it has a natural extension to handle multiple-input aggregates, where the basetype-parameter method would get ugly. In fact, this commit fixes the grammar and all the utility commands to support multiple-input aggregates; but DefineAggregate rejects it because the executor isn't fixed yet. I didn't do anything about treating agg(*) as a zero-input aggregate instead of artificially making it a one-input aggregate, but that should be considered in combination with supporting multi-input aggregates.
2006-04-15 19:45:46 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(oldstyle);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(defnames);
Support the syntax CREATE AGGREGATE aggname (input_type) (parameter_list) along with the old syntax where the input type was named in the parameter list. This fits more naturally with the way that the aggregate is identified in DROP AGGREGATE and other utility commands; furthermore it has a natural extension to handle multiple-input aggregates, where the basetype-parameter method would get ugly. In fact, this commit fixes the grammar and all the utility commands to support multiple-input aggregates; but DefineAggregate rejects it because the executor isn't fixed yet. I didn't do anything about treating agg(*) as a zero-input aggregate instead of artificially making it a one-input aggregate, but that should be considered in combination with supporting multi-input aggregates.
2006-04-15 19:45:46 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(definition);
Add CREATE COLLATION IF NOT EXISTS clause The core of the functionality was already implemented when pg_import_system_collations was added. This just exposes it as an option in the SQL command.
2017-02-09 04:51:09 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(if_not_exists);
Implement OR REPLACE option for CREATE AGGREGATE. Aggregates have acquired a dozen or so optional attributes in recent years for things like parallel query and moving-aggregate mode; the lack of an OR REPLACE option to add or change these for an existing agg makes extension upgrades gratuitously hard. Rectify.
2019-03-19 02:16:50 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(replace);
Add equal() funcs for Case nodes ... amazing we had not detected this omission before. Miscellaneous other cleanups.
1999-07-29 04:45:36 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDropStmt(const DropStmt *a, const DropStmt *b)
Add equal() funcs for Case nodes ... amazing we had not detected this omission before. Miscellaneous other cleanups.
1999-07-29 04:45:36 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(objects);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(removeType);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
Clean up after DROP IF EXISTS patch.
2005-11-21 00:24:12 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
Add DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY [IF EXISTS], uses ShareUpdateExclusiveLock
2012-04-06 11:21:40 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(concurrent);
Add equal() funcs for Case nodes ... amazing we had not detected this omission before. Miscellaneous other cleanups.
1999-07-29 04:45:36 +02:00
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalTruncateStmt(const TruncateStmt *a, const TruncateStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Generalize TRUNCATE to support truncating multiple tables in one command. This is useful because we can allow truncation of tables referenced by foreign keys, so long as the referencing table is truncated in the same command. Alvaro Herrera
2005-01-27 04:19:37 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relations);
Add a RESTART (without parameter) option to ALTER SEQUENCE, allowing a sequence to be reset to its original starting value. This requires adding the original start value to the set of parameters (columns) of a sequence object, which is a user-visible change with potential compatibility implications; it also forces initdb. Also add hopefully-SQL-compatible RESTART/CONTINUE IDENTITY options to TRUNCATE TABLE. RESTART IDENTITY executes ALTER SEQUENCE RESTART for all sequences "owned by" any of the truncated relations. CONTINUE IDENTITY is a no-op option. Zoltan Boszormenyi
2008-05-17 01:36:05 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(restart_seqs);
Add CASCADE option to TRUNCATE. Joachim Wieland
2006-03-03 04:30:54 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Add equality checking for T_Query so that we don't get complaints in UNION regress test. Probably still need some more node types to be handled here, but I'm done for the day...
1999-02-07 01:52:12 +01:00
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCommentStmt(const CommentStmt *a, const CommentStmt *b)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objtype);
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(object);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(comment);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Add a SECURITY LABEL command. This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it. KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
2010-09-28 02:55:27 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalSecLabelStmt(const SecLabelStmt *a, const SecLabelStmt *b)
Add a SECURITY LABEL command. This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it. KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
2010-09-28 02:55:27 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objtype);
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(object);
Add a SECURITY LABEL command. This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it. KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
2010-09-28 02:55:27 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(provider);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(label);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalFetchStmt(const FetchStmt *a, const FetchStmt *b)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(direction);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(howMany);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(portalname);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ismove);
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalIndexStmt(const IndexStmt *a, const IndexStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(idxname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(accessMethod);
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(tableSpace);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(indexParams);
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(indexIncludingParams);
Add FILLFACTOR to CREATE INDEX. ITAGAKI Takahiro
2006-07-02 04:23:23 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whereClause);
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(excludeOpNames);
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(idxcomment);
Implement ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY USING INDEX. This feature allows a unique or pkey constraint to be created using an already-existing unique index. While the constraint isn't very functionally different from the bare index, it's nice to be able to do that for documentation purposes. The main advantage over just issuing a plain ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY is that the index can be created with CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, so that there is not a long interval where the table is locked against updates. On the way, refactor some of the code in DefineIndex() and index_create() so that we don't have to pass through those functions in order to create the index constraint's catalog entries. Also, in parse_utilcmd.c, pass around the ParseState pointer in struct CreateStmtContext to save on notation, and add error location pointers to some error reports that didn't have one before. Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
2011-01-25 21:42:03 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(indexOid);
Change internal RelFileNode references to RelFileNumber or RelFileLocator. We have been using the term RelFileNode to refer to either (1) the integer that is used to name the sequence of files for a certain relation within the directory set aside for that tablespace/database combination; or (2) that value plus the OIDs of the tablespace and database; or occasionally (3) the whole series of files created for a relation based on those values. Using the same name for more than one thing is confusing. Replace RelFileNode with RelFileNumber when we're talking about just the single number, i.e. (1) from above, and with RelFileLocator when we're talking about all the things that are needed to locate a relation's files on disk, i.e. (2) from above. In the places where we refer to (3) as a relfilenode, instead refer to "relation storage". Since there is a ton of SQL code in the world that knows about pg_class.relfilenode, don't change the name of that column, or of other SQL-facing things that derive their name from it. On the other hand, do adjust closely-related internal terminology. For example, the structure member names dbNode and spcNode appear to be derived from the fact that the structure itself was called RelFileNode, so change those to dbOid and spcOid. Likewise, various variables with names like rnode and relnode get renamed appropriately, according to how they're being used in context. Hopefully, this is clearer than before. It is also preparation for future patches that intend to widen the relfilenumber fields from its current width of 32 bits. Variables that store a relfilenumber are now declared as type RelFileNumber rather than type Oid; right now, these are the same, but that can now more easily be changed. Dilip Kumar, per an idea from me. Reviewed also by Andres Freund. I fixed some whitespace issues, changed a couple of words in a comment, and made one other minor correction. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoamOtXbVAQf9hWFzonUo6bhhjS6toZQd7HZ-pmojtAmag@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobp7+7kmi4gkq7Y+4AM9fTvL+O1oQ4-5gFTT+6Ng-dQ=g@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-vTe79M8uDH1yprOU64MNFE+R3ODRuA+JWf27JbhY4hJw@mail.gmail.com
2022-07-06 17:39:09 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(oldNumber);
Skip WAL for new relfilenodes, under wal_level=minimal. Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this. If a given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY. See src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New RelFileNode" for the new coding rules. Maintainers of table access methods should examine that section. To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL. A new GUC, wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice. If this change slows a workload that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try adjusting wal_skip_threshold. Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY. Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's current relfilenode. Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid. Amend the specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new rel has an old rd_node. Make relcache.c retain entries for certain dropped relations until end of transaction. Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN. Future servers accept older WAL, so this bump is discretionary. Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert Haas. Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier designs that materially clarified the problem. Reviewed, in earlier designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs. Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
2020-04-04 21:25:34 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(oldCreateSubid);
Change internal RelFileNode references to RelFileNumber or RelFileLocator. We have been using the term RelFileNode to refer to either (1) the integer that is used to name the sequence of files for a certain relation within the directory set aside for that tablespace/database combination; or (2) that value plus the OIDs of the tablespace and database; or occasionally (3) the whole series of files created for a relation based on those values. Using the same name for more than one thing is confusing. Replace RelFileNode with RelFileNumber when we're talking about just the single number, i.e. (1) from above, and with RelFileLocator when we're talking about all the things that are needed to locate a relation's files on disk, i.e. (2) from above. In the places where we refer to (3) as a relfilenode, instead refer to "relation storage". Since there is a ton of SQL code in the world that knows about pg_class.relfilenode, don't change the name of that column, or of other SQL-facing things that derive their name from it. On the other hand, do adjust closely-related internal terminology. For example, the structure member names dbNode and spcNode appear to be derived from the fact that the structure itself was called RelFileNode, so change those to dbOid and spcOid. Likewise, various variables with names like rnode and relnode get renamed appropriately, according to how they're being used in context. Hopefully, this is clearer than before. It is also preparation for future patches that intend to widen the relfilenumber fields from its current width of 32 bits. Variables that store a relfilenumber are now declared as type RelFileNumber rather than type Oid; right now, these are the same, but that can now more easily be changed. Dilip Kumar, per an idea from me. Reviewed also by Andres Freund. I fixed some whitespace issues, changed a couple of words in a comment, and made one other minor correction. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoamOtXbVAQf9hWFzonUo6bhhjS6toZQd7HZ-pmojtAmag@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobp7+7kmi4gkq7Y+4AM9fTvL+O1oQ4-5gFTT+6Ng-dQ=g@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-vTe79M8uDH1yprOU64MNFE+R3ODRuA+JWf27JbhY4hJw@mail.gmail.com
2022-07-06 17:39:09 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(oldFirstRelfilelocatorSubid);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(unique);
Add UNIQUE null treatment option The SQL standard has been ambiguous about whether null values in unique constraints should be considered equal or not. Different implementations have different behaviors. In the SQL:202x draft, this has been formalized by making this implementation-defined and adding an option on unique constraint definitions UNIQUE [ NULLS [NOT] DISTINCT ] to choose a behavior explicitly. This patch adds this option to PostgreSQL. The default behavior remains UNIQUE NULLS DISTINCT. Making this happen in the btree code is pretty easy; most of the patch is just to carry the flag around to all the places that need it. The CREATE UNIQUE INDEX syntax extension is not from the standard, it's my own invention. I named all the internal flags, catalog columns, etc. in the negative ("nulls not distinct") so that the default PostgreSQL behavior is the default if the flag is false. Reviewed-by: Maxim Orlov <orlovmg@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov <pashkin.elfe@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/84e5ee1b-387e-9a54-c326-9082674bde78@enterprisedb.com
2022-02-03 11:29:54 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(nulls_not_distinct);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(primary);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isconstraint);
Support deferrable uniqueness constraints. The current implementation fires an AFTER ROW trigger for each tuple that looks like it might be non-unique according to the index contents at the time of insertion. This works well as long as there aren't many conflicts, but won't scale to massive unique-key reassignments. Improving that case is a TODO item. Dean Rasheed
2009-07-29 22:56:21 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(deferrable);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(initdeferred);
Get rid of multiple applications of transformExpr() to the same tree. transformExpr() has for many years had provisions to do nothing when applied to an already-transformed expression tree. However, this was always ugly and of dubious reliability, so we'd be much better off without it. The primary historical reason for it was that gram.y sometimes returned multiple links to the same subexpression, which is no longer true as of my BETWEEN fixes. We'd also grown some lazy hacks in CREATE TABLE LIKE (failing to distinguish between raw and already-transformed index specifications) and one or two other places. This patch removes the need for and support for re-transforming already transformed expressions. The index case is dealt with by adding a flag to struct IndexStmt to indicate that it's already been transformed; which has some benefit anyway in that tablecmds.c can now Assert that transformation has happened rather than just assuming. The other main reason was some rather sloppy code for array type coercion, which can be fixed (and its performance improved too) by refactoring. I did leave transformJoinUsingClause() still constructing expressions containing untransformed operator nodes being applied to Vars, so that transformExpr() still has to allow Var inputs. But that's a much narrower, and safer, special case than before, since Vars will never appear in a raw parse tree, and they don't have any substructure to worry about. In passing fix some oversights in the patch that added CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS (missing processing of IndexStmt.if_not_exists). These appear relatively harmless, but still sloppy coding practice.
2015-02-22 19:59:09 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(transformed);
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(concurrent);
Implement IF NOT EXIST for CREATE INDEX. Fabrízio de Royes Mello, reviewed by Marti Raudsepp, Adam Brightwell and me.
2014-11-06 10:48:33 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(if_not_exists);
Fix tablespace inheritance for partitioned rels Commit ca4103025dfe left a few loose ends. The most important one (broken pg_dump output) is already fixed by virtue of commit 3b23552ad8bb, but some things remained: * When ALTER TABLE rewrites tables, the indexes must remain in the tablespace they were originally in. This didn't work because index recreation during ALTER TABLE runs manufactured SQL (yuck), which runs afoul of default_tablespace in competition with the parent relation tablespace. To fix, reset default_tablespace to the empty string temporarily, and add the TABLESPACE clause as appropriate. * Setting a partitioned rel's tablespace to the database default is confusing; if it worked, it would direct the partitions to that tablespace regardless of default_tablespace. But in reality it does not work, and making it work is a larger project. Therefore, throw an error when this condition is detected, to alert the unwary. Add some docs and tests, too. Author: Álvaro Herrera Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1c260nOt_vBJ067AZ3JXptXVRohDVMLEBmudX1YEx-A@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-25 16:20:23 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(reset_default_tblspc);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
static bool
_equalCreateStatsStmt(const CreateStatsStmt *a, const CreateStatsStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(defnames);
Change CREATE STATISTICS syntax Previously, we had the WITH clause in the middle of the command, where you'd specify both generic options as well as statistic types. Few people liked this, so this commit changes it to remove the WITH keyword from that clause and makes it accept statistic types only. (We currently don't have any generic options, but if we invent in the future, we will gain a new WITH clause, probably at the end of the command). Also, the column list is now specified without parens, which makes the whole command look more similar to a SELECT command. This change will let us expand the command to supporting expressions (not just columns names) as well as multiple tables and their join conditions. Tom added lots of code comments and fixed some parts of the CREATE STATISTICS reference page, too; more changes in this area are forthcoming. He also fixed a potential problem in the alter_generic regression test, reducing verbosity on a cascaded drop to avoid dependency on message ordering, as we do in other tests. Tom also closed a security bug: we documented that table ownership was required in order to create a statistics object on it, but didn't actually implement it. Implement tab-completion for statistics objects. This can stand some more improvement. Authors: Alvaro Herrera, with lots of cleanup by Tom Lane Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170420212426.ltvgyhnefvhixm6i@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-12 19:59:23 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(stat_types);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(exprs);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relations);
Clone extended stats in CREATE TABLE (LIKE INCLUDING ALL) The LIKE INCLUDING ALL clause to CREATE TABLE intuitively indicates cloning of extended statistics on the source table, but it failed to do so. Patch it up so that it does. Also include an INCLUDING STATISTICS option to the LIKE clause, so that the behavior can be requested individually, or excluded individually. While at it, reorder the INCLUDING options, both in code and in docs, in alphabetical order which makes more sense than feature-implementation order that was previously used. Backpatch this to Postgres 10, where extended statistics were introduced, because this is seen as an oversight in a fresh feature which is better to get consistent from the get-go instead of changing only in pg11. In pg11, comments on statistics objects are cloned too. In pg10 they are not, because I (Álvaro) was too coward to change the parse node as required to support it. Also, in pg10 I chose not to renumber the parser symbols for the various INCLUDING options in LIKE, for the same reason. Any corresponding user-visible changes (docs) are backpatched, though. Reported-by: Stephen Froehlich Author: David Rowley Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CY1PR0601MB1927315B45667A1B679D0FD5E5EF0@CY1PR0601MB1927.namprd06.prod.outlook.com
2018-03-05 23:37:19 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(stxcomment);
Add transformed flag to nodes/*funcs.c for CREATE STATISTICS Commit a4d75c86bf added a new flag, tracking if the statement was processed by transformStatsStmt(), but failed to add this flag to nodes/*funcs.c. Catversion bump, due to adding a flag to copy/equal/out functions. Reported-by: Noah Misch Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad7891d2-e90c-b446-9fe2-7419143847d7%40enterprisedb.com
2021-06-06 20:52:58 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(transformed);
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(if_not_exists);
return true;
}
Allow setting statistics target for extended statistics When building statistics, we need to decide how many rows to sample and how accurate the resulting statistics should be. Until now, it was not possible to explicitly define statistics target for extended statistics objects, the value was always computed from the per-attribute targets with a fallback to the system-wide default statistics target. That's a bit inconvenient, as it ties together the statistics target set for per-column and extended statistics. In some cases it may be useful to require larger sample / higher accuracy for extended statics (or the other way around), but with this approach that's not possible. So this commit introduces a new command, allowing to specify statistics target for individual extended statistics objects, overriding the value derived from per-attribute targets (and the system default). ALTER STATISTICS stat_name SET STATISTICS target_value; When determining statistics target for an extended statistics object we first look at this explicitly set value. When this value is -1, we fall back to the old formula, looking at the per-attribute targets first and then the system default. This means the behavior is backwards compatible with older PostgreSQL releases. Author: Tomas Vondra Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618213357.vli3i23vpkset2xd@development Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Dean Rasheed
2019-09-10 20:09:27 +02:00
static bool
_equalAlterStatsStmt(const AlterStatsStmt *a, const AlterStatsStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(defnames);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(stxstattarget);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateFunctionStmt(const CreateFunctionStmt *a, const CreateFunctionStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Remove the obsolete WITH clause of CREATE FUNCTION. This clause was superseded by SQL-standard syntax back in 7.3. We've kept it around for backwards-compatibility purposes ever since; but 15 years seems like long enough for that, especially seeing that there are undocumented weirdnesses in how it interacts with the SQL-standard syntax for specifying the same options. Michael Paquier, per an observation by Daniel Gustafsson; some small cosmetic adjustments to nearby code by me. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180115022748.GB1724@paquier.xyz
2018-01-26 18:25:44 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_procedure);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(replace);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funcname);
Apply the core parts of Dennis Bjorklund's patch to allow function parameters to be declared with names. pg_proc has a column to store names, and CREATE FUNCTION can insert data into it, but that's all as yet. I need to do more work on the pg_dump and plpgsql portions of the patch before committing those, but I thought I'd get the bulky changes in before the tree drifts under me. initdb forced due to pg_proc change.
2004-01-07 00:55:19 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(parameters);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(returnType);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
SQL-standard function body This adds support for writing CREATE FUNCTION and CREATE PROCEDURE statements for language SQL with a function body that conforms to the SQL standard and is portable to other implementations. Instead of the PostgreSQL-specific AS $$ string literal $$ syntax, this allows writing out the SQL statements making up the body unquoted, either as a single statement: CREATE FUNCTION add(a integer, b integer) RETURNS integer LANGUAGE SQL RETURN a + b; or as a block CREATE PROCEDURE insert_data(a integer, b integer) LANGUAGE SQL BEGIN ATOMIC INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (a); INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (b); END; The function body is parsed at function definition time and stored as expression nodes in a new pg_proc column prosqlbody. So at run time, no further parsing is required. However, this form does not support polymorphic arguments, because there is no more parse analysis done at call time. Dependencies between the function and the objects it uses are fully tracked. A new RETURN statement is introduced. This can only be used inside function bodies. Internally, it is treated much like a SELECT statement. psql needs some new intelligence to keep track of function body boundaries so that it doesn't send off statements when it sees semicolons that are inside a function body. Tested-by: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec> Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1c11f1eb-f00c-43b7-799d-2d44132c02d7@2ndquadrant.com
2021-04-07 21:30:08 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(sql_body);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Apply the core parts of Dennis Bjorklund's patch to allow function parameters to be declared with names. pg_proc has a column to store names, and CREATE FUNCTION can insert data into it, but that's all as yet. I need to do more work on the pg_dump and plpgsql portions of the patch before committing those, but I thought I'd get the bulky changes in before the tree drifts under me. initdb forced due to pg_proc change.
2004-01-07 00:55:19 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalFunctionParameter(const FunctionParameter *a, const FunctionParameter *b)
Apply the core parts of Dennis Bjorklund's patch to allow function parameters to be declared with names. pg_proc has a column to store names, and CREATE FUNCTION can insert data into it, but that's all as yet. I need to do more work on the pg_dump and plpgsql portions of the patch before committing those, but I thought I'd get the bulky changes in before the tree drifts under me. initdb forced due to pg_proc change.
2004-01-07 00:55:19 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(argType);
Fix grammar for IN/OUT/INOUT parameters. This commit doesn't actually implement any new feature, it just pushes the 'not implemented' error message deeper into the backend. I also tweaked the grammar to accept Oracle-ish parameter syntax (parameter name first), as well as the SQL99 standard syntax (parameter mode first), since it was easy and people will doubtless try to use both anyway.
2005-03-29 19:58:51 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(mode);
Default values for function arguments Pavel Stehule, with some tweaks by Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-04 18:51:28 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(defexpr);
Apply the core parts of Dennis Bjorklund's patch to allow function parameters to be declared with names. pg_proc has a column to store names, and CREATE FUNCTION can insert data into it, but that's all as yet. I need to do more work on the pg_dump and plpgsql portions of the patch before committing those, but I thought I'd get the bulky changes in before the tree drifts under me. initdb forced due to pg_proc change.
2004-01-07 00:55:19 +01:00
return true;
}
Allow ALTER FUNCTION to change a function's strictness, volatility, and whether or not it is a security definer. Changing a function's strictness is required by SQL2003, and the other capabilities make sense. Also, allow an optional RESTRICT noise word to be specified, for SQL conformance. Some trivial regression tests added and the documentation has been updated.
2005-03-14 01:19:37 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterFunctionStmt(const AlterFunctionStmt *a, const AlterFunctionStmt *b)
Allow ALTER FUNCTION to change a function's strictness, volatility, and whether or not it is a security definer. Changing a function's strictness is required by SQL2003, and the other capabilities make sense. Also, allow an optional RESTRICT noise word to be specified, for SQL conformance. Some trivial regression tests added and the documentation has been updated.
2005-03-14 01:19:37 +01:00
{
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objtype);
Allow ALTER FUNCTION to change a function's strictness, volatility, and whether or not it is a security definer. Changing a function's strictness is required by SQL2003, and the other capabilities make sense. Also, allow an optional RESTRICT noise word to be specified, for SQL conformance. Some trivial regression tests added and the documentation has been updated.
2005-03-14 01:19:37 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(func);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(actions);
return true;
}
Implement the DO statement to support execution of PL code without having to create a function for it. Procedural languages now have an additional entry point, namely a function to execute an inline code block. This seemed a better design than trying to hide the transient-ness of the code from the PL. As of this patch, only plpgsql has an inline handler, but probably people will soon write handlers for the other standard PLs. In passing, remove the long-dead LANCOMPILER option of CREATE LANGUAGE. Petr Jelinek
2009-09-23 01:43:43 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDoStmt(const DoStmt *a, const DoStmt *b)
Implement the DO statement to support execution of PL code without having to create a function for it. Procedural languages now have an additional entry point, namely a function to execute an inline code block. This seemed a better design than trying to hide the transient-ness of the code from the PL. As of this patch, only plpgsql has an inline handler, but probably people will soon write handlers for the other standard PLs. In passing, remove the long-dead LANCOMPILER option of CREATE LANGUAGE. Petr Jelinek
2009-09-23 01:43:43 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRenameStmt(const RenameStmt *a, const RenameStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(renameType);
Fix various infelicities in node functions. Mostly, this consists of adding support for fields which exist in the structure but aren't handled by copy/equal/outfuncs; but the create foreign table case can actually produce garbage output. Noah Misch
2012-04-18 16:43:16 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(relationType);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(object);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(subname);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(newname);
Propagate ALTER TYPE operations to typed tables This adds RESTRICT/CASCADE flags to ALTER TYPE ... ADD/DROP/ALTER/ RENAME ATTRIBUTE to control whether to alter typed tables as well.
2010-11-23 21:50:17 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
return true;
}
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
static bool
_equalAlterObjectDependsStmt(const AlterObjectDependsStmt *a, const AlterObjectDependsStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objectType);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(object);
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(extname);
Add ALTER .. NO DEPENDS ON Commit f2fcad27d59c (9.6 era) added the ability to mark objects as dependent an extension, but forgot to add a way for such dependencies to be removed. This commit fixes that oversight. Strictly speaking this should be backpatched to 9.6, but due to lack of demand we're not doing so at this time. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200217225333.GA30974@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: ahsan hadi <ahsan.hadi@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed <ibrar.ahmad@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2020-04-20 19:42:12 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(remove);
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
return true;
}
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterObjectSchemaStmt(const AlterObjectSchemaStmt *a, const AlterObjectSchemaStmt *b)
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objectType);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(object);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(newschema);
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterOwnerStmt(const AlterOwnerStmt *a, const AlterOwnerStmt *b)
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
{
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objectType);
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(object);
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(newowner);
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
return true;
}
Add ALTER OPERATOR command, for changing selectivity estimator functions. Other options cannot be changed, as it's not totally clear if cached plans would need to be invalidated if one of the other options change. Selectivity estimator functions only change plan costs, not correctness of plans, so those should be safe. Original patch by Uriy Zhuravlev, heavily edited by me.
2015-07-14 17:17:55 +02:00
static bool
_equalAlterOperatorStmt(const AlterOperatorStmt *a, const AlterOperatorStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(opername);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
Allow ALTER TYPE to change some properties of a base type. Specifically, this patch allows ALTER TYPE to: * Change the default TOAST strategy for a toastable base type; * Promote a non-toastable type to toastable; * Add/remove binary I/O functions for a type; * Add/remove typmod I/O functions for a type; * Add/remove a custom ANALYZE statistics functions for a type. The first of these can be done by the type's owner; all the others require superuser privilege since misuse could cause problems. The main motivation for this patch is to allow extensions to upgrade the feature sets of their data types, so the set of alterable properties is biased towards that use-case. However it's also true that changing some other properties would be a lot harder, as they get baked into physical storage and/or stored expressions that depend on the type. Along the way, refactor GenerateTypeDependencies() to make it easier to call, refactor DefineType's volatility checks so they can be shared by AlterType, and teach typcache.c that it might have to reload data from the type's pg_type row, a scenario it never handled before. Also rearrange alter_type.sgml a bit for clarity (put the composite-type operations together). Tomas Vondra and Tom Lane Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200228004440.b23ein4qvmxnlpht@development
2020-03-06 18:19:29 +01:00
static bool
_equalAlterTypeStmt(const AlterTypeStmt *a, const AlterTypeStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRuleStmt(const RuleStmt *a, const RuleStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(rulename);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whereClause);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(event);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(instead);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(actions);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(replace);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalNotifyStmt(const NotifyStmt *a, const NotifyStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Add a bunch of new error location reports to parse-analysis error messages. There are still some weak spots around JOIN USING and relation alias lists, but most errors reported within backend/parser/ now have locations.
2008-09-01 22:42:46 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(conditionname);
Replace the pg_listener-based LISTEN/NOTIFY mechanism with an in-memory queue. In addition, add support for a "payload" string to be passed along with each notify event. This implementation should be significantly more efficient than the old one, and is also more compatible with Hot Standby usage. There is not yet any facility for HS slaves to receive notifications generated on the master, although such a thing is possible in future. Joachim Wieland, reviewed by Jeff Davis; also hacked on by me.
2010-02-16 23:34:57 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(payload);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalListenStmt(const ListenStmt *a, const ListenStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Add a bunch of new error location reports to parse-analysis error messages. There are still some weak spots around JOIN USING and relation alias lists, but most errors reported within backend/parser/ now have locations.
2008-09-01 22:42:46 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(conditionname);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalUnlistenStmt(const UnlistenStmt *a, const UnlistenStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Add a bunch of new error location reports to parse-analysis error messages. There are still some weak spots around JOIN USING and relation alias lists, but most errors reported within backend/parser/ now have locations.
2008-09-01 22:42:46 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(conditionname);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalTransactionStmt(const TransactionStmt *a, const TransactionStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(kind);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Simplify parse representation of savepoint commands Instead of embedding the savepoint name in a list and then requiring complex code to unpack it, just add another struct field to store it directly. Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
2018-02-17 02:57:06 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(savepoint_name);
Two-phase commit. Original patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with additional hacking by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-06-18 00:32:51 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(gid);
Transaction chaining Add command variants COMMIT AND CHAIN and ROLLBACK AND CHAIN, which start new transactions with the same transaction characteristics as the just finished one, per SQL standard. Support for transaction chaining in PL/pgSQL is also added. This functionality is especially useful when running COMMIT in a loop in PL/pgSQL. Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/28536681-324b-10dc-ade8-ab46f7645a5a@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-24 10:33:14 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(chain);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCompositeTypeStmt(const CompositeTypeStmt *a, const CompositeTypeStmt *b)
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typevar);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(coldeflist);
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
return true;
}
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateEnumStmt(const CreateEnumStmt *a, const CreateEnumStmt *b)
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
{
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(vals);
return true;
}
Support range data types. Selectivity estimation functions are missing for some range type operators, which is a TODO. Jeff Davis
2011-11-03 12:16:28 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateRangeStmt(const CreateRangeStmt *a, const CreateRangeStmt *b)
Support range data types. Selectivity estimation functions are missing for some range type operators, which is a TODO. Jeff Davis
2011-11-03 12:16:28 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(params);
return true;
}
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterEnumStmt(const AlterEnumStmt *a, const AlterEnumStmt *b)
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
Support renaming an existing value of an enum type. Not much to be said about this patch: it does what it says on the tin. In passing, rename AlterEnumStmt.skipIfExists to skipIfNewValExists to clarify what it actually does. In the discussion of this patch we considered supporting other similar options, such as IF EXISTS on the type as a whole or IF NOT EXISTS on the target name. This patch doesn't actually add any such feature, but it might happen later. Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, reviewed by Emre Hasegeli Discussion: <CAO=2mx6uvgPaPDf-rHqG8=1MZnGyVDMQeh8zS4euRyyg4D35OQ@mail.gmail.com>
2016-09-07 22:11:56 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(oldVal);
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(newVal);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(newValNeighbor);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(newValIsAfter);
Support renaming an existing value of an enum type. Not much to be said about this patch: it does what it says on the tin. In passing, rename AlterEnumStmt.skipIfExists to skipIfNewValExists to clarify what it actually does. In the discussion of this patch we considered supporting other similar options, such as IF EXISTS on the type as a whole or IF NOT EXISTS on the target name. This patch doesn't actually add any such feature, but it might happen later. Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, reviewed by Emre Hasegeli Discussion: <CAO=2mx6uvgPaPDf-rHqG8=1MZnGyVDMQeh8zS4euRyyg4D35OQ@mail.gmail.com>
2016-09-07 22:11:56 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(skipIfNewValExists);
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
return true;
}
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalViewStmt(const ViewStmt *a, const ViewStmt *b)
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(view);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(aliases);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(query);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(replace);
Fix various infelicities in node functions. Mostly, this consists of adding support for fields which exist in the structure but aren't handled by copy/equal/outfuncs; but the create foreign table case can actually produce garbage output. Noah Misch
2012-04-18 16:43:16 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
WITH CHECK OPTION support for auto-updatable VIEWs For simple views which are automatically updatable, this patch allows the user to specify what level of checking should be done on records being inserted or updated. For 'LOCAL CHECK', new tuples are validated against the conditionals of the view they are being inserted into, while for 'CASCADED CHECK' the new tuples are validated against the conditionals for all views involved (from the top down). This option is part of the SQL specification. Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
2013-07-18 23:10:16 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(withCheckOption);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalLoadStmt(const LoadStmt *a, const LoadStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(filename);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Add DOMAIN support. Includes manual pages and regression tests, from Rod Taylor.
2002-03-19 03:18:25 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateDomainStmt(const CreateDomainStmt *a, const CreateDomainStmt *b)
Add DOMAIN support. Includes manual pages and regression tests, from Rod Taylor.
2002-03-19 03:18:25 +01:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(domainname);
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
Remove collation information from TypeName, where it does not belong. The initial collations patch treated a COLLATE spec as part of a TypeName, following what can only be described as brain fade on the part of the SQL committee. It's a lot more reasonable to treat COLLATE as a syntactically separate object, so that it can be added in only the productions where it actually belongs, rather than needing to reject it in a boatload of places where it doesn't belong (something the original patch mostly failed to do). In addition this change lets us meet the spec's requirement to allow COLLATE anywhere in the clauses of a ColumnDef, and it avoids unfriendly behavior for constructs such as "foo::type COLLATE collation". To do this, pull collation information out of TypeName and put it in ColumnDef instead, thus reverting most of the collation-related changes in parse_type.c's API. I made one additional structural change, which was to use a ColumnDef as an intermediate node in AT_AlterColumnType AlterTableCmd nodes. This provides enough room to get rid of the "transform" wart in AlterTableCmd too, since the ColumnDef can carry the USING expression easily enough. Also fix some other minor bugs that have crept in in the same areas, like failure to copy recently-added fields of ColumnDef in copyfuncs.c. While at it, document the formerly secret ability to specify a collation in ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN TYPE, ALTER TYPE ADD ATTRIBUTE, and ALTER TYPE ALTER ATTRIBUTE TYPE; and correct some misstatements about what the default collation selection will be when COLLATE is omitted. BTW, the three-parameter form of format_type() should go away too, since it just contributes to the confusion in this area; but I'll do that in a separate patch.
2011-03-10 04:38:52 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(collClause);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(constraints);
Add DOMAIN support. Includes manual pages and regression tests, from Rod Taylor.
2002-03-19 03:18:25 +01:00
return true;
}
Implement CREATE/DROP OPERATOR CLASS. Work still remains: need more documentation (xindex.sgml should be rewritten), need to teach pg_dump about it, need to update contrib modules that currently build pg_opclass entries by hand. Original patch by Bill Studenmund, grammar adjustments and general update for 7.3 by Tom Lane.
2002-07-30 00:14:11 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateOpClassStmt(const CreateOpClassStmt *a, const CreateOpClassStmt *b)
Implement CREATE/DROP OPERATOR CLASS. Work still remains: need more documentation (xindex.sgml should be rewritten), need to teach pg_dump about it, need to update contrib modules that currently build pg_opclass entries by hand. Original patch by Bill Studenmund, grammar adjustments and general update for 7.3 by Tom Lane.
2002-07-30 00:14:11 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(opclassname);
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(opfamilyname);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(amname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(datatype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(items);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isDefault);
Implement CREATE/DROP OPERATOR CLASS. Work still remains: need more documentation (xindex.sgml should be rewritten), need to teach pg_dump about it, need to update contrib modules that currently build pg_opclass entries by hand. Original patch by Bill Studenmund, grammar adjustments and general update for 7.3 by Tom Lane.
2002-07-30 00:14:11 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateOpClassItem(const CreateOpClassItem *a, const CreateOpClassItem *b)
Implement CREATE/DROP OPERATOR CLASS. Work still remains: need more documentation (xindex.sgml should be rewritten), need to teach pg_dump about it, need to update contrib modules that currently build pg_opclass entries by hand. Original patch by Bill Studenmund, grammar adjustments and general update for 7.3 by Tom Lane.
2002-07-30 00:14:11 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(itemtype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(number);
Create the system catalog infrastructure needed for KNNGIST. This commit adds columns amoppurpose and amopsortfamily to pg_amop, and column amcanorderbyop to pg_am. For the moment all the entries in amcanorderbyop are "false", since the underlying support isn't there yet. Also, extend the CREATE OPERATOR CLASS/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands with [ FOR SEARCH | FOR ORDER BY sort_operator_family ] clauses to allow the new columns of pg_amop to be populated, and create pg_dump support for dumping that information. I also added some documentation, although it's perhaps a bit premature given that the feature doesn't do anything useful yet. Teodor Sigaev, Robert Haas, Tom Lane
2010-11-24 20:20:39 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(order_family);
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(class_args);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(storedtype);
Implement CREATE/DROP OPERATOR CLASS. Work still remains: need more documentation (xindex.sgml should be rewritten), need to teach pg_dump about it, need to update contrib modules that currently build pg_opclass entries by hand. Original patch by Bill Studenmund, grammar adjustments and general update for 7.3 by Tom Lane.
2002-07-30 00:14:11 +02:00
return true;
}
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateOpFamilyStmt(const CreateOpFamilyStmt *a, const CreateOpFamilyStmt *b)
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(opfamilyname);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(amname);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterOpFamilyStmt(const AlterOpFamilyStmt *a, const AlterOpFamilyStmt *b)
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(opfamilyname);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(amname);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isDrop);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(items);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreatedbStmt(const CreatedbStmt *a, const CreatedbStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(dbname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Add per-user and per-database connection limit options. This patch also includes preliminary update of pg_dumpall for roles. Petr Jelinek, with review by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-07-31 19:19:22 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterDatabaseStmt(const AlterDatabaseStmt *a, const AlterDatabaseStmt *b)
Add per-user and per-database connection limit options. This patch also includes preliminary update of pg_dumpall for roles. Petr Jelinek, with review by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-07-31 19:19:22 +02:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(dbname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
Add missing node support functions forgotten in 37851a8b83d3d57ca48736093b10aa5f3bc0c177
2022-02-14 09:11:13 +01:00
static bool
_equalAlterDatabaseRefreshCollStmt(const AlterDatabaseRefreshCollStmt *a, const AlterDatabaseRefreshCollStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(dbname);
return true;
}
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterDatabaseSetStmt(const AlterDatabaseSetStmt *a, const AlterDatabaseSetStmt *b)
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(dbname);
Support SET FROM CURRENT in CREATE/ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER DATABASE, ALTER ROLE. (Actually, it works as a plain statement too, but I didn't document that because it seems a bit useless.) Unify VariableResetStmt with VariableSetStmt, and clean up some ancient cruft in the representation of same.
2007-09-03 20:46:30 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(setstmt);
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDropdbStmt(const DropdbStmt *a, const DropdbStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(dbname);
DROP DATABASE IF EXISTS variant
2005-11-22 16:24:18 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
Introduce the 'force' option for the Drop Database command. This new option terminates the other sessions connected to the target database and then drop it. To terminate other sessions, the current user must have desired permissions (same as pg_terminate_backend()). We don't allow to terminate the sessions if prepared transactions, active logical replication slots or subscriptions are present in the target database. Author: Pavel Stehule with changes by me Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Ibrar Ahmed, Anthony Nowocien, Ryan Lambert and Amit Kapila Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP_rwwmLJJbn70vLOZFpxGw3XD7nLB_7+NKz46H5EOO2k5H7OQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-11-12 06:36:13 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalVacuumStmt(const VacuumStmt *a, const VacuumStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Fix copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for VacuumStmt. Commit 6776142a07afb4c28961f27059d800196902f5f1 failed to do this, and the buildfarm broke. Patch by me, per advice from Tom Lane and Michael Paquier. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/13988.1552960403@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-19 04:20:35 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Allow multiple tables to be specified in one VACUUM or ANALYZE command. Not much to say about this; does what it says on the tin. However, formerly, if there was a column list then the ANALYZE action was implied; now it must be specified, or you get an error. This is because it would otherwise be a bit unclear what the user meant if some tables have column lists and some don't. Nathan Bossart, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Masahiko Sawada, with some editorialization by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E061A8E3-5E3D-494D-94F0-E8A9B312BBFC@amazon.com
2017-10-04 00:53:44 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rels);
Fix copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for VacuumStmt. Commit 6776142a07afb4c28961f27059d800196902f5f1 failed to do this, and the buildfarm broke. Patch by me, per advice from Tom Lane and Michael Paquier. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/13988.1552960403@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-19 04:20:35 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_vacuumcmd);
Allow multiple tables to be specified in one VACUUM or ANALYZE command. Not much to say about this; does what it says on the tin. However, formerly, if there was a column list then the ANALYZE action was implied; now it must be specified, or you get an error. This is because it would otherwise be a bit unclear what the user meant if some tables have column lists and some don't. Nathan Bossart, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Masahiko Sawada, with some editorialization by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E061A8E3-5E3D-494D-94F0-E8A9B312BBFC@amazon.com
2017-10-04 00:53:44 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
_equalVacuumRelation(const VacuumRelation *a, const VacuumRelation *b)
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
Allow multiple tables to be specified in one VACUUM or ANALYZE command. Not much to say about this; does what it says on the tin. However, formerly, if there was a column list then the ANALYZE action was implied; now it must be specified, or you get an error. This is because it would otherwise be a bit unclear what the user meant if some tables have column lists and some don't. Nathan Bossart, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Masahiko Sawada, with some editorialization by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E061A8E3-5E3D-494D-94F0-E8A9B312BBFC@amazon.com
2017-10-04 00:53:44 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(oid);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(va_cols);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalExplainStmt(const ExplainStmt *a, const ExplainStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(query);
Extend EXPLAIN to allow generic options to be specified. The original syntax made it difficult to add options without making them into reserved words. This change parenthesizes the options to avoid that problem, and makes provision for an explicit (and perhaps non-Boolean) value for each option. The original syntax is still supported, but only for the two original options ANALYZE and VERBOSE. As a test case, add a COSTS option that can suppress the planner cost estimates. This may be useful for including EXPLAIN output in the regression tests, which are otherwise unable to cope with cross-platform variations in cost estimates. Robert Haas
2009-07-27 01:34:18 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
static bool
_equalCreateTableAsStmt(const CreateTableAsStmt *a, const CreateTableAsStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(query);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(into);
Rename field "relkind" to "objtype" for CTAS and ALTER TABLE nodes "relkind" normally refers to the char field from pg_class. However, in the parse nodes AlterTableStmt and CreateTableAsStmt, "relkind" was used for a field of type enum ObjectType, that could refer to other object types than those possible for a relkind. Such fields being usually named "objtype", switch the name in both structures to make things more consistent. Note that this led to some confusion in functions that also operate on a RangeTableEntry object, which also has a field named "relkind". This naming goes back to commit 09d4e96, where only OBJECT_TABLE and OBJECT_INDEX were used. This got extended later to use as well OBJECT_TYPE with e440e12, not really a relation kind. Author: Mark Dilger Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/609181AE-E399-47C7-9221-856E0F96BF93@enterprisedb.com
2020-07-11 06:32:28 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objtype);
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_select_into);
Add CINE option for CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW Fabrízio de Royes Mello reviewed by Rushabh Lathia.
2014-12-13 19:56:09 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(if_not_exists);
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
return true;
}
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
static bool
_equalRefreshMatViewStmt(const RefreshMatViewStmt *a, const RefreshMatViewStmt *b)
{
Add support for REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW CONCURRENTLY. This allows reads to continue without any blocking while a REFRESH runs. The new data appears atomically as part of transaction commit. Review questioned the Assert that a matview was not a system relation. This will be addressed separately. Reviewed by Hitoshi Harada, Robert Haas, Andres Freund. Merged after review with security patch f3ab5d4.
2013-07-16 19:55:44 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(concurrent);
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(skipData);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
return true;
}
Add the notion of REPLICA IDENTITY for a table. Pending patches for logical replication will use this to determine which columns of a tuple ought to be considered as its candidate key. Andres Freund, with minor, mostly cosmetic adjustments by me
2013-11-08 18:30:43 +01:00
static bool
_equalReplicaIdentityStmt(const ReplicaIdentityStmt *a, const ReplicaIdentityStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(identity_type);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
return true;
}
Add ALTER SYSTEM command to edit the server configuration file. Patch contributed by Amit Kapila. Reviewed by Hari Babu, Masao Fujii, Boszormenyi Zoltan, Andres Freund, Greg Smith and others.
2013-12-18 15:42:44 +01:00
static bool
_equalAlterSystemStmt(const AlterSystemStmt *a, const AlterSystemStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(setstmt);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateSeqStmt(const CreateSeqStmt *a, const CreateSeqStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(sequence);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Fix failure of "ALTER TABLE t ADD COLUMN c serial" when done by non-owner. The implicitly created sequence was created as owned by the current user, who could be different from the table owner, eg if current user is a superuser or some member of the table's owning role. This caused sanity checks in the SEQUENCE OWNED BY code to spit up. Although possibly we don't need those sanity checks, the safest fix seems to be to make sure the implicit sequence is assigned the same owner role as the table has. (We still do all permissions checks as the current user, however.) Per report from Josh Berkus. Back-patch to 9.0. The bug goes back to the invention of SEQUENCE OWNED BY in 8.2, but the fix requires an API change for DefineRelation(), which seems to have potential for breaking third-party code if done in a minor release. Given the lack of prior complaints, it's probably not worth fixing in the stable branches.
2010-08-18 20:35:21 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ownerId);
Identity columns This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have: - CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence - cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE - dropping default does not drop sequence - need to grant separate privileges to sequence - other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 14:33:16 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(for_identity);
Implement IF NOT EXISTS for CREATE SEQUENCE. Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-08-26 15:05:18 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(if_not_exists);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Todo items: Add ALTER SEQUENCE to modify min/max/increment/cache/cycle values Also updated create sequence docs to mention NO MINVALUE, & NO MAXVALUE. New Files: doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml src/test/regress/expected/sequence.out src/test/regress/sql/sequence.sql ALTER SEQUENCE is NOT transactional. It behaves similarly to setval(). It matches the proposed SQL200N spec, as well as Oracle in most ways -- Oracle lacks RESTART WITH for some strange reason. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-03-20 08:02:11 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterSeqStmt(const AlterSeqStmt *a, const AlterSeqStmt *b)
Todo items: Add ALTER SEQUENCE to modify min/max/increment/cache/cycle values Also updated create sequence docs to mention NO MINVALUE, & NO MAXVALUE. New Files: doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml src/test/regress/expected/sequence.out src/test/regress/sql/sequence.sql ALTER SEQUENCE is NOT transactional. It behaves similarly to setval(). It matches the proposed SQL200N spec, as well as Oracle in most ways -- Oracle lacks RESTART WITH for some strange reason. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-03-20 08:02:11 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(sequence);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Identity columns This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have: - CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence - cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE - dropping default does not drop sequence - need to grant separate privileges to sequence - other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 14:33:16 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(for_identity);
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
Todo items: Add ALTER SEQUENCE to modify min/max/increment/cache/cycle values Also updated create sequence docs to mention NO MINVALUE, & NO MAXVALUE. New Files: doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml src/test/regress/expected/sequence.out src/test/regress/sql/sequence.sql ALTER SEQUENCE is NOT transactional. It behaves similarly to setval(). It matches the proposed SQL200N spec, as well as Oracle in most ways -- Oracle lacks RESTART WITH for some strange reason. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-03-20 08:02:11 +01:00
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalVariableSetStmt(const VariableSetStmt *a, const VariableSetStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Support SET FROM CURRENT in CREATE/ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER DATABASE, ALTER ROLE. (Actually, it works as a plain statement too, but I didn't document that because it seems a bit useless.) Unify VariableResetStmt with VariableSetStmt, and clean up some ancient cruft in the representation of same.
2007-09-03 20:46:30 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(kind);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_local);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalVariableShowStmt(const VariableShowStmt *a, const VariableShowStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Rename the newly-added commands for discarding session state. RESET SESSION, RESET PLANS, and RESET TEMP are now DISCARD ALL, DISCARD PLANS, and DISCARD TEMP, respectively. This is to avoid confusion with the pre-existing RESET variants: the DISCARD commands are not actually similar to RESET. Patch from Marko Kreen, with some minor editorialization.
2007-04-26 18:13:15 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDiscardStmt(const DiscardStmt *a, const DiscardStmt *b)
Rename the newly-added commands for discarding session state. RESET SESSION, RESET PLANS, and RESET TEMP are now DISCARD ALL, DISCARD PLANS, and DISCARD TEMP, respectively. This is to avoid confusion with the pre-existing RESET variants: the DISCARD commands are not actually similar to RESET. Patch from Marko Kreen, with some minor editorialization.
2007-04-26 18:13:15 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(target);
return true;
}
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateTableSpaceStmt(const CreateTableSpaceStmt *a, const CreateTableSpaceStmt *b)
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(tablespacename);
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(owner);
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(location);
Add CREATE TABLESPACE ... WITH ... Options Tablespaces have a few options which can be set on them to give PG hints as to how the tablespace behaves (perhaps it's faster for sequential scans, or better able to handle random access, etc). These options were only available through the ALTER TABLESPACE command. This adds the ability to set these options at CREATE TABLESPACE time, removing the need to do both a CREATE TABLESPACE and ALTER TABLESPACE to get the correct options set on the tablespace. Vik Fearing, reviewed by Michael Paquier.
2014-01-19 02:59:31 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDropTableSpaceStmt(const DropTableSpaceStmt *a, const DropTableSpaceStmt *b)
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(tablespacename);
DROP ... IF EXISTS for the following cases: language, tablespace, trigger, rule, opclass, function, aggregate. operator, and cast.
2006-06-16 22:23:45 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
return true;
}
Support ALTER TABLESPACE name SET/RESET ( tablespace_options ). This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters, but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more. In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency, but I'm leaving that as future work for now. Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
2010-01-05 22:54:00 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterTableSpaceOptionsStmt(const AlterTableSpaceOptionsStmt *a,
const AlterTableSpaceOptionsStmt *b)
Support ALTER TABLESPACE name SET/RESET ( tablespace_options ). This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters, but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more. In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency, but I'm leaving that as future work for now. Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
2010-01-05 22:54:00 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(tablespacename);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isReset);
return true;
}
Add ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE command This adds a 'MOVE' sub-command to ALTER TABLESPACE which allows moving sets of objects from one tablespace to another. This can be extremely handy and avoids a lot of error-prone scripting. ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE will only move objects the user owns, will notify the user if no objects were found, and can be used to move ALL objects or specific types of objects (TABLES, INDEXES, or MATERIALIZED VIEWS).
2014-01-19 00:56:40 +01:00
static bool
Rework 'MOVE ALL' to 'ALTER .. ALL IN TABLESPACE' As 'ALTER TABLESPACE .. MOVE ALL' really didn't change the tablespace but instead changed objects inside tablespaces, it made sense to rework the syntax and supporting functions to operate under the 'ALTER (TABLE|INDEX|MATERIALIZED VIEW)' syntax and to be in tablecmds.c. Pointed out by Alvaro, who also suggested the new syntax. Back-patch to 9.4.
2014-08-22 01:06:17 +02:00
_equalAlterTableMoveAllStmt(const AlterTableMoveAllStmt *a,
const AlterTableMoveAllStmt *b)
Add ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE command This adds a 'MOVE' sub-command to ALTER TABLESPACE which allows moving sets of objects from one tablespace to another. This can be extremely handy and avoids a lot of error-prone scripting. ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE will only move objects the user owns, will notify the user if no objects were found, and can be used to move ALL objects or specific types of objects (TABLES, INDEXES, or MATERIALIZED VIEWS).
2014-01-19 00:56:40 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(orig_tablespacename);
ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE ... OWNED BY Add the ability to specify the objects to move by who those objects are owned by (as relowner) and change ALL to mean ALL objects. This makes the command always operate against a well-defined set of objects and not have the objects-to-be-moved based on the role of the user running the command. Per discussion with Simon and Tom.
2014-01-24 05:52:40 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objtype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(roles);
Add ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE command This adds a 'MOVE' sub-command to ALTER TABLESPACE which allows moving sets of objects from one tablespace to another. This can be extremely handy and avoids a lot of error-prone scripting. ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE will only move objects the user owns, will notify the user if no objects were found, and can be used to move ALL objects or specific types of objects (TABLES, INDEXES, or MATERIALIZED VIEWS).
2014-01-19 00:56:40 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(new_tablespacename);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(nowait);
return true;
}
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateExtensionStmt(const CreateExtensionStmt *a, const CreateExtensionStmt *b)
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(extname);
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(if_not_exists);
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
Add support for multiple versions of an extension and ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE. This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from Dimitri's original. There will probably be more changes once we get a bit of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it. This is still just core code. I'll start converting contrib modules shortly. Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
2011-02-12 03:25:20 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterExtensionStmt(const AlterExtensionStmt *a, const AlterExtensionStmt *b)
Add support for multiple versions of an extension and ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE. This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from Dimitri's original. There will probably be more changes once we get a bit of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it. This is still just core code. I'll start converting contrib modules shortly. Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
2011-02-12 03:25:20 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(extname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterExtensionContentsStmt(const AlterExtensionContentsStmt *a, const AlterExtensionContentsStmt *b)
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(extname);
Extend "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object" to permit "DROP object" as well. Per discussion, this is something we should have sooner rather than later, and it doesn't take much additional code to support it.
2011-02-10 23:36:44 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(action);
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(objtype);
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(object);
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
return true;
}
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateFdwStmt(const CreateFdwStmt *a, const CreateFdwStmt *b)
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(fdwname);
Create the catalog infrastructure for foreign-data-wrapper handlers. Add a fdwhandler column to pg_foreign_data_wrapper, plus HANDLER options in the CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER commands, plus pg_dump support for same. Also invent a new pseudotype fdw_handler with properties similar to language_handler. This is split out of the "FDW API" patch for ease of review; it's all stuff we will certainly need, regardless of any other details of the FDW API. FDW handler functions will not actually get called yet. In passing, fix some omissions and infelicities in foreigncmds.c. Shigeru Hanada, Jan Urbanski, Heikki Linnakangas
2011-02-19 06:06:18 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(func_options);
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterFdwStmt(const AlterFdwStmt *a, const AlterFdwStmt *b)
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(fdwname);
Create the catalog infrastructure for foreign-data-wrapper handlers. Add a fdwhandler column to pg_foreign_data_wrapper, plus HANDLER options in the CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER commands, plus pg_dump support for same. Also invent a new pseudotype fdw_handler with properties similar to language_handler. This is split out of the "FDW API" patch for ease of review; it's all stuff we will certainly need, regardless of any other details of the FDW API. FDW handler functions will not actually get called yet. In passing, fix some omissions and infelicities in foreigncmds.c. Shigeru Hanada, Jan Urbanski, Heikki Linnakangas
2011-02-19 06:06:18 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(func_options);
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateForeignServerStmt(const CreateForeignServerStmt *a, const CreateForeignServerStmt *b)
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(servername);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(servertype);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(version);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(fdwname);
Add missing support for new node fields Commit b6fb534f added two new node fields but neglected to add copy and comparison support for them, Mea culpa, should have checked for that. per buildfarm animals with -DCOPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES
2017-03-21 02:50:53 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(if_not_exists);
Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with PostgreSQL 10 work. The _equalTableFunc() omission of coltypmods has semantic significance, but I did not track down resulting user-visible bugs, if any. The other changes are cosmetic only, affecting order. catversion bump due to readfuncs.c field order change.
2017-06-16 09:16:11 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterForeignServerStmt(const AlterForeignServerStmt *a, const AlterForeignServerStmt *b)
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(servername);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(version);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(has_version);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateUserMappingStmt(const CreateUserMappingStmt *a, const CreateUserMappingStmt *b)
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
{
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(user);
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(servername);
Add missing support for new node fields Commit b6fb534f added two new node fields but neglected to add copy and comparison support for them, Mea culpa, should have checked for that. per buildfarm animals with -DCOPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES
2017-03-21 02:50:53 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(if_not_exists);
Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with PostgreSQL 10 work. The _equalTableFunc() omission of coltypmods has semantic significance, but I did not track down resulting user-visible bugs, if any. The other changes are cosmetic only, affecting order. catversion bump due to readfuncs.c field order change.
2017-06-16 09:16:11 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterUserMappingStmt(const AlterUserMappingStmt *a, const AlterUserMappingStmt *b)
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
{
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(user);
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(servername);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDropUserMappingStmt(const DropUserMappingStmt *a, const DropUserMappingStmt *b)
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
{
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(user);
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(servername);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
return true;
}
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateForeignTableStmt(const CreateForeignTableStmt *a, const CreateForeignTableStmt *b)
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
{
if (!_equalCreateStmt(&a->base, &b->base))
return false;
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(servername);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
Implement IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA. This command provides an automated way to create foreign table definitions that match remote tables, thereby reducing tedium and chances for error. In this patch, we provide the necessary core-server infrastructure and implement the feature fully in the postgres_fdw foreign-data wrapper. Other wrappers will throw a "feature not supported" error until/unless they are updated. Ronan Dunklau and Michael Paquier, additional work by me
2014-07-10 21:01:31 +02:00
static bool
_equalImportForeignSchemaStmt(const ImportForeignSchemaStmt *a, const ImportForeignSchemaStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(server_name);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(remote_schema);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(local_schema);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(list_type);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(table_list);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
static bool
_equalCreateTransformStmt(const CreateTransformStmt *a, const CreateTransformStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(replace);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(type_name);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(lang);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(fromsql);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(tosql);
return true;
}
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
static bool
_equalCreateAmStmt(const CreateAmStmt *a, const CreateAmStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(amname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(handler_name);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(amtype);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateTrigStmt(const CreateTrigStmt *a, const CreateTrigStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Provide the OR REPLACE option for CREATE TRIGGER. This is mostly straightforward. However, we disallow replacing constraint triggers or changing the is-constraint property; perhaps that can be added later, but the complexity versus benefit tradeoff doesn't look very good. Also, no special thought is taken here for whether replacing an existing trigger should result in changes to queued-but-not-fired trigger actions. We just document that if you're surprised by the results, too bad, don't do that. (Note that any such pending trigger activity would have to be within the current session.) Takamichi Osumi, reviewed at various times by Surafel Temesgen, Peter Smith, and myself Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0DDF369B45A1B44B8A687ED43F06557C010BC362@G01JPEXMBYT03
2020-11-14 23:05:34 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(replace);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isconstraint);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(trigname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funcname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(row);
Support triggers on views. This patch adds the SQL-standard concept of an INSTEAD OF trigger, which is fired instead of performing a physical insert/update/delete. The trigger function is passed the entire old and/or new rows of the view, and must figure out what to do to the underlying tables to implement the update. So this feature can be used to implement updatable views using trigger programming style rather than rule hacking. In passing, this patch corrects the names of some columns in the information_schema.triggers view. It seems the SQL committee renamed them somewhere between SQL:99 and SQL:2003. Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Bernd Helmle; some additional hacking by me.
2010-10-10 19:43:33 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(timing);
Fix the just-reported problem that you can't specify all four trigger event types in CREATE TRIGGER. While at it, clean up the amazingly tedious and inextensible way that the trigger event type list was handled. Per report from Greg Sabino Mullane.
2009-06-18 03:27:02 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(events);
Support SQL-compliant triggers on columns, ie fire only if certain columns are named in the UPDATE's SET list. Note: the schema of pg_trigger has not actually changed; we've just started to use a column that was there all along. catversion bumped anyway so that this commit is included in the history of potentially interesting changes to system catalog contents. Itagaki Takahiro
2009-10-15 00:14:25 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(columns);
Add a WHEN clause to CREATE TRIGGER, allowing a boolean expression to be checked to determine whether the trigger should be fired. For BEFORE triggers this is mostly a matter of spec compliance; but for AFTER triggers it can provide a noticeable performance improvement, since queuing of a deferred trigger event and re-fetching of the row(s) at end of statement can be short-circuited if the trigger does not need to be fired. Takahiro Itagaki, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei.
2009-11-20 21:38:12 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whenClause);
Implement syntax for transition tables in AFTER triggers. This is infrastructure for the complete SQL standard feature. No support is included at this point for execution nodes or PLs. The intent is to add that soon. As this patch leaves things, standard syntax can create tuplestores to contain old and/or new versions of rows affected by a statement. References to these tuplestores are in the TriggerData structure. C triggers can access the tuplestores directly, so they are usable, but they cannot yet be referenced within a SQL statement.
2016-11-04 16:49:50 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(transitionRels);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(deferrable);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(initdeferred);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(constrrel);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
static bool
_equalCreateEventTrigStmt(const CreateEventTrigStmt *a, const CreateEventTrigStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(trigname);
Fix mishandling of CreateEventTrigStmt's eventname field. It's a string, not a scalar. Petr Jelinek
2014-09-22 22:05:51 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(eventname);
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whenclause);
Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with recent work. A few of the discrepancies had semantic significance, but I did not track down the resulting user-visible bugs, if any. Back-patch to 9.5, where all but one discrepancy appeared. The _equalCreateEventTrigStmt() situation dates to 9.3 but does not affect semantics. catversion bump due to readfuncs.c field order changes.
2015-08-06 02:44:27 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funcname);
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
_equalAlterEventTrigStmt(const AlterEventTrigStmt *a, const AlterEventTrigStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(trigname);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(tgenabled);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreatePLangStmt(const CreatePLangStmt *a, const CreatePLangStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Add an OR REPLACE option to CREATE LANGUAGE. This operates in the same way as other CREATE OR REPLACE commands, ie, it replaces everything but the ownership and ACL lists of an existing entry, and requires the caller to have owner privileges for that entry. While modifying an existing language has some use in development scenarios, in typical usage all the "replaced" values come from pg_pltemplate so there will be no actual change in the language definition. The reason for adding this is mainly to allow programs to ensure that a language exists without triggering an error if it already does exist. This commit just adds and documents the new option. A followon patch will use it to clean up some unpleasant cases in pg_dump and pg_regress.
2010-02-23 23:51:43 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(replace);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(plname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(plhandler);
Implement the DO statement to support execution of PL code without having to create a function for it. Procedural languages now have an additional entry point, namely a function to execute an inline code block. This seemed a better design than trying to hide the transient-ness of the code from the PL. As of this patch, only plpgsql has an inline handler, but probably people will soon write handlers for the other standard PLs. In passing, remove the long-dead LANCOMPILER option of CREATE LANGUAGE. Petr Jelinek
2009-09-23 01:43:43 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(plinline);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(plvalidator);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(pltrusted);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateRoleStmt(const CreateRoleStmt *a, const CreateRoleStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Add a role property 'rolinherit' which, when false, denotes that the role doesn't automatically inherit the privileges of roles it is a member of; for such a role, membership in another role can be exploited only by doing explicit SET ROLE. The default inherit setting is TRUE, so by default the behavior doesn't change, but creating a user with NOINHERIT gives closer adherence to our current reading of SQL99. Documentation still lacking, and I think the information schema needs another look.
2005-07-26 18:38:29 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(stmt_type);
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(role);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterRoleStmt(const AlterRoleStmt *a, const AlterRoleStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(role);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(action);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterRoleSetStmt(const AlterRoleSetStmt *a, const AlterRoleSetStmt *b)
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
{
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(role);
Make it possibly to specify GUC params per user and per database. Create a new catalog pg_db_role_setting where they are now stored, and better encapsulate the code that deals with settings into its realm. The old datconfig and rolconfig columns are removed. psql has gained a \drds command to display the settings. Backwards compatibility warning: while the backwards-compatible system views still have the config columns, they no longer completely represent the configuration for a user or database. Catalog version bumped.
2009-10-08 00:14:26 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(database);
Support SET FROM CURRENT in CREATE/ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER DATABASE, ALTER ROLE. (Actually, it works as a plain statement too, but I didn't document that because it seems a bit useless.) Unify VariableResetStmt with VariableSetStmt, and clean up some ancient cruft in the representation of same.
2007-09-03 20:46:30 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(setstmt);
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDropRoleStmt(const DropRoleStmt *a, const DropRoleStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(roles);
DROP IF EXISTS for ROLE/USER/GROUP
2006-02-04 20:06:47 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalLockStmt(const LockStmt *a, const LockStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relations);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(mode);
Add NOWAIT option to LOCK command
2004-03-11 02:47:41 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(nowait);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalConstraintsSetStmt(const ConstraintsSetStmt *a, const ConstraintsSetStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(constraints);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(deferred);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalReindexStmt(const ReindexStmt *a, const ReindexStmt *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(kind);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
Refactor CLUSTER and REINDEX grammar to use DefElem for option lists This changes CLUSTER and REINDEX so as a parenthesized grammar becomes possible for options, while unifying the grammar parsing rules for option lists with the existing ones. This is a follow-up of the work done in 873ea9e for VACUUM, ANALYZE and EXPLAIN. This benefits REINDEX for a potential backend-side filtering for collatable-sensitive indexes and TABLESPACE, while CLUSTER would benefit from the latter. Author: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
2020-12-03 02:13:21 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(params);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateSchemaStmt(const CreateSchemaStmt *a, const CreateSchemaStmt *b)
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(schemaname);
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(authrole);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(schemaElts);
Support CREATE SCHEMA IF NOT EXISTS. Per discussion, schema-element subcommands are not allowed together with this option, since it's not very obvious what should happen to the element objects. Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2012-10-04 01:47:11 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(if_not_exists);
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
return true;
}
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs entries, including T_Null which has been missing forever; surprising it wasn't noticed before. The other additions are, um, sloppiness in certain recent feature additions.
2002-08-19 02:11:53 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateConversionStmt(const CreateConversionStmt *a, const CreateConversionStmt *b)
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs entries, including T_Null which has been missing forever; surprising it wasn't noticed before. The other additions are, um, sloppiness in certain recent feature additions.
2002-08-19 02:11:53 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(conversion_name);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(for_encoding_name);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(to_encoding_name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(func_name);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(def);
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs entries, including T_Null which has been missing forever; surprising it wasn't noticed before. The other additions are, um, sloppiness in certain recent feature additions.
2002-08-19 02:11:53 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCreateCastStmt(const CreateCastStmt *a, const CreateCastStmt *b)
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs entries, including T_Null which has been missing forever; surprising it wasn't noticed before. The other additions are, um, sloppiness in certain recent feature additions.
2002-08-19 02:11:53 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(sourcetype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(targettype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(func);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(context);
Add support for user-defined I/O conversion casts.
2008-10-31 09:39:22 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inout);
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs entries, including T_Null which has been missing forever; surprising it wasn't noticed before. The other additions are, um, sloppiness in certain recent feature additions.
2002-08-19 02:11:53 +02:00
return true;
}
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalPrepareStmt(const PrepareStmt *a, const PrepareStmt *b)
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(argtypes);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(query);
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalExecuteStmt(const ExecuteStmt *a, const ExecuteStmt *b)
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(params);
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDeallocateStmt(const DeallocateStmt *a, const DeallocateStmt *b)
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
return true;
}
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDropOwnedStmt(const DropOwnedStmt *a, const DropOwnedStmt *b)
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(roles);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalReassignOwnedStmt(const ReassignOwnedStmt *a, const ReassignOwnedStmt *b)
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(roles);
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(newrole);
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
return true;
}
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for AlterTSDictionaryStmt and AlterTSConfigurationStmt. All utility statement node types are expected to be supported here, though they do not have to have outfuncs/readfuncs support. Found by running regression tests with COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES enabled.
2008-02-07 21:19:47 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterTSDictionaryStmt(const AlterTSDictionaryStmt *a, const AlterTSDictionaryStmt *b)
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for AlterTSDictionaryStmt and AlterTSConfigurationStmt. All utility statement node types are expected to be supported here, though they do not have to have outfuncs/readfuncs support. Found by running regression tests with COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES enabled.
2008-02-07 21:19:47 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(dictname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalAlterTSConfigurationStmt(const AlterTSConfigurationStmt *a,
const AlterTSConfigurationStmt *b)
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for AlterTSDictionaryStmt and AlterTSConfigurationStmt. All utility statement node types are expected to be supported here, though they do not have to have outfuncs/readfuncs support. Found by running regression tests with COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES enabled.
2008-02-07 21:19:47 +01:00
{
Allow on-the-fly capture of DDL event details This feature lets user code inspect and take action on DDL events. Whenever a ddl_command_end event trigger is installed, DDL actions executed are saved to a list which can be inspected during execution of a function attached to ddl_command_end. The set-returning function pg_event_trigger_ddl_commands can be used to list actions so captured; it returns data about the type of command executed, as well as the affected object. This is sufficient for many uses of this feature. For the cases where it is not, we also provide a "command" column of a new pseudo-type pg_ddl_command, which is a pointer to a C structure that can be accessed by C code. The struct contains all the info necessary to completely inspect and even reconstruct the executed command. There is no actual deparse code here; that's expected to come later. What we have is enough infrastructure that the deparsing can be done in an external extension. The intention is that we will add some deparsing code in a later release, as an in-core extension. A new test module is included. It's probably insufficient as is, but it should be sufficient as a starting point for a more complete and future-proof approach. Authors: Álvaro Herrera, with some help from Andres Freund, Ian Barwick, Abhijit Menon-Sen. Reviews by Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Craig Ringer, David Steele. Additional input from Chris Browne, Dimitri Fontaine, Stephen Frost, Petr Jelínek, Tom Lane, Jim Nasby, Steven Singer, Pavel Stěhule. Based on original work by Dimitri Fontaine, though I didn't use his code. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/m2txrsdzxa.fsf@2ndQuadrant.fr https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20131108153322.GU5809@eldon.alvh.no-ip.org https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20150215044814.GL3391@alvh.no-ip.org
2015-05-12 00:14:31 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(kind);
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for AlterTSDictionaryStmt and AlterTSConfigurationStmt. All utility statement node types are expected to be supported here, though they do not have to have outfuncs/readfuncs support. Found by running regression tests with COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES enabled.
2008-02-07 21:19:47 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(cfgname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(tokentype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(dicts);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(override);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(replace);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
return true;
}
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
static bool
_equalPublicationObject(const PublicationObjSpec *a,
const PublicationObjSpec *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(pubobjtype);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(pubtable);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
Improve order in file Move support functions for new PublicationTable node to more sensible locations in the files.
2021-10-07 08:20:55 +02:00
static bool
_equalPublicationTable(const PublicationTable *a, const PublicationTable *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
Allow specifying row filters for logical replication of tables. This feature adds row filtering for publication tables. When a publication is defined or modified, an optional WHERE clause can be specified. Rows that don't satisfy this WHERE clause will be filtered out. This allows a set of tables to be partially replicated. The row filter is per table. A new row filter can be added simply by specifying a WHERE clause after the table name. The WHERE clause must be enclosed by parentheses. The row filter WHERE clause for a table added to a publication that publishes UPDATE and/or DELETE operations must contain only columns that are covered by REPLICA IDENTITY. The row filter WHERE clause for a table added to a publication that publishes INSERT can use any column. If the row filter evaluates to NULL, it is regarded as "false". The WHERE clause only allows simple expressions that don't have user-defined functions, user-defined operators, user-defined types, user-defined collations, non-immutable built-in functions, or references to system columns. These restrictions could be addressed in the future. If you choose to do the initial table synchronization, only data that satisfies the row filters is copied to the subscriber. If the subscription has several publications in which a table has been published with different WHERE clauses, rows that satisfy ANY of the expressions will be copied. If a subscriber is a pre-15 version, the initial table synchronization won't use row filters even if they are defined in the publisher. The row filters are applied before publishing the changes. If the subscription has several publications in which the same table has been published with different filters (for the same publish operation), those expressions get OR'ed together so that rows satisfying any of the expressions will be replicated. This means all the other filters become redundant if (a) one of the publications have no filter at all, (b) one of the publications was created using FOR ALL TABLES, (c) one of the publications was created using FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA and the table belongs to that same schema. If your publication contains a partitioned table, the publication parameter publish_via_partition_root determines if it uses the partition's row filter (if the parameter is false, the default) or the root partitioned table's row filter. Psql commands \dRp+ and \d <table-name> will display any row filters. Author: Hou Zhijie, Euler Taveira, Peter Smith, Ajin Cherian Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Haiying Tang, Amit Kapila, Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Wei Wang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAHE3wggb715X%2BmK_DitLXF25B%3DjE6xyNCH4YOwM860JR7HarGQ%40mail.gmail.com
2022-02-22 03:24:12 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whereClause);
Allow specifying column lists for logical replication This allows specifying an optional column list when adding a table to logical replication. The column list may be specified after the table name, enclosed in parentheses. Columns not included in this list are not sent to the subscriber, allowing the schema on the subscriber to be a subset of the publisher schema. For UPDATE/DELETE publications, the column list needs to cover all REPLICA IDENTITY columns. For INSERT publications, the column list is arbitrary and may omit some REPLICA IDENTITY columns. Furthermore, if the table uses REPLICA IDENTITY FULL, column list is not allowed. The column list can contain only simple column references. Complex expressions, function calls etc. are not allowed. This restriction could be relaxed in the future. During the initial table synchronization, only columns included in the column list are copied to the subscriber. If the subscription has several publications, containing the same table with different column lists, columns specified in any of the lists will be copied. This means all columns are replicated if the table has no column list at all (which is treated as column list with all columns), or when of the publications is defined as FOR ALL TABLES (possibly IN SCHEMA that matches the schema of the table). For partitioned tables, publish_via_partition_root determines whether the column list for the root or the leaf relation will be used. If the parameter is 'false' (the default), the list defined for the leaf relation is used. Otherwise, the column list for the root partition will be used. Psql commands \dRp+ and \d <table-name> now display any column lists. Author: Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera, Rahila Syed Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Alvaro Herrera, Vignesh C, Ibrar Ahmed, Amit Kapila, Hou zj, Peter Smith, Wang wei, Tang, Shi yu Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28vddB_NFdRVpuyRBJEBWjz4BSyTB=_ektNRH8NJ1jf95g@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-26 00:45:21 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(columns);
Improve order in file Move support functions for new PublicationTable node to more sensible locations in the files.
2021-10-07 08:20:55 +02:00
return true;
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
static bool
_equalCreatePublicationStmt(const CreatePublicationStmt *a,
const CreatePublicationStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(pubname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(pubobjects);
Revert "Logical decoding of sequences" This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to logical decoding and replication of sequences: - 0da92dc530c9251735fc70b20cd004d9630a1266 - 80901b32913ffa59bf157a4d88284b2b3a7511d9 - b779d7d8fdae088d70da5ed9fcd8205035676df3 - d5ed9da41d96988d905b49bebb273a9b2d6e2915 - a180c2b34de0989269fdb819bff241a249bf5380 - 75b1521dae1ff1fde17fda2e30e591f2e5d64b6a - 2d2232933b02d9396113662e44dca5f120d6830e - 002c9dd97a0c874fd1693a570383e2dd38cd40d5 - 05843b1aa49df2ecc9b97c693b755bd1b6f856a9 The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 18:13:13 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(for_all_tables);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
return true;
}
static bool
_equalAlterPublicationStmt(const AlterPublicationStmt *a,
const AlterPublicationStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(pubname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(pubobjects);
Revert "Logical decoding of sequences" This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to logical decoding and replication of sequences: - 0da92dc530c9251735fc70b20cd004d9630a1266 - 80901b32913ffa59bf157a4d88284b2b3a7511d9 - b779d7d8fdae088d70da5ed9fcd8205035676df3 - d5ed9da41d96988d905b49bebb273a9b2d6e2915 - a180c2b34de0989269fdb819bff241a249bf5380 - 75b1521dae1ff1fde17fda2e30e591f2e5d64b6a - 2d2232933b02d9396113662e44dca5f120d6830e - 002c9dd97a0c874fd1693a570383e2dd38cd40d5 - 05843b1aa49df2ecc9b97c693b755bd1b6f856a9 The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 18:13:13 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(for_all_tables);
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(action);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
return true;
}
static bool
_equalCreateSubscriptionStmt(const CreateSubscriptionStmt *a,
const CreateSubscriptionStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(subname);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(conninfo);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(publication);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalAlterSubscriptionStmt(const AlterSubscriptionStmt *a,
const AlterSubscriptionStmt *b)
{
Assorted compilation and test fixes related to 7c4f52409a8c7d85ed169bbbc1f6092274d03920, per build farm Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-03-23 16:44:43 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(kind);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(subname);
Assorted compilation and test fixes related to 7c4f52409a8c7d85ed169bbbc1f6092274d03920, per build farm Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-03-23 16:44:43 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(conninfo);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(publication);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalDropSubscriptionStmt(const DropSubscriptionStmt *a,
const DropSubscriptionStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(subname);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(missing_ok);
Remove the NODROP SLOT option from DROP SUBSCRIPTION It turned out this approach had problems, because a DROP command should not have any options other than CASCADE and RESTRICT. Instead, always attempt to drop the slot if there is one configured, but also add an ALTER SUBSCRIPTION action to set the slot to NONE. Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com> Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/29431.1493730652@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-09 16:20:42 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
return true;
}
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
static bool
_equalCreatePolicyStmt(const CreatePolicyStmt *a, const CreatePolicyStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(policy_name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(table);
Rename 'cmd' to 'cmd_name' in CreatePolicyStmt To avoid confusion, rename CreatePolicyStmt's 'cmd' to 'cmd_name', parse_policy_command's 'cmd' to 'polcmd', and AlterPolicy's 'cmd_datum' to 'polcmd_datum', per discussion with Noah and as a follow-up to his correction of copynodes/equalnodes handling of the CreatePolicyStmt 'cmd' field. Back-patch to 9.5 where the CreatePolicyStmt was introduced, as we are still only in alpha.
2015-08-21 14:22:22 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(cmd_name);
Add support for restrictive RLS policies We have had support for restrictive RLS policies since 9.5, but they were only available through extensions which use the appropriate hooks. This adds support into the grammer, catalog, psql and pg_dump for restrictive RLS policies, thus reducing the cases where an extension is necessary. In passing, also move away from using "AND"d and "OR"d in comments. As pointed out by Alvaro, it's not really appropriate to attempt to make verbs out of "AND" and "OR", so reword those comments which attempted to. Reviewed By: Jeevan Chalke, Dean Rasheed Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160901063404.GY4028@tamriel.snowman.net
2016-12-05 21:50:55 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(permissive);
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(roles);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(qual);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(with_check);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalAlterPolicyStmt(const AlterPolicyStmt *a, const AlterPolicyStmt *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(policy_name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(table);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(roles);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(qual);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(with_check);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Rename some node support functions for consistency Some node function names didn't match their node type names exactly. Fix those for consistency. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1097590-a6a4-486a-64b1-e1f9cc0533ce@enterprisedb.com
2021-07-21 10:24:06 +02:00
_equalA_Expr(const A_Expr *a, const A_Expr *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(kind);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lexpr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rexpr);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalColumnRef(const ColumnRef *a, const ColumnRef *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(fields);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalParamRef(const ParamRef *a, const ParamRef *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(number);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Rename some node support functions for consistency Some node function names didn't match their node type names exactly. Fix those for consistency. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1097590-a6a4-486a-64b1-e1f9cc0533ce@enterprisedb.com
2021-07-21 10:24:06 +02:00
_equalA_Const(const A_Const *a, const A_Const *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Fix _equalA_Const 639a86e36aaecb84faaf941dcd0b183ba0aba9e9 neglected to make the necessary adjustments to _equalA_Const. Found only via COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES.
2021-09-09 10:23:29 +02:00
/*
* Hack for in-line val field. Also val is not valid is isnull is true.
*/
if (!a->isnull && !b->isnull &&
!equal(&a->val, &b->val))
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return false;
Fix _equalA_Const 639a86e36aaecb84faaf941dcd0b183ba0aba9e9 neglected to make the necessary adjustments to _equalA_Const. Found only via COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES.
2021-09-09 10:23:29 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isnull);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalFuncCall(const FuncCall *a, const FuncCall *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funcname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
Support ORDER BY within aggregate function calls, at long last providing a non-kluge method for controlling the order in which values are fed to an aggregate function. At the same time eliminate the old implementation restriction that DISTINCT was only supported for single-argument aggregates. Possibly release-notable behavioral change: formerly, agg(DISTINCT x) dropped null values of x unconditionally. Now, it does so only if the agg transition function is strict; otherwise nulls are treated as DISTINCT normally would, ie, you get one copy. Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada
2009-12-15 18:57:48 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(agg_order);
Implement the FILTER clause for aggregate function calls. This is SQL-standard with a few extensions, namely support for subqueries and outer references in clause expressions. catversion bump due to change in Aggref and WindowFunc. David Fetter, reviewed by Dean Rasheed.
2013-07-17 02:15:36 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(agg_filter);
Improve our ability to regurgitate SQL-syntax function calls. The SQL spec calls out nonstandard syntax for certain function calls, for example substring() with numeric position info is supposed to be spelled "SUBSTRING(string FROM start FOR count)". We accept many of these things, but up to now would not print them in the same format, instead simplifying down to "substring"(string, start, count). That's long annoyed me because it creates an interoperability problem: we're gratuitously injecting Postgres-specific syntax into what might otherwise be a perfectly spec-compliant view definition. However, the real reason for addressing it right now is to support a planned change in the semantics of EXTRACT() a/k/a date_part(). When we switch that to returning numeric, we'll have the parser translate EXTRACT() to some new function name (might as well be "extract" if you ask me) and then teach ruleutils.c to reverse-list that per SQL spec. In this way existing calls to date_part() will continue to have the old semantics. To implement this, invent a new CoercionForm value COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX, and make the parser insert that rather than COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL when the input has SQL-spec decoration. (But if the input has the form of a plain function call, continue to mark it COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL, even if it's calling one of these functions.) Then ruleutils.c recognizes COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX as a cue to emit SQL call syntax. It can know which decoration to emit using hard-wired knowledge about the functions that could be called this way. (While this solution isn't extensible without manual additions, neither is the grammar, so this doesn't seem unmaintainable.) Notice that this solution will reverse-list a function call with SQL decoration only if it was entered that way; so dump-and-reload will not by itself produce any changes in the appearance of views. This requires adding a CoercionForm field to struct FuncCall. (I couldn't resist the temptation to rearrange that struct's field order a tad while I was at it.) FuncCall doesn't appear in stored rules, so that change isn't a reason for a catversion bump, but I did one anyway because the new enum value for CoercionForm fields could confuse old backend code. Possible future work: * Perhaps CoercionForm should now be renamed to DisplayForm, or something like that, to reflect its more general meaning. This'd require touching a couple hundred places, so it's not clear it's worth the code churn. * The SQLValueFunction node type, which was invented partly for the same goal of improving SQL-compatibility of view output, could perhaps be replaced with regular function calls marked with COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX. It's unclear if this would be a net code savings, however. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/42b73d2d-da12-ba9f-570a-420e0cce19d9@phystech.edu
2020-11-04 18:34:50 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(over);
Support ordered-set (WITHIN GROUP) aggregates. This patch introduces generic support for ordered-set and hypothetical-set aggregate functions, as well as implementations of the instances defined in SQL:2008 (percentile_cont(), percentile_disc(), rank(), dense_rank(), percent_rank(), cume_dist()). We also added mode() though it is not in the spec, as well as versions of percentile_cont() and percentile_disc() that can compute multiple percentile values in one pass over the data. Unlike the original submission, this patch puts full control of the sorting process in the hands of the aggregate's support functions. To allow the support functions to find out how they're supposed to sort, a new API function AggGetAggref() is added to nodeAgg.c. This allows retrieval of the aggregate call's Aggref node, which may have other uses beyond the immediate need. There is also support for ordered-set aggregates to install cleanup callback functions, so that they can be sure that infrastructure such as tuplesort objects gets cleaned up. In passing, make some fixes in the recently-added support for variadic aggregates, and make some editorial adjustments in the recent FILTER additions for aggregates. Also, simplify use of IsBinaryCoercible() by allowing it to succeed whenever the target type is ANY or ANYELEMENT. It was inconsistent that it dealt with other polymorphic target types but not these. Atri Sharma and Andrew Gierth; reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Vik Fearing, and rather heavily editorialized upon by Tom Lane
2013-12-23 22:11:35 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(agg_within_group);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(agg_star);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(agg_distinct);
Support "variadic" functions, which can accept a variable number of arguments so long as all the trailing arguments are of the same (non-array) type. The function receives them as a single array argument (which is why they have to all be the same type). It might be useful to extend this facility to aggregates, but this patch doesn't do that. This patch imposes a noticeable slowdown on function lookup --- a follow-on patch will fix that by adding a redundant column to pg_proc. Pavel Stehule
2008-07-16 03:30:23 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(func_variadic);
Fix inconsistent equalfuncs.c behavior for FuncCall.funcformat. Other equalfuncs.c checks on CoercionForm fields use COMPARE_COERCIONFORM_FIELD (which makes them no-ops), but commit 40c24bfef neglected to make _equalFuncCall do likewise. Fix that. This is only strictly correct if FuncCall.funcformat has no semantic effect, instead just determining ruleutils.c display formatting. 40c24bfef added a couple of checks in parse analysis that could break that rule; but on closer inspection, they're redundant, so just take them out again. Per report from Noah Misch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210606063331.GC297923@rfd.leadboat.com
2021-06-06 21:46:58 +02:00
COMPARE_COERCIONFORM_FIELD(funcformat);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Fix the raw-parsetree representation of star (as in SELECT * FROM or SELECT foo.*) so that it cannot be confused with a quoted identifier "*". Instead create a separate node type A_Star to represent this notation. Per pgsql-hackers discussion of 2007-Sep-27.
2008-08-30 03:39:14 +02:00
static bool
Rename some node support functions for consistency Some node function names didn't match their node type names exactly. Fix those for consistency. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1097590-a6a4-486a-64b1-e1f9cc0533ce@enterprisedb.com
2021-07-21 10:24:06 +02:00
_equalA_Star(const A_Star *a, const A_Star *b)
Fix the raw-parsetree representation of star (as in SELECT * FROM or SELECT foo.*) so that it cannot be confused with a quoted identifier "*". Instead create a separate node type A_Star to represent this notation. Per pgsql-hackers discussion of 2007-Sep-27.
2008-08-30 03:39:14 +02:00
{
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Rename some node support functions for consistency Some node function names didn't match their node type names exactly. Fix those for consistency. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1097590-a6a4-486a-64b1-e1f9cc0533ce@enterprisedb.com
2021-07-21 10:24:06 +02:00
_equalA_Indices(const A_Indices *a, const A_Indices *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Allow omitting one or both boundaries in an array slice specifier. Omitted boundaries represent the upper or lower limit of the corresponding array subscript. This allows simpler specification of many common use-cases. (Revised version of commit 9246af6799819847faa33baf441251003acbb8fe) YUriy Zhuravlev
2015-12-23 03:05:16 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_slice);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalA_Indirection(const A_Indirection *a, const A_Indirection *b)
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(indirection);
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
return true;
}
Arrange for an explicit cast applied to an ARRAY[] constructor to be applied directly to all the member expressions, instead of the previous implementation where the ARRAY[] constructor would infer a common element type and then we'd coerce the finished array after the fact. This has a number of benefits, one being that we can allow an empty ARRAY[] construct so long as its element type is specified by such a cast. Brendan Jurd, minor fixes by me.
2008-03-20 22:42:48 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalA_ArrayExpr(const A_ArrayExpr *a, const A_ArrayExpr *b)
Arrange for an explicit cast applied to an ARRAY[] constructor to be applied directly to all the member expressions, instead of the previous implementation where the ARRAY[] constructor would infer a common element type and then we'd coerce the finished array after the fact. This has a number of benefits, one being that we can allow an empty ARRAY[] construct so long as its element type is specified by such a cast. Brendan Jurd, minor fixes by me.
2008-03-20 22:42:48 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(elements);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Arrange for an explicit cast applied to an ARRAY[] constructor to be applied directly to all the member expressions, instead of the previous implementation where the ARRAY[] constructor would infer a common element type and then we'd coerce the finished array after the fact. This has a number of benefits, one being that we can allow an empty ARRAY[] construct so long as its element type is specified by such a cast. Brendan Jurd, minor fixes by me.
2008-03-20 22:42:48 +01:00
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalResTarget(const ResTarget *a, const ResTarget *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(indirection);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(val);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Implement UPDATE tab SET (col1,col2,...) = (SELECT ...), ... This SQL-standard feature allows a sub-SELECT yielding multiple columns (but only one row) to be used to compute the new values of several columns to be updated. While the same results can be had with an independent sub-SELECT per column, such a workaround can require a great deal of duplicated computation. The standard actually says that the source for a multi-column assignment could be any row-valued expression. The implementation used here is tightly tied to our existing sub-SELECT support and can't handle other cases; the Bison grammar would have some issues with them too. However, I don't feel too bad about this since other cases can be converted into sub-SELECTs. For instance, "SET (a,b,c) = row_valued_function(x)" could be written "SET (a,b,c) = (SELECT * FROM row_valued_function(x))".
2014-06-18 19:22:25 +02:00
static bool
_equalMultiAssignRef(const MultiAssignRef *a, const MultiAssignRef *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(source);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(colno);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ncolumns);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalTypeName(const TypeName *a, const TypeName *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(names);
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeOid);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(setof);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(pct_type);
Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific typmod I/O functions. Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 22:21:56 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typmods);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typemod);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arrayBounds);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalTypeCast(const TypeCast *a, const TypeCast *b)
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
return true;
}
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCollateClause(const CollateClause *a, const CollateClause *b)
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
Split CollateClause into separate raw and analyzed node types. CollateClause is now used only in raw grammar output, and CollateExpr after parse analysis. This is for clarity and to avoid carrying collation names in post-analysis parse trees: that's both wasteful and possibly misleading, since the collation's name could be changed while the parsetree still exists. Also, clean up assorted infelicities and omissions in processing of the node type.
2011-03-11 22:27:51 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(collname);
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalSortBy(const SortBy *a, const SortBy *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Add a bunch of new error location reports to parse-analysis error messages. There are still some weak spots around JOIN USING and relation alias lists, but most errors reported within backend/parser/ now have locations.
2008-09-01 22:42:46 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(node);
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(sortby_dir);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(sortby_nulls);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(useOp);
Add a bunch of new error location reports to parse-analysis error messages. There are still some weak spots around JOIN USING and relation alias lists, but most errors reported within backend/parser/ now have locations.
2008-09-01 22:42:46 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Fix merge failures for anonymous-type patch. From Joe Conway.
2002-08-05 01:49:59 +02:00
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalWindowDef(const WindowDef *a, const WindowDef *b)
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(refname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(partitionClause);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(orderClause);
Add some basic support for window frame clauses to the window-functions patch. This includes the ability to force the frame to cover the whole partition, and the ability to make the frame end exactly on the current row rather than its last ORDER BY peer. Supporting any more of the full SQL frame-clause syntax will require nontrivial hacking on the window aggregate code, so it'll have to wait for 8.5 or beyond.
2008-12-31 01:08:39 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(frameOptions);
Extend the set of frame options supported for window functions. This patch allows the frame to start from CURRENT ROW (in either RANGE or ROWS mode), and it also adds support for ROWS n PRECEDING and ROWS n FOLLOWING start and end points. (RANGE value PRECEDING/FOLLOWING isn't there yet --- the grammar works, but that's all.) Hitoshi Harada, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
2010-02-12 18:33:21 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(startOffset);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(endOffset);
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRangeSubselect(const RangeSubselect *a, const RangeSubselect *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Implement SQL-standard LATERAL subqueries. This patch implements the standard syntax of LATERAL attached to a sub-SELECT in FROM, and also allows LATERAL attached to a function in FROM, since set-returning function calls are expected to be one of the principal use-cases. The main change here is a rewrite of the mechanism for keeping track of which relations are visible for column references while the FROM clause is being scanned. The parser "namespace" lists are no longer lists of bare RTEs, but are lists of ParseNamespaceItem structs, which carry an RTE pointer as well as some visibility-controlling flags. Aside from supporting LATERAL correctly, this lets us get rid of the ancient hacks that required rechecking subqueries and JOIN/ON and function-in-FROM expressions for invalid references after they were initially parsed. Invalid column references are now always correctly detected on sight. In passing, remove assorted parser error checks that are now dead code by virtue of our having gotten rid of add_missing_from, as well as some comments that are obsolete for the same reason. (It was mainly add_missing_from that caused so much fudging here in the first place.) The planner support for this feature is very minimal, and will be improved in future patches. It works well enough for testing purposes, though. catversion bump forced due to new field in RangeTblEntry.
2012-08-08 01:02:54 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(lateral);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(subquery);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(alias);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
First pass at set-returning-functions in FROM, by Joe Conway with some kibitzing from Tom Lane. Not everything works yet, and there's no documentation or regression test, but let's commit this so Joe doesn't need to cope with tracking changes in so many files ...
2002-05-12 22:10:05 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRangeFunction(const RangeFunction *a, const RangeFunction *b)
First pass at set-returning-functions in FROM, by Joe Conway with some kibitzing from Tom Lane. Not everything works yet, and there's no documentation or regression test, but let's commit this so Joe doesn't need to cope with tracking changes in so many files ...
2002-05-12 22:10:05 +02:00
{
Implement SQL-standard LATERAL subqueries. This patch implements the standard syntax of LATERAL attached to a sub-SELECT in FROM, and also allows LATERAL attached to a function in FROM, since set-returning function calls are expected to be one of the principal use-cases. The main change here is a rewrite of the mechanism for keeping track of which relations are visible for column references while the FROM clause is being scanned. The parser "namespace" lists are no longer lists of bare RTEs, but are lists of ParseNamespaceItem structs, which carry an RTE pointer as well as some visibility-controlling flags. Aside from supporting LATERAL correctly, this lets us get rid of the ancient hacks that required rechecking subqueries and JOIN/ON and function-in-FROM expressions for invalid references after they were initially parsed. Invalid column references are now always correctly detected on sight. In passing, remove assorted parser error checks that are now dead code by virtue of our having gotten rid of add_missing_from, as well as some comments that are obsolete for the same reason. (It was mainly add_missing_from that caused so much fudging here in the first place.) The planner support for this feature is very minimal, and will be improved in future patches. It works well enough for testing purposes, though. catversion bump forced due to new field in RangeTblEntry.
2012-08-08 01:02:54 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(lateral);
Support multi-argument UNNEST(), and TABLE() syntax for multiple functions. This patch adds the ability to write TABLE( function1(), function2(), ...) as a single FROM-clause entry. The result is the concatenation of the first row from each function, followed by the second row from each function, etc; with NULLs inserted if any function produces fewer rows than others. This is believed to be a much more useful behavior than what Postgres currently does with multiple SRFs in a SELECT list. This syntax also provides a reasonable way to combine use of column definition lists with WITH ORDINALITY: put the column definition list inside TABLE(), where it's clear that it doesn't control the ordinality column as well. Also implement SQL-compliant multiple-argument UNNEST(), by turning UNNEST(a,b,c) into TABLE(unnest(a), unnest(b), unnest(c)). The SQL standard specifies TABLE() with only a single function, not multiple functions, and it seems to require an implicit UNNEST() which is not what this patch does. There may be something wrong with that reading of the spec, though, because if it's right then the spec's TABLE() is just a pointless alternative spelling of UNNEST(). After further review of that, we might choose to adopt a different syntax for what this patch does, but in any case this functionality seems clearly worthwhile. Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi and Heikki Linnakangas, and significantly revised by me
2013-11-22 01:37:02 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ordinality);
Rename TABLE() to ROWS FROM(). SQL-standard TABLE() is a subset of UNNEST(); they deal with arrays and other collection types. This feature, however, deals with set-returning functions. Use a different syntax for this feature to keep open the possibility of implementing the standard TABLE().
2013-12-10 15:34:37 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_rowsfrom);
Support multi-argument UNNEST(), and TABLE() syntax for multiple functions. This patch adds the ability to write TABLE( function1(), function2(), ...) as a single FROM-clause entry. The result is the concatenation of the first row from each function, followed by the second row from each function, etc; with NULLs inserted if any function produces fewer rows than others. This is believed to be a much more useful behavior than what Postgres currently does with multiple SRFs in a SELECT list. This syntax also provides a reasonable way to combine use of column definition lists with WITH ORDINALITY: put the column definition list inside TABLE(), where it's clear that it doesn't control the ordinality column as well. Also implement SQL-compliant multiple-argument UNNEST(), by turning UNNEST(a,b,c) into TABLE(unnest(a), unnest(b), unnest(c)). The SQL standard specifies TABLE() with only a single function, not multiple functions, and it seems to require an implicit UNNEST() which is not what this patch does. There may be something wrong with that reading of the spec, though, because if it's right then the spec's TABLE() is just a pointless alternative spelling of UNNEST(). After further review of that, we might choose to adopt a different syntax for what this patch does, but in any case this functionality seems clearly worthwhile. Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi and Heikki Linnakangas, and significantly revised by me
2013-11-22 01:37:02 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(functions);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(alias);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(coldeflist);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Redesign tablesample method API, and do extensive code review. The original implementation of TABLESAMPLE modeled the tablesample method API on index access methods, which wasn't a good choice because, without specialized DDL commands, there's no way to build an extension that can implement a TSM. (Raw inserts into system catalogs are not an acceptable thing to do, because we can't undo them during DROP EXTENSION, nor will pg_upgrade behave sanely.) Instead adopt an API more like procedural language handlers or foreign data wrappers, wherein the only SQL-level support object needed is a single handler function identified by having a special return type. This lets us get rid of the supporting catalog altogether, so that no custom DDL support is needed for the feature. Adjust the API so that it can support non-constant tablesample arguments (the original coding assumed we could evaluate the argument expressions at ExecInitSampleScan time, which is undesirable even if it weren't outright unsafe), and discourage sampling methods from looking at invisible tuples. Make sure that the BERNOULLI and SYSTEM methods are genuinely repeatable within and across queries, as required by the SQL standard, and deal more honestly with methods that can't support that requirement. Make a full code-review pass over the tablesample additions, and fix assorted bugs, omissions, infelicities, and cosmetic issues (such as failure to put the added code stanzas in a consistent ordering). Improve EXPLAIN's output of tablesample plans, too. Back-patch to 9.5 so that we don't have to support the original API in production.
2015-07-25 20:39:00 +02:00
static bool
_equalRangeTableSample(const RangeTableSample *a, const RangeTableSample *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(method);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(repeatable);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
Support XMLTABLE query expression XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query. This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using XMLReader under PL/Python). The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't currently support a default namespace to be specified. This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.) Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 16:39:37 +01:00
static bool
_equalRangeTableFunc(const RangeTableFunc *a, const RangeTableFunc *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(lateral);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(docexpr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(rowexpr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(namespaces);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(columns);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(alias);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalRangeTableFuncCol(const RangeTableFuncCol *a, const RangeTableFuncCol *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(colname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(for_ordinality);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_not_null);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colexpr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(coldefexpr);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalIndexElem(const IndexElem *a, const IndexElem *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(indexcolname);
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(collation);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(opclass);
Implement operator class parameters PostgreSQL provides set of template index access methods, where opclasses have much freedom in the semantics of indexing. These index AMs are GiST, GIN, SP-GiST and BRIN. There opclasses define representation of keys, operations on them and supported search strategies. So, it's natural that opclasses may be faced some tradeoffs, which require user-side decision. This commit implements opclass parameters allowing users to set some values, which tell opclass how to index the particular dataset. This commit doesn't introduce new storage in system catalog. Instead it uses pg_attribute.attoptions, which is used for table column storage options but unused for index attributes. In order to evade changing signature of each opclass support function, we implement unified way to pass options to opclass support functions. Options are set to fn_expr as the constant bytea expression. It's possible due to the fact that opclass support functions are executed outside of expressions, so fn_expr is unused for them. This commit comes with some examples of opclass options usage. We parametrize signature length in GiST. That applies to multiple opclasses: tsvector_ops, gist__intbig_ops, gist_ltree_ops, gist__ltree_ops, gist_trgm_ops and gist_hstore_ops. Also we parametrize maximum number of integer ranges for gist__int_ops. However, the main future usage of this feature is expected to be json, where users would be able to specify which way to index particular json parts. Catversion is bumped. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d22c3a18-31c7-1879-fc11-4c1ce2f5e5af%40postgrespro.ru Author: Nikita Glukhov, revised by me Reviwed-by: Nikolay Shaplov, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
2020-03-30 18:17:11 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(opclassopts);
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ordering);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(nulls_ordering);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Extended statistics on expressions Allow defining extended statistics on expressions, not just just on simple column references. With this commit, expressions are supported by all existing extended statistics kinds, improving the same types of estimates. A simple example may look like this: CREATE TABLE t (a int); CREATE STATISTICS s ON mod(a,10), mod(a,20) FROM t; ANALYZE t; The collected statistics are useful e.g. to estimate queries with those expressions in WHERE or GROUP BY clauses: SELECT * FROM t WHERE mod(a,10) = 0 AND mod(a,20) = 0; SELECT 1 FROM t GROUP BY mod(a,10), mod(a,20); This introduces new internal statistics kind 'e' (expressions) which is built automatically when the statistics object definition includes any expressions. This represents single-expression statistics, as if there was an expression index (but without the index maintenance overhead). The statistics is stored in pg_statistics_ext_data as an array of composite types, which is possible thanks to 79f6a942bd. CREATE STATISTICS allows building statistics on a single expression, in which case in which case it's not possible to specify statistics kinds. A new system view pg_stats_ext_exprs can be used to display expression statistics, similarly to pg_stats and pg_stats_ext views. ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... TYPE now treats indexes the same way it treats indexes, i.e. it drops and recreates the statistics. This means all statistics are reset, and we no longer try to preserve at least the functional dependencies. This should not be a major issue in practice, as the functional dependencies actually rely on per-column statistics, which were always reset anyway. Author: Tomas Vondra Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Dean Rasheed, Zhihong Yu Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad7891d2-e90c-b446-9fe2-7419143847d7%40enterprisedb.com
2021-03-26 23:22:01 +01:00
static bool
_equalStatsElem(const StatsElem *a, const StatsElem *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalColumnDef(const ColumnDef *a, const ColumnDef *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(colname);
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
Allow configurable LZ4 TOAST compression. There is now a per-column COMPRESSION option which can be set to pglz (the default, and the only option in up until now) or lz4. Or, if you like, you can set the new default_toast_compression GUC to lz4, and then that will be the default for new table columns for which no value is specified. We don't have lz4 support in the PostgreSQL code, so to use lz4 compression, PostgreSQL must be built --with-lz4. In general, TOAST compression means compression of individual column values, not the whole tuple, and those values can either be compressed inline within the tuple or compressed and then stored externally in the TOAST table, so those properties also apply to this feature. Prior to this commit, a TOAST pointer has two unused bits as part of the va_extsize field, and a compessed datum has two unused bits as part of the va_rawsize field. These bits are unused because the length of a varlena is limited to 1GB; we now use them to indicate the compression type that was used. This means we only have bit space for 2 more built-in compresison types, but we could work around that problem, if necessary, by introducing a new vartag_external value for any further types we end up wanting to add. Hopefully, it won't be too important to offer a wide selection of algorithms here, since each one we add not only takes more coding but also adds a build dependency for every packager. Nevertheless, it seems worth doing at least this much, because LZ4 gets better compression than PGLZ with less CPU usage. It's possible for LZ4-compressed datums to leak into composite type values stored on disk, just as it is for PGLZ. It's also possible for LZ4-compressed attributes to be copied into a different table via SQL commands such as CREATE TABLE AS or INSERT .. SELECT. It would be expensive to force such values to be decompressed, so PostgreSQL has never done so. For the same reasons, we also don't force recompression of already-compressed values even if the target table prefers a different compression method than was used for the source data. These architectural decisions are perhaps arguable but revisiting them is well beyond the scope of what seemed possible to do as part of this project. However, it's relatively cheap to recompress as part of VACUUM FULL or CLUSTER, so this commit adjusts those commands to do so, if the configured compression method of the table happens not to match what was used for some column value stored therein. Dilip Kumar. The original patches on which this work was based were written by Ildus Kurbangaliev, and those were patches were based on even earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, but the design has since changed very substantially, since allow a potentially large number of compression methods that could be added and dropped on a running system proved too problematic given some of the architectural issues mentioned above; the choice of which specific compression method to add first is now different; and a lot of the code has been heavily refactored. More recently, Justin Przyby helped quite a bit with testing and reviewing and this version also includes some code contributions from him. Other design input and review from Tomas Vondra, Álvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov, and me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170907194236.4cefce96%40wp.localdomain Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uUpX3ck%3DK0mLEk-G_kUQY%3DSNOTeqdaNRR9FMdQrHKebw%40mail.gmail.com
2021-03-19 20:10:38 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(compression);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inhcount);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_local);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_not_null);
Remove collation information from TypeName, where it does not belong. The initial collations patch treated a COLLATE spec as part of a TypeName, following what can only be described as brain fade on the part of the SQL committee. It's a lot more reasonable to treat COLLATE as a syntactically separate object, so that it can be added in only the productions where it actually belongs, rather than needing to reject it in a boatload of places where it doesn't belong (something the original patch mostly failed to do). In addition this change lets us meet the spec's requirement to allow COLLATE anywhere in the clauses of a ColumnDef, and it avoids unfriendly behavior for constructs such as "foo::type COLLATE collation". To do this, pull collation information out of TypeName and put it in ColumnDef instead, thus reverting most of the collation-related changes in parse_type.c's API. I made one additional structural change, which was to use a ColumnDef as an intermediate node in AT_AlterColumnType AlterTableCmd nodes. This provides enough room to get rid of the "transform" wart in AlterTableCmd too, since the ColumnDef can carry the USING expression easily enough. Also fix some other minor bugs that have crept in in the same areas, like failure to copy recently-added fields of ColumnDef in copyfuncs.c. While at it, document the formerly secret ability to specify a collation in ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN TYPE, ALTER TYPE ADD ATTRIBUTE, and ALTER TYPE ALTER ATTRIBUTE TYPE; and correct some misstatements about what the default collation selection will be when COLLATE is omitted. BTW, the three-parameter form of format_type() should go away too, since it just contributes to the confusion in this area; but I'll do that in a separate patch.
2011-03-10 04:38:52 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_from_type);
Code review for LIKE INCLUDING patch --- clean up some cosmetic and not so cosmetic stuff.
2009-10-13 02:53:08 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(storage);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(raw_default);
Change CREATE TABLE so that column default expressions coming from different inheritance parent tables are compared using equal(), instead of doing strcmp() on the nodeToString representation. The old implementation was always a tad cheesy, and it finally fails completely as of 8.4, now that the node tree might contain syntax location information. equal() knows it's supposed to ignore those fields, but strcmp() hardly can. Per recent report from Scott Ribe.
2009-10-06 02:55:26 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(cooked_default);
Identity columns This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have: - CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence - cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE - dropping default does not drop sequence - need to grant separate privileges to sequence - other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 14:33:16 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(identity);
Fix application of identity values in some cases Investigation of 2d2d06b7e27e3177d5bef0061801c75946871db3 revealed that identity values were not applied in some further cases, including logical replication subscribers, VALUES RTEs, and ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN. To fix all that, apply the identity column expression in build_column_default() instead of repeating the same logic at each call site. For ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN ... IDENTITY, the previous coding completely ignored that existing rows for the new column should have values filled in from the identity sequence. The coding using build_column_default() fails for this because the sequence ownership isn't registered until after ALTER TABLE, and we can't do it before because we don't have the column in the catalog yet. So we specially remember in ColumnDef the sequence name that we decided on and build a custom NextValueExpr using that. Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2018-02-02 20:20:50 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(identitySequence);
Generated columns This is an SQL-standard feature that allows creating columns that are computed from expressions rather than assigned, similar to a view or materialized view but on a column basis. This implements one kind of generated column: stored (computed on write). Another kind, virtual (computed on read), is planned for the future, and some room is left for it. Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz> Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b151f851-4019-bdb1-699e-ebab07d2f40a@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-30 08:13:09 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(generated);
Remove collation information from TypeName, where it does not belong. The initial collations patch treated a COLLATE spec as part of a TypeName, following what can only be described as brain fade on the part of the SQL committee. It's a lot more reasonable to treat COLLATE as a syntactically separate object, so that it can be added in only the productions where it actually belongs, rather than needing to reject it in a boatload of places where it doesn't belong (something the original patch mostly failed to do). In addition this change lets us meet the spec's requirement to allow COLLATE anywhere in the clauses of a ColumnDef, and it avoids unfriendly behavior for constructs such as "foo::type COLLATE collation". To do this, pull collation information out of TypeName and put it in ColumnDef instead, thus reverting most of the collation-related changes in parse_type.c's API. I made one additional structural change, which was to use a ColumnDef as an intermediate node in AT_AlterColumnType AlterTableCmd nodes. This provides enough room to get rid of the "transform" wart in AlterTableCmd too, since the ColumnDef can carry the USING expression easily enough. Also fix some other minor bugs that have crept in in the same areas, like failure to copy recently-added fields of ColumnDef in copyfuncs.c. While at it, document the formerly secret ability to specify a collation in ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN TYPE, ALTER TYPE ADD ATTRIBUTE, and ALTER TYPE ALTER ATTRIBUTE TYPE; and correct some misstatements about what the default collation selection will be when COLLATE is omitted. BTW, the three-parameter form of format_type() should go away too, since it just contributes to the confusion in this area; but I'll do that in a separate patch.
2011-03-10 04:38:52 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(collClause);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(collOid);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(constraints);
Fix various infelicities in node functions. Mostly, this consists of adding support for fields which exist in the structure but aren't handled by copy/equal/outfuncs; but the create foreign table case can actually produce garbage output. Noah Misch
2012-04-18 16:43:16 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(fdwoptions);
Support multi-argument UNNEST(), and TABLE() syntax for multiple functions. This patch adds the ability to write TABLE( function1(), function2(), ...) as a single FROM-clause entry. The result is the concatenation of the first row from each function, followed by the second row from each function, etc; with NULLs inserted if any function produces fewer rows than others. This is believed to be a much more useful behavior than what Postgres currently does with multiple SRFs in a SELECT list. This syntax also provides a reasonable way to combine use of column definition lists with WITH ORDINALITY: put the column definition list inside TABLE(), where it's clear that it doesn't control the ordinality column as well. Also implement SQL-compliant multiple-argument UNNEST(), by turning UNNEST(a,b,c) into TABLE(unnest(a), unnest(b), unnest(c)). The SQL standard specifies TABLE() with only a single function, not multiple functions, and it seems to require an implicit UNNEST() which is not what this patch does. There may be something wrong with that reading of the spec, though, because if it's right then the spec's TABLE() is just a pointless alternative spelling of UNNEST(). After further review of that, we might choose to adopt a different syntax for what this patch does, but in any case this functionality seems clearly worthwhile. Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi and Heikki Linnakangas, and significantly revised by me
2013-11-22 01:37:02 +01:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalConstraint(const Constraint *a, const Constraint *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(contype);
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(conname);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(deferrable);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(initdeferred);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Recast "ONLY" column CHECK constraints as NO INHERIT The original syntax wasn't universally loved, and it didn't allow its usage in CREATE TABLE, only ALTER TABLE. It now works everywhere, and it also allows using ALTER TABLE ONLY to add an uninherited CHECK constraint, per discussion. The pg_constraint column has accordingly been renamed connoinherit. This commit partly reverts some of the changes in 61d81bd28dbec65a6b144e0cd3d0bfe25913c3ac, particularly some pg_dump and psql bits, because now pg_get_constraintdef includes the necessary NO INHERIT within the constraint definition. Author: Nikhil Sontakke Some tweaks by me
2012-04-21 04:46:20 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_no_inherit);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(raw_expr);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(cooked_expr);
Identity columns This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have: - CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence - cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE - dropping default does not drop sequence - need to grant separate privileges to sequence - other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 14:33:16 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(generated_when);
Add UNIQUE null treatment option The SQL standard has been ambiguous about whether null values in unique constraints should be considered equal or not. Different implementations have different behaviors. In the SQL:202x draft, this has been formalized by making this implementation-defined and adding an option on unique constraint definitions UNIQUE [ NULLS [NOT] DISTINCT ] to choose a behavior explicitly. This patch adds this option to PostgreSQL. The default behavior remains UNIQUE NULLS DISTINCT. Making this happen in the btree code is pretty easy; most of the patch is just to carry the flag around to all the places that need it. The CREATE UNIQUE INDEX syntax extension is not from the standard, it's my own invention. I named all the internal flags, catalog columns, etc. in the negative ("nulls not distinct") so that the default PostgreSQL behavior is the default if the flag is false. Reviewed-by: Maxim Orlov <orlovmg@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov <pashkin.elfe@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/84e5ee1b-387e-9a54-c326-9082674bde78@enterprisedb.com
2022-02-03 11:29:54 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(nulls_not_distinct);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(keys);
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(including);
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(exclusions);
Add FILLFACTOR to CREATE INDEX. ITAGAKI Takahiro
2006-07-02 04:23:23 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
Implement ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY USING INDEX. This feature allows a unique or pkey constraint to be created using an already-existing unique index. While the constraint isn't very functionally different from the bare index, it's nice to be able to do that for documentation purposes. The main advantage over just issuing a plain ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY is that the index can be created with CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, so that there is not a long interval where the table is locked against updates. On the way, refactor some of the code in DefineIndex() and index_create() so that we don't have to pass through those functions in order to create the index constraint's catalog entries. Also, in parse_utilcmd.c, pass around the ParseState pointer in struct CreateStmtContext to save on notation, and add error location pointers to some error reports that didn't have one before. Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
2011-01-25 21:42:03 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(indexname);
Support USING INDEX TABLESPACE clause for PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints. Christopher Kings-Lynne.
2004-08-02 06:28:29 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(indexspace);
Fix tablespace inheritance for partitioned rels Commit ca4103025dfe left a few loose ends. The most important one (broken pg_dump output) is already fixed by virtue of commit 3b23552ad8bb, but some things remained: * When ALTER TABLE rewrites tables, the indexes must remain in the tablespace they were originally in. This didn't work because index recreation during ALTER TABLE runs manufactured SQL (yuck), which runs afoul of default_tablespace in competition with the parent relation tablespace. To fix, reset default_tablespace to the empty string temporarily, and add the TABLESPACE clause as appropriate. * Setting a partitioned rel's tablespace to the database default is confusing; if it worked, it would direct the partitions to that tablespace regardless of default_tablespace. But in reality it does not work, and making it work is a larger project. Therefore, throw an error when this condition is detected, to alert the unwary. Add some docs and tests, too. Author: Álvaro Herrera Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1c260nOt_vBJ067AZ3JXptXVRohDVMLEBmudX1YEx-A@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-25 16:20:23 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(reset_default_tblspc);
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(access_method);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(where_clause);
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(pktable);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(fk_attrs);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(pk_attrs);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(fk_matchtype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(fk_upd_action);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(fk_del_action);
Allow specifying column list for foreign key ON DELETE SET actions Extend the foreign key ON DELETE actions SET NULL and SET DEFAULT by allowing the specification of a column list, like CREATE TABLE posts ( ... FOREIGN KEY (tenant_id, author_id) REFERENCES users ON DELETE SET NULL (author_id) ); If a column list is specified, only those columns are set to null/default, instead of all the columns in the foreign-key constraint. This is useful for multitenant or sharded schemas, where the tenant or shard ID is included in the primary key of all tables but shouldn't be set to null. Author: Paul Martinez <paulmtz@google.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CACqFVBZQyMYJV=njbSMxf+rbDHpx=W=B7AEaMKn8dWn9OZJY7w@mail.gmail.com
2021-12-08 11:09:44 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(fk_del_set_cols);
ALTER TABLE: skip FK validation when it's safe to do so We already skip rewriting the table in these cases, but we still force a whole table scan to validate the data. This can be skipped, and thus we can make the whole ALTER TABLE operation just do some catalog touches instead of scanning the table, when these two conditions hold: (a) Old and new pg_constraint.conpfeqop match exactly. This is actually stronger than needed; we could loosen things by way of operator families, but it'd require a lot more effort. (b) The functions, if any, implementing a cast from the foreign type to the primary opcintype are the same. For this purpose, we can consider a binary coercion equivalent to an exact type match. When the opcintype is polymorphic, require that the old and new foreign types match exactly. (Since ri_triggers.c does use the executor, the stronger check for polymorphic types is no mere future-proofing. However, no core type exercises its necessity.) Author: Noah Misch Committer's note: catalog version bumped due to change of the Constraint node. I can't actually find any way to have such a node in a stored rule, but given that we have "out" support for them, better be safe.
2012-02-27 22:28:00 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(old_conpfeqop);
Avoid repeated name lookups during table and index DDL. If the name lookups come to different conclusions due to concurrent activity, we might perform some parts of the DDL on a different table than other parts. At least in the case of CREATE INDEX, this can be used to cause the permissions checks to be performed against a different table than the index creation, allowing for a privilege escalation attack. This changes the calling convention for DefineIndex, CreateTrigger, transformIndexStmt, transformAlterTableStmt, CheckIndexCompatible (in 9.2 and newer), and AlterTable (in 9.1 and older). In addition, CheckRelationOwnership is removed in 9.2 and newer and the calling convention is changed in older branches. A field has also been added to the Constraint node (FkConstraint in 8.4). Third-party code calling these functions or using the Constraint node will require updating. Report by Andres Freund. Patch by Robert Haas and Andres Freund, reviewed by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2014-0062
2014-02-17 15:33:31 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(old_pktable_oid);
Merge the Constraint and FkConstraint node types into a single type. This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time. This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints, if anyone ever gets around to implementing that. While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
2009-07-30 04:45:38 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(skip_validation);
Make FKs valid at creation when added as column constraints. Bug report from Alvaro Herrera
2011-03-23 00:10:35 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(initially_valid);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalDefElem(const DefElem *a, const DefElem *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Remove the recently added node types ReloptElem and OptionDefElem in favor of adding optional namespace and action fields to DefElem. Having three node types that do essentially the same thing bloats the code and leads to errors of confusion, such as in yesterday's bug report from Khee Chin.
2009-04-04 23:12:31 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(defnamespace);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(defname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
Remove the recently added node types ReloptElem and OptionDefElem in favor of adding optional namespace and action fields to DefElem. Having three node types that do essentially the same thing bloats the code and leads to errors of confusion, such as in yesterday's bug report from Khee Chin.
2009-04-04 23:12:31 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(defaction);
Add location field to DefElem Add a location field to the DefElem struct, used to parse many utility commands. Update various error messages to supply error position information. To propogate the error position information in a more systematic way, create a ParseState in standard_ProcessUtility() and pass that to interested functions implementing the utility commands. This seems better than passing the query string and then reassembling a parse state ad hoc, which violates the encapsulation of the ParseState type. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2016-09-06 18:00:00 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Allow reloption names to have qualifiers, initially supporting a TOAST qualifier, and add support for this in pg_dump. This allows TOAST tables to have user-defined fillfactor, and will also enable us to move the autovacuum parameters to reloptions without taking away the possibility of setting values for TOAST tables.
2009-02-02 20:31:40 +01:00
return true;
}
Add NOWAIT option to SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE. Original patch by Hans-Juergen Schoenig, revisions by Karel Zak and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 22:31:16 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalLockingClause(const LockingClause *a, const LockingClause *b)
Add NOWAIT option to SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE. Original patch by Hans-Juergen Schoenig, revisions by Karel Zak and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 22:31:16 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lockedRels);
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety. Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole point of this patch. The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new servers. Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e. possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple, whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish. Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks. This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies of the tuple there exist.) With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by foreign key rules should be much reduced. As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed. Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests. There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson. Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund. This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most important start at the following message-ids: AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com 1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org 1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org 1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org 1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org 4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov 4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(strength);
Implement SKIP LOCKED for row-level locks This clause changes the behavior of SELECT locking clauses in the presence of locked rows: instead of causing a process to block waiting for the locks held by other processes (or raise an error, with NOWAIT), SKIP LOCKED makes the new reader skip over such rows. While this is not appropriate behavior for general purposes, there are some cases in which it is useful, such as queue-like tables. Catalog version bumped because this patch changes the representation of stored rules. Reviewed by Craig Ringer (based on a previous attempt at an implementation by Simon Riggs, who also provided input on the syntax used in the current patch), David Rowley, and Álvaro Herrera. Author: Thomas Munro
2014-10-07 22:23:34 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(waitPolicy);
Add NOWAIT option to SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE. Original patch by Hans-Juergen Schoenig, revisions by Karel Zak and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 22:31:16 +02:00
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRangeTblEntry(const RangeTblEntry *a, const RangeTblEntry *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(rtekind);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(relid);
Add a relkind field to RangeTblEntry to avoid some syscache lookups. The recent additions for FDW support required checking foreign-table-ness in several places in the parse/plan chain. While it's not clear whether that would really result in a noticeable slowdown, it seems best to avoid any performance risk by keeping a copy of the relation's relkind in RangeTblEntry. That might have some other uses later, anyway. Per discussion.
2011-02-23 01:23:23 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(relkind);
Create an RTE field to record the query's lock mode for each relation. Add RangeTblEntry.rellockmode, which records the appropriate lock mode for each RTE_RELATION rangetable entry (either AccessShareLock, RowShareLock, or RowExclusiveLock depending on the RTE's role in the query). This patch creates the field and makes all creators of RTE nodes fill it in reasonably, but for the moment nothing much is done with it. The plan is to replace assorted post-parser logic that re-determines the right lockmode to use with simple uses of rte->rellockmode. For now, just add Asserts in each of those places that the rellockmode matches what they are computing today. (In some cases the match isn't perfect, so the Asserts are weaker than you might expect; but this seems OK, as per discussion.) This passes check-world for me, but it seems worth pushing in this state to see if the buildfarm finds any problems in cases I failed to test. catversion bump due to change of stored rules. Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen, and whacked around a bit more by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-09-30 19:55:51 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(rellockmode);
TABLESAMPLE, SQL Standard and extensible Add a TABLESAMPLE clause to SELECT statements that allows user to specify random BERNOULLI sampling or block level SYSTEM sampling. Implementation allows for extensible sampling functions to be written, using a standard API. Basic version follows SQLStandard exactly. Usable concrete use cases for the sampling API follow in later commits. Petr Jelinek Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Simon Riggs
2015-05-15 20:37:10 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(tablesample);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(subquery);
Add a security_barrier option for views. When a view is marked as a security barrier, it will not be pulled up into the containing query, and no quals will be pushed down into it, so that no function or operator chosen by the user can be applied to rows not exposed by the view. Views not configured with this option cannot provide robust row-level security, but will perform far better. Patch by KaiGai Kohei; original problem report by Heikki Linnakangas (in October 2009!). Review (in earlier versions) by Noah Misch and others. Design advice by Tom Lane and myself. Further review and cleanup by me.
2011-12-22 22:15:57 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(security_barrier);
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(jointype);
Reconsider the representation of join alias Vars. The core idea of this patch is to make the parser generate join alias Vars (that is, ones with varno pointing to a JOIN RTE) only when the alias Var is actually different from any raw join input, that is a type coercion and/or COALESCE is necessary to generate the join output value. Otherwise just generate varno/varattno pointing to the relevant join input column. In effect, this means that the planner's flatten_join_alias_vars() transformation is already done in the parser, for all cases except (a) columns that are merged by JOIN USING and are transformed in the process, and (b) whole-row join Vars. In principle that would allow us to skip doing flatten_join_alias_vars() in many more queries than we do now, but we don't have quite enough infrastructure to know that we can do so --- in particular there's no cheap way to know whether there are any whole-row join Vars. I'm not sure if it's worth the trouble to add a Query-level flag for that, and in any case it seems like fit material for a separate patch. But even without skipping the work entirely, this should make flatten_join_alias_vars() faster, particularly where there are nested joins that it previously had to flatten recursively. An essential part of this change is to replace Var nodes' varnoold/varoattno fields with varnosyn/varattnosyn, which have considerably more tightly-defined meanings than the old fields: when they differ from varno/varattno, they identify the Var's position in an aliased JOIN RTE, and the join alias is what ruleutils.c should print for the Var. This is necessary because the varno change destroyed ruleutils.c's ability to find the JOIN RTE from the Var's varno. Another way in which this change broke ruleutils.c is that it's no longer feasible to determine, from a JOIN RTE's joinaliasvars list, which join columns correspond to which columns of the join's immediate input relations. (If those are sub-joins, the joinaliasvars entries may point to columns of their base relations, not the sub-joins.) But that was a horrid mess requiring a lot of fragile assumptions already, so let's just bite the bullet and add some more JOIN RTE fields to make it more straightforward to figure that out. I added two integer-List fields containing the relevant column numbers from the left and right input rels, plus a count of how many merged columns there are. This patch depends on the ParseNamespaceColumn infrastructure that I added in commit 5815696bc. The biggest bit of code change is restructuring transformFromClauseItem's handling of JOINs so that the ParseNamespaceColumn data is propagated upward correctly. Other than that and the ruleutils fixes, everything pretty much just works, though some processing is now inessential. I grabbed two pieces of low-hanging fruit in that line: 1. In find_expr_references, we don't need to recurse into join alias Vars anymore. There aren't any except for references to merged USING columns, which are more properly handled when we scan the join's RTE. This change actually fixes an edge-case issue: we will now record a dependency on any type-coercion function present in a USING column's joinaliasvar, even if that join column has no references in the query text. The odds of the missing dependency causing a problem seem quite small: you'd have to posit somebody dropping an implicit cast between two data types, without removing the types themselves, and then having a stored rule containing a whole-row Var for a join whose USING merge depends on that cast. So I don't feel a great need to change this in the back branches. But in theory this way is more correct. 2. markRTEForSelectPriv and markTargetListOrigin don't need to recurse into join alias Vars either, because the cases they care about don't apply to alias Vars for USING columns that are semantically distinct from the underlying columns. This removes the only case in which markVarForSelectPriv could be called with NULL for the RTE, so adjust the comments to describe that hack as being strictly internal to markRTEForSelectPriv. catversion bump required due to changes in stored rules. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7115.1577986646@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-09 17:56:59 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(joinmergedcols);
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(joinaliasvars);
Reconsider the representation of join alias Vars. The core idea of this patch is to make the parser generate join alias Vars (that is, ones with varno pointing to a JOIN RTE) only when the alias Var is actually different from any raw join input, that is a type coercion and/or COALESCE is necessary to generate the join output value. Otherwise just generate varno/varattno pointing to the relevant join input column. In effect, this means that the planner's flatten_join_alias_vars() transformation is already done in the parser, for all cases except (a) columns that are merged by JOIN USING and are transformed in the process, and (b) whole-row join Vars. In principle that would allow us to skip doing flatten_join_alias_vars() in many more queries than we do now, but we don't have quite enough infrastructure to know that we can do so --- in particular there's no cheap way to know whether there are any whole-row join Vars. I'm not sure if it's worth the trouble to add a Query-level flag for that, and in any case it seems like fit material for a separate patch. But even without skipping the work entirely, this should make flatten_join_alias_vars() faster, particularly where there are nested joins that it previously had to flatten recursively. An essential part of this change is to replace Var nodes' varnoold/varoattno fields with varnosyn/varattnosyn, which have considerably more tightly-defined meanings than the old fields: when they differ from varno/varattno, they identify the Var's position in an aliased JOIN RTE, and the join alias is what ruleutils.c should print for the Var. This is necessary because the varno change destroyed ruleutils.c's ability to find the JOIN RTE from the Var's varno. Another way in which this change broke ruleutils.c is that it's no longer feasible to determine, from a JOIN RTE's joinaliasvars list, which join columns correspond to which columns of the join's immediate input relations. (If those are sub-joins, the joinaliasvars entries may point to columns of their base relations, not the sub-joins.) But that was a horrid mess requiring a lot of fragile assumptions already, so let's just bite the bullet and add some more JOIN RTE fields to make it more straightforward to figure that out. I added two integer-List fields containing the relevant column numbers from the left and right input rels, plus a count of how many merged columns there are. This patch depends on the ParseNamespaceColumn infrastructure that I added in commit 5815696bc. The biggest bit of code change is restructuring transformFromClauseItem's handling of JOINs so that the ParseNamespaceColumn data is propagated upward correctly. Other than that and the ruleutils fixes, everything pretty much just works, though some processing is now inessential. I grabbed two pieces of low-hanging fruit in that line: 1. In find_expr_references, we don't need to recurse into join alias Vars anymore. There aren't any except for references to merged USING columns, which are more properly handled when we scan the join's RTE. This change actually fixes an edge-case issue: we will now record a dependency on any type-coercion function present in a USING column's joinaliasvar, even if that join column has no references in the query text. The odds of the missing dependency causing a problem seem quite small: you'd have to posit somebody dropping an implicit cast between two data types, without removing the types themselves, and then having a stored rule containing a whole-row Var for a join whose USING merge depends on that cast. So I don't feel a great need to change this in the back branches. But in theory this way is more correct. 2. markRTEForSelectPriv and markTargetListOrigin don't need to recurse into join alias Vars either, because the cases they care about don't apply to alias Vars for USING columns that are semantically distinct from the underlying columns. This removes the only case in which markVarForSelectPriv could be called with NULL for the RTE, so adjust the comments to describe that hack as being strictly internal to markRTEForSelectPriv. catversion bump required due to changes in stored rules. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7115.1577986646@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-09 17:56:59 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(joinleftcols);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(joinrightcols);
Allow an alias to be attached to a JOIN ... USING This allows something like SELECT ... FROM t1 JOIN t2 USING (a, b, c) AS x where x has the columns a, b, c and unlike a regular alias it does not hide the range variables of the tables being joined t1 and t2. Per SQL:2016 feature F404 "Range variable for common column names". Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik.fearing@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/454638cf-d563-ab76-a585-2564428062af@2ndquadrant.com
2021-03-31 17:09:24 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(join_using_alias);
Support multi-argument UNNEST(), and TABLE() syntax for multiple functions. This patch adds the ability to write TABLE( function1(), function2(), ...) as a single FROM-clause entry. The result is the concatenation of the first row from each function, followed by the second row from each function, etc; with NULLs inserted if any function produces fewer rows than others. This is believed to be a much more useful behavior than what Postgres currently does with multiple SRFs in a SELECT list. This syntax also provides a reasonable way to combine use of column definition lists with WITH ORDINALITY: put the column definition list inside TABLE(), where it's clear that it doesn't control the ordinality column as well. Also implement SQL-compliant multiple-argument UNNEST(), by turning UNNEST(a,b,c) into TABLE(unnest(a), unnest(b), unnest(c)). The SQL standard specifies TABLE() with only a single function, not multiple functions, and it seems to require an implicit UNNEST() which is not what this patch does. There may be something wrong with that reading of the spec, though, because if it's right then the spec's TABLE() is just a pointless alternative spelling of UNNEST(). After further review of that, we might choose to adopt a different syntax for what this patch does, but in any case this functionality seems clearly worthwhile. Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi and Heikki Linnakangas, and significantly revised by me
2013-11-22 01:37:02 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(functions);
Add SQL Standard WITH ORDINALITY support for UNNEST (and any other SRF) Author: Andrew Gierth, David Fetter Reviewers: Dean Rasheed, Jeevan Chalke, Stephen Frost
2013-07-29 17:38:01 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcordinality);
Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with PostgreSQL 10 work. The _equalTableFunc() omission of coltypmods has semantic significance, but I did not track down resulting user-visible bugs, if any. The other changes are cosmetic only, affecting order. catversion bump due to readfuncs.c field order change.
2017-06-16 09:16:11 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(tablefunc);
Add support for multi-row VALUES clauses as part of INSERT statements (e.g. "INSERT ... VALUES (...), (...), ...") and elsewhere as allowed by the spec. (e.g. similar to a FROM clause subselect). initdb required. Joe Conway and Tom Lane.
2006-08-02 03:59:48 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(values_lists);
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(ctename);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ctelevelsup);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(self_reference);
Fix reporting of column typmods for multi-row VALUES constructs. expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type() reported the exprType() and exprTypmod() values of the expressions in the first row of the VALUES as being the column type/typmod returned by the VALUES RTE. That's fine for the data type, since we coerce all expressions in a column to have the same common type. But we don't coerce them to have a common typmod, so it was possible for rows after the first one to return values that violate the claimed column typmod. This leads to the incorrect result seen in bug #14448 from Hassan Mahmood, as well as some other corner-case misbehaviors. The desired behavior is the same as we use in other type-unification cases: report the common typmod if there is one, but otherwise return -1 indicating no particular constraint. It's cheap for transformValuesClause to determine the common typmod while transforming a multi-row VALUES, but it'd be less cheap for expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type() to re-determine that info every time they're asked --- possibly a lot less cheap, if the VALUES has many rows. Therefore, the best fix is to record the common typmods explicitly in a list in the VALUES RTE, as we were already doing for column collations. This looks quite a bit like what we're doing for CTE RTEs, so we can save a little bit of space and code by unifying the representation for those two RTE types. They both now share coltypes/coltypmods/colcollations fields. (At some point it might seem desirable to populate those fields for all RTE types; but right now it looks like constructing them for other RTE types would add more code and cycles than it would save.) The RTE change requires a catversion bump, so this fix is only usable in HEAD. If we fix this at all in the back branches, the patch will need to look quite different. Report: https://postgr.es/m/20161205143037.4377.60754@wrigleys.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27429.1480968538@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-12-08 17:40:02 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(coltypes);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(coltypmods);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(colcollations);
Fix problems related to RangeTblEntry members enrname and enrtuples. Commit 18ce3a4ab22d2984f8540ab480979c851dae5338 failed to update the comments in parsenodes.h for the new members, and made only incomplete updates to src/backend/nodes Thomas Munro, per a report from Noah Misch. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170611062525.GA1628882@rfd.leadboat.com
2017-06-14 22:19:46 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(enrname);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(enrtuples);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(alias);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(eref);
Implement SQL-standard LATERAL subqueries. This patch implements the standard syntax of LATERAL attached to a sub-SELECT in FROM, and also allows LATERAL attached to a function in FROM, since set-returning function calls are expected to be one of the principal use-cases. The main change here is a rewrite of the mechanism for keeping track of which relations are visible for column references while the FROM clause is being scanned. The parser "namespace" lists are no longer lists of bare RTEs, but are lists of ParseNamespaceItem structs, which carry an RTE pointer as well as some visibility-controlling flags. Aside from supporting LATERAL correctly, this lets us get rid of the ancient hacks that required rechecking subqueries and JOIN/ON and function-in-FROM expressions for invalid references after they were initially parsed. Invalid column references are now always correctly detected on sight. In passing, remove assorted parser error checks that are now dead code by virtue of our having gotten rid of add_missing_from, as well as some comments that are obsolete for the same reason. (It was mainly add_missing_from that caused so much fudging here in the first place.) The planner support for this feature is very minimal, and will be improved in future patches. It works well enough for testing purposes, though. catversion bump forced due to new field in RangeTblEntry.
2012-08-08 01:02:54 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(lateral);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inh);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inFromCl);
Fix permission-checking bug reported by Tim Burgess 10-Feb-03 (this time for sure...). Rather than relying on the query context of a rangetable entry to identify what permissions it wants checked, store a full AclMode mask in each RTE, and check exactly those bits. This allows an RTE specifying, say, INSERT privilege on a view to be copied into a derived UPDATE query without changing meaning. Per recent discussion thread. initdb forced due to change of stored rule representation.
2004-01-15 00:01:55 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(requiredPerms);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(checkAsUser);
Support column-level privileges, as required by SQL standard. Stephen Frost, with help from KaiGai Kohei and others
2009-01-22 21:16:10 +01:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(selectedCols);
Represent columns requiring insert and update privileges indentently. Previously, relation range table entries used a single Bitmapset field representing which columns required either UPDATE or INSERT privileges, despite the fact that INSERT and UPDATE privileges are separately cataloged, and may be independently held. As statements so far required either insert or update privileges but never both, that was sufficient. The required permission could be inferred from the top level statement run. The upcoming INSERT ... ON CONFLICT UPDATE feature needs to independently check for both privileges in one statement though, so that is not sufficient anymore. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
2015-05-08 00:20:46 +02:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(insertedCols);
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(updatedCols);
Generated columns This is an SQL-standard feature that allows creating columns that are computed from expressions rather than assigned, similar to a view or materialized view but on a column basis. This implements one kind of generated column: stored (computed on write). Another kind, virtual (computed on read), is planned for the future, and some room is left for it. Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz> Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b151f851-4019-bdb1-699e-ebab07d2f40a@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-30 08:13:09 +01:00
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(extraUpdatedCols);
Make security barrier views automatically updatable Views which are marked as security_barrier must have their quals applied before any user-defined quals are called, to prevent user-defined functions from being able to see rows which the security barrier view is intended to prevent them from seeing. Remove the restriction on security barrier views being automatically updatable by adding a new securityQuals list to the RTE structure which keeps track of the quals from security barrier views at each level, independently of the user-supplied quals. When RTEs are later discovered which have securityQuals populated, they are turned into subquery RTEs which are marked as security_barrier to prevent any user-supplied quals being pushed down (modulo LEAKPROOF quals). Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Craig Ringer, Simon Riggs, KaiGai Kohei
2014-04-13 03:04:58 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(securityQuals);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Support multi-argument UNNEST(), and TABLE() syntax for multiple functions. This patch adds the ability to write TABLE( function1(), function2(), ...) as a single FROM-clause entry. The result is the concatenation of the first row from each function, followed by the second row from each function, etc; with NULLs inserted if any function produces fewer rows than others. This is believed to be a much more useful behavior than what Postgres currently does with multiple SRFs in a SELECT list. This syntax also provides a reasonable way to combine use of column definition lists with WITH ORDINALITY: put the column definition list inside TABLE(), where it's clear that it doesn't control the ordinality column as well. Also implement SQL-compliant multiple-argument UNNEST(), by turning UNNEST(a,b,c) into TABLE(unnest(a), unnest(b), unnest(c)). The SQL standard specifies TABLE() with only a single function, not multiple functions, and it seems to require an implicit UNNEST() which is not what this patch does. There may be something wrong with that reading of the spec, though, because if it's right then the spec's TABLE() is just a pointless alternative spelling of UNNEST(). After further review of that, we might choose to adopt a different syntax for what this patch does, but in any case this functionality seems clearly worthwhile. Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi and Heikki Linnakangas, and significantly revised by me
2013-11-22 01:37:02 +01:00
static bool
_equalRangeTblFunction(const RangeTblFunction *a, const RangeTblFunction *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funcexpr);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funccolcount);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funccolnames);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funccoltypes);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funccoltypmods);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(funccolcollations);
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(funcparams);
return true;
}
Redesign tablesample method API, and do extensive code review. The original implementation of TABLESAMPLE modeled the tablesample method API on index access methods, which wasn't a good choice because, without specialized DDL commands, there's no way to build an extension that can implement a TSM. (Raw inserts into system catalogs are not an acceptable thing to do, because we can't undo them during DROP EXTENSION, nor will pg_upgrade behave sanely.) Instead adopt an API more like procedural language handlers or foreign data wrappers, wherein the only SQL-level support object needed is a single handler function identified by having a special return type. This lets us get rid of the supporting catalog altogether, so that no custom DDL support is needed for the feature. Adjust the API so that it can support non-constant tablesample arguments (the original coding assumed we could evaluate the argument expressions at ExecInitSampleScan time, which is undesirable even if it weren't outright unsafe), and discourage sampling methods from looking at invisible tuples. Make sure that the BERNOULLI and SYSTEM methods are genuinely repeatable within and across queries, as required by the SQL standard, and deal more honestly with methods that can't support that requirement. Make a full code-review pass over the tablesample additions, and fix assorted bugs, omissions, infelicities, and cosmetic issues (such as failure to put the added code stanzas in a consistent ordering). Improve EXPLAIN's output of tablesample plans, too. Back-patch to 9.5 so that we don't have to support the original API in production.
2015-07-25 20:39:00 +02:00
static bool
_equalTableSampleClause(const TableSampleClause *a, const TableSampleClause *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(tsmhandler);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(repeatable);
return true;
}
WITH CHECK OPTION support for auto-updatable VIEWs For simple views which are automatically updatable, this patch allows the user to specify what level of checking should be done on records being inserted or updated. For 'LOCAL CHECK', new tuples are validated against the conditionals of the view they are being inserted into, while for 'CASCADED CHECK' the new tuples are validated against the conditionals for all views involved (from the top down). This option is part of the SQL specification. Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
2013-07-18 23:10:16 +02:00
static bool
_equalWithCheckOption(const WithCheckOption *a, const WithCheckOption *b)
{
Perform RLS WITH CHECK before constraints, etc The RLS capability is built on top of the WITH CHECK OPTION system which was added for auto-updatable views, however, unlike WCOs on views (which are mandated by the SQL spec to not fire until after all other constraints and checks are done), it makes much more sense for RLS checks to happen earlier than constraint and uniqueness checks. This patch reworks the structure which holds the WCOs a bit to be explicitly either VIEW or RLS checks and the RLS-related checks are done prior to the constraint and uniqueness checks. This also allows better error reporting as we are now reporting when a violation is due to a WITH CHECK OPTION and when it's due to an RLS policy violation, which was independently noted by Craig Ringer as being confusing. The documentation is also updated to include a paragraph about when RLS WITH CHECK handling is performed, as there have been a number of questions regarding that and the documentation was previously silent on the matter. Author: Dean Rasheed, with some kabitzing and comment changes by me.
2015-04-25 02:34:26 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(kind);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(relname);
RLS refactoring This refactors rewrite/rowsecurity.c to simplify the handling of the default deny case (reducing the number of places where we check for and add the default deny policy from three to one) by splitting up the retrival of the policies from the application of them. This also allowed us to do away with the policy_id field. A policy_name field was added for WithCheckOption policies and is used in error reporting, when available. Patch by Dean Rasheed, with various mostly cosmetic changes by me. Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was introduced to avoid unnecessary differences, since we're still in alpha, per discussion with Robert.
2015-09-15 21:49:31 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(polname);
WITH CHECK OPTION support for auto-updatable VIEWs For simple views which are automatically updatable, this patch allows the user to specify what level of checking should be done on records being inserted or updated. For 'LOCAL CHECK', new tuples are validated against the conditionals of the view they are being inserted into, while for 'CASCADED CHECK' the new tuples are validated against the conditionals for all views involved (from the top down). This option is part of the SQL specification. Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
2013-07-18 23:10:16 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(qual);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(cascaded);
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalSortGroupClause(const SortGroupClause *a, const SortGroupClause *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(tleSortGroupRef);
Rearrange the querytree representation of ORDER BY/GROUP BY/DISTINCT items as per my recent proposal: 1. Fold SortClause and GroupClause into a single node type SortGroupClause. We were already relying on them to be struct-equivalent, so using two node tags wasn't accomplishing much except to get in the way of comparing items with equal(). 2. Add an "eqop" field to SortGroupClause to carry the associated equality operator. This is cheap for the parser to get at the same time it's looking up the sort operator, and storing it eliminates the need for repeated not-so-cheap lookups during planning. In future this will also let us represent GROUP/DISTINCT operations on datatypes that have hash opclasses but no btree opclasses (ie, they have equality but no natural sort order). The previous representation simply didn't work for that, since its only indicator of comparison semantics was a sort operator. 3. Add a hasDistinctOn boolean to struct Query to explicitly record whether the distinctClause came from DISTINCT or DISTINCT ON. This allows removing some complicated and not 100% bulletproof code that attempted to figure that out from the distinctClause alone. This patch doesn't in itself create any new capability, but it's necessary infrastructure for future attempts to use hash-based grouping for DISTINCT and UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT.
2008-08-02 23:32:01 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(eqop);
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(sortop);
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(nulls_first);
Provide hashing support for arrays. The core of this patch is hash_array() and associated typcache infrastructure, which works just about exactly like the existing support for array comparison. In addition I did some work to ensure that the planner won't think that an array type is hashable unless its element type is hashable, and similarly for sorting. This includes adding a datatype parameter to op_hashjoinable and op_mergejoinable, and adding an explicit "hashable" flag to SortGroupClause. The lack of a cross-check on the element type was a pre-existing bug in mergejoin support --- but it didn't matter so much before, because if you couldn't sort the element type there wasn't any good alternative to failing anyhow. Now that we have the alternative of hashing the array type, there are cases where we can avoid a failure by being picky at the planner stage, so it's time to be picky. The issue of exactly how to combine the per-element hash values to produce an array hash is still open for discussion, but the rest of this is pretty solid, so I'll commit it as-is.
2010-10-31 02:55:20 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(hashable);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
Support GROUPING SETS, CUBE and ROLLUP. This SQL standard functionality allows to aggregate data by different GROUP BY clauses at once. Each grouping set returns rows with columns grouped by in other sets set to NULL. This could previously be achieved by doing each grouping as a separate query, conjoined by UNION ALLs. Besides being considerably more concise, grouping sets will in many cases be faster, requiring only one scan over the underlying data. The current implementation of grouping sets only supports using sorting for input. Individual sets that share a sort order are computed in one pass. If there are sets that don't share a sort order, additional sort & aggregation steps are performed. These additional passes are sourced by the previous sort step; thus avoiding repeated scans of the source data. The code is structured in a way that adding support for purely using hash aggregation or a mix of hashing and sorting is possible. Sorting was chosen to be supported first, as it is the most generic method of implementation. Instead of, as in an earlier versions of the patch, representing the chain of sort and aggregation steps as full blown planner and executor nodes, all but the first sort are performed inside the aggregation node itself. This avoids the need to do some unusual gymnastics to handle having to return aggregated and non-aggregated tuples from underlying nodes, as well as having to shut down underlying nodes early to limit memory usage. The optimizer still builds Sort/Agg node to describe each phase, but they're not part of the plan tree, but instead additional data for the aggregation node. They're a convenient and preexisting way to describe aggregation and sorting. The first (and possibly only) sort step is still performed as a separate execution step. That retains similarity with existing group by plans, makes rescans fairly simple, avoids very deep plans (leading to slow explains) and easily allows to avoid the sorting step if the underlying data is sorted by other means. A somewhat ugly side of this patch is having to deal with a grammar ambiguity between the new CUBE keyword and the cube extension/functions named cube (and rollup). To avoid breaking existing deployments of the cube extension it has not been renamed, neither has cube been made a reserved keyword. Instead precedence hacking is used to make GROUP BY cube(..) refer to the CUBE grouping sets feature, and not the function cube(). To actually group by a function cube(), unlikely as that might be, the function name has to be quoted. Needs a catversion bump because stored rules may change. Author: Andrew Gierth and Atri Sharma, with contributions from Andres Freund Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Noah Misch, Tom Lane, Svenne Krap, Tomas Vondra, Erik Rijkers, Marti Raudsepp, Pavel Stehule Discussion: CAOeZVidmVRe2jU6aMk_5qkxnB7dfmPROzM7Ur8JPW5j8Y5X-Lw@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-16 03:40:59 +02:00
static bool
_equalGroupingSet(const GroupingSet *a, const GroupingSet *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(kind);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(content);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalWindowClause(const WindowClause *a, const WindowClause *b)
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(refname);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(partitionClause);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(orderClause);
Add some basic support for window frame clauses to the window-functions patch. This includes the ability to force the frame to cover the whole partition, and the ability to make the frame end exactly on the current row rather than its last ORDER BY peer. Supporting any more of the full SQL frame-clause syntax will require nontrivial hacking on the window aggregate code, so it'll have to wait for 8.5 or beyond.
2008-12-31 01:08:39 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(frameOptions);
Extend the set of frame options supported for window functions. This patch allows the frame to start from CURRENT ROW (in either RANGE or ROWS mode), and it also adds support for ROWS n PRECEDING and ROWS n FOLLOWING start and end points. (RANGE value PRECEDING/FOLLOWING isn't there yet --- the grammar works, but that's all.) Hitoshi Harada, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
2010-02-12 18:33:21 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(startOffset);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(endOffset);
Teach planner and executor about monotonic window funcs Window functions such as row_number() always return a value higher than the previously returned value for tuples in any given window partition. Traditionally queries such as; SELECT * FROM ( SELECT *, row_number() over (order by c) rn FROM t ) t WHERE rn <= 10; were executed fairly inefficiently. Neither the query planner nor the executor knew that once rn made it to 11 that nothing further would match the outer query's WHERE clause. It would blindly continue until all tuples were exhausted from the subquery. Here we implement means to make the above execute more efficiently. This is done by way of adding a pg_proc.prosupport function to various of the built-in window functions and adding supporting code to allow the support function to inform the planner if the window function is monotonically increasing, monotonically decreasing, both or neither. The planner is then able to make use of that information and possibly allow the executor to short-circuit execution by way of adding a "run condition" to the WindowAgg to allow it to determine if some of its execution work can be skipped. This "run condition" is not like a normal filter. These run conditions are only built using quals comparing values to monotonic window functions. For monotonic increasing functions, quals making use of the btree operators for <, <= and = can be used (assuming the window function column is on the left). You can see here that once such a condition becomes false that a monotonic increasing function could never make it subsequently true again. For monotonically decreasing functions the >, >= and = btree operators for the given type can be used for run conditions. The best-case situation for this is when there is a single WindowAgg node without a PARTITION BY clause. Here when the run condition becomes false the WindowAgg node can simply return NULL. No more tuples will ever match the run condition. It's a little more complex when there is a PARTITION BY clause. In this case, we cannot return NULL as we must still process other partitions. To speed this case up we pull tuples from the outer plan to check if they're from the same partition and simply discard them if they are. When we find a tuple belonging to another partition we start processing as normal again until the run condition becomes false or we run out of tuples to process. When there are multiple WindowAgg nodes to evaluate then this complicates the situation. For intermediate WindowAggs we must ensure we always return all tuples to the calling node. Any filtering done could lead to incorrect results in WindowAgg nodes above. For all intermediate nodes, we can still save some work when the run condition becomes false. We've no need to evaluate the WindowFuncs anymore. Other WindowAgg nodes cannot reference the value of these and these tuples will not appear in the final result anyway. The savings here are small in comparison to what can be saved in the top-level WingowAgg, but still worthwhile. Intermediate WindowAgg nodes never filter out tuples, but here we change WindowAgg so that the top-level WindowAgg filters out tuples that don't match the intermediate WindowAgg node's run condition. Such filters appear in the "Filter" clause in EXPLAIN for the top-level WindowAgg node. Here we add prosupport functions to allow the above to work for; row_number(), rank(), dense_rank(), count(*) and count(expr). It appears technically possible to do the same for min() and max(), however, it seems unlikely to be useful enough, so that's not done here. Bump catversion Author: David Rowley Reviewed-by: Andy Fan, Zhihong Yu Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqvp3At8++yF8ij06sdcoo1S_b2YoaT9D4Nf+MObzsrLQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-04-08 00:34:36 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(runCondition);
Support all SQL:2011 options for window frame clauses. This patch adds the ability to use "RANGE offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" frame boundaries in window functions. We'd punted on that back in the original patch to add window functions, because it was not clear how to do it in a reasonably data-type-extensible fashion. That problem is resolved here by adding the ability for btree operator classes to provide an "in_range" support function that defines how to add or subtract the RANGE offset value. Factoring it this way also allows the operator class to avoid overflow problems near the ends of the datatype's range, if it wishes to expend effort on that. (In the committed patch, the integer opclasses handle that issue, but it did not seem worth the trouble to avoid overflow failures for datetime types.) The patch includes in_range support for the integer_ops opfamily (int2/int4/int8) as well as the standard datetime types. Support for other numeric types has been requested, but that seems like suitable material for a follow-on patch. In addition, the patch adds GROUPS mode which counts the offset in ORDER-BY peer groups rather than rows, and it adds the frame_exclusion options specified by SQL:2011. As far as I can see, we are now fully up to spec on window framing options. Existing behaviors remain unchanged, except that I changed the errcode for a couple of existing error reports to meet the SQL spec's expectation that negative "offset" values should be reported as SQLSTATE 22013. Internally and in relevant parts of the documentation, we now consistently use the terminology "offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" rather than "value PRECEDING/FOLLOWING", since the term "value" is confusingly vague. Oliver Ford, reviewed and whacked around some by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGMVOdu9sivPAxbNN0X+q19Sfv9edEPv=HibOJhB14TJv_RCQg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-07 06:06:50 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(startInRangeFunc);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(endInRangeFunc);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inRangeColl);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inRangeAsc);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(inRangeNullsFirst);
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(winref);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(copiedOrder);
return true;
}
Improve the representation of FOR UPDATE/FOR SHARE so that we can support both FOR UPDATE and FOR SHARE in one command, as well as both NOWAIT and normal WAIT behavior. The more general code is actually simpler and cleaner.
2006-04-30 20:30:40 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalRowMarkClause(const RowMarkClause *a, const RowMarkClause *b)
Improve the representation of FOR UPDATE/FOR SHARE so that we can support both FOR UPDATE and FOR SHARE in one command, as well as both NOWAIT and normal WAIT behavior. The more general code is actually simpler and cleaner.
2006-04-30 20:30:40 +02:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(rti);
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety. Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole point of this patch. The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new servers. Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e. possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple, whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish. Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks. This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies of the tuple there exist.) With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by foreign key rules should be much reduced. As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed. Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests. There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson. Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund. This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most important start at the following message-ids: AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com 1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org 1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org 1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org 1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org 4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov 4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(strength);
Implement SKIP LOCKED for row-level locks This clause changes the behavior of SELECT locking clauses in the presence of locked rows: instead of causing a process to block waiting for the locks held by other processes (or raise an error, with NOWAIT), SKIP LOCKED makes the new reader skip over such rows. While this is not appropriate behavior for general purposes, there are some cases in which it is useful, such as queue-like tables. Catalog version bumped because this patch changes the representation of stored rules. Reviewed by Craig Ringer (based on a previous attempt at an implementation by Simon Riggs, who also provided input on the syntax used in the current patch), David Rowley, and Álvaro Herrera. Author: Thomas Munro
2014-10-07 22:23:34 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(waitPolicy);
When FOR UPDATE/SHARE is used with LIMIT, put the LockRows plan node underneath the Limit node, not atop it. This fixes the old problem that such a query might unexpectedly return fewer rows than the LIMIT says, due to LockRows discarding updated rows. There is a related problem that LockRows might destroy the sort ordering produced by earlier steps; but fixing that by pushing LockRows below Sort would create serious performance problems that are unjustified in many real-world applications, as well as potential deadlock problems from locking many more rows than expected. Instead, keep the present semantics of applying FOR UPDATE after ORDER BY within a single query level; but allow the user to specify the other way by writing FOR UPDATE in a sub-select. To make that work, track whether FOR UPDATE appeared explicitly in sub-selects or got pushed down from the parent, and don't flatten a sub-select that contained an explicit FOR UPDATE.
2009-10-28 15:55:47 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(pushedDown);
Improve the representation of FOR UPDATE/FOR SHARE so that we can support both FOR UPDATE and FOR SHARE in one command, as well as both NOWAIT and normal WAIT behavior. The more general code is actually simpler and cleaner.
2006-04-30 20:30:40 +02:00
return true;
}
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalWithClause(const WithClause *a, const WithClause *b)
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(ctes);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(recursive);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE. The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting. ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias. This feature is often referred to as upsert. This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken. If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is deemed inserted. To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT INTO now can alias its target table. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes. Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs, Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
static bool
_equalInferClause(const InferClause *a, const InferClause *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(indexElems);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whereClause);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(conname);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalOnConflictClause(const OnConflictClause *a, const OnConflictClause *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(action);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(infer);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(targetList);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(whereClause);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
SEARCH and CYCLE clauses This adds the SQL standard feature that adds the SEARCH and CYCLE clauses to recursive queries to be able to do produce breadth- or depth-first search orders and detect cycles. These clauses can be rewritten into queries using existing syntax, and that is what this patch does in the rewriter. Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org> Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/db80ceee-6f97-9b4a-8ee8-3ba0c58e5be2@2ndquadrant.com
2021-02-01 13:54:59 +01:00
static bool
_equalCTESearchClause(const CTESearchClause *a, const CTESearchClause *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(search_col_list);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(search_breadth_first);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(search_seq_column);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalCTECycleClause(const CTECycleClause *a, const CTECycleClause *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(cycle_col_list);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(cycle_mark_column);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(cycle_mark_value);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(cycle_mark_default);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(cycle_path_column);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(cycle_mark_type);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(cycle_mark_typmod);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(cycle_mark_collation);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(cycle_mark_neop);
return true;
}
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalCommonTableExpr(const CommonTableExpr *a, const CommonTableExpr *b)
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(ctename);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(aliascolnames);
Allow user control of CTE materialization, and change the default behavior. Historically we've always materialized the full output of a CTE query, treating WITH as an optimization fence (so that, for example, restrictions from the outer query cannot be pushed into it). This is appropriate when the CTE query is INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE, or is recursive; but when the CTE query is non-recursive and side-effect-free, there's no hazard of changing the query results by pushing restrictions down. Another argument for materialization is that it can avoid duplicate computation of an expensive WITH query --- but that only applies if the WITH query is called more than once in the outer query. Even then it could still be a net loss, if each call has restrictions that would allow just a small part of the WITH query to be computed. Hence, let's change the behavior for WITH queries that are non-recursive and side-effect-free. By default, we will inline them into the outer query (removing the optimization fence) if they are called just once. If they are called more than once, we will keep the old behavior by default, but the user can override this and force inlining by specifying NOT MATERIALIZED. Lastly, the user can force the old behavior by specifying MATERIALIZED; this would mainly be useful when the query had deliberately been employing WITH as an optimization fence to prevent a poor choice of plan. Andreas Karlsson, Andrew Gierth, David Fetter Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sh48ffhb.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-02-16 22:11:12 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ctematerialized);
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(ctequery);
SEARCH and CYCLE clauses This adds the SQL standard feature that adds the SEARCH and CYCLE clauses to recursive queries to be able to do produce breadth- or depth-first search orders and detect cycles. These clauses can be rewritten into queries using existing syntax, and that is what this patch does in the rewriter. Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org> Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/db80ceee-6f97-9b4a-8ee8-3ba0c58e5be2@2ndquadrant.com
2021-02-01 13:54:59 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(search_clause);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(cycle_clause);
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(cterecursive);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(cterefcount);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(ctecolnames);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(ctecoltypes);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(ctecoltypmods);
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(ctecolcollations);
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
return true;
}
Add support for MERGE SQL command MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table using a source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL statement that can conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows -- a task that would otherwise require multiple PL statements. For example, MERGE INTO target AS t USING source AS s ON t.tid = s.sid WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta WHEN MATCHED THEN DELETE WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta) WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN DO NOTHING; MERGE works with regular tables, partitioned tables and inheritance hierarchies, including column and row security enforcement, as well as support for row and statement triggers and transition tables therein. MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though also useful for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended to be used in preference to existing single SQL commands for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there is some overhead. MERGE can be used from PL/pgSQL. MERGE does not support targetting updatable views or foreign tables, and RETURNING clauses are not allowed either. These limitations are likely fixable with sufficient effort. Rewrite rules are also not supported, but it's not clear that we'd want to support them. Author: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com> Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org> Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com> Author: Simon Riggs <simon.riggs@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com> Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231134736.GA25392@alvherre.pgsql
2022-03-28 16:45:58 +02:00
static bool
_equalMergeWhenClause(const MergeWhenClause *a, const MergeWhenClause *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(matched);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(commandType);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(override);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(condition);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(targetList);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(values);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalMergeAction(const MergeAction *a, const MergeAction *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(matched);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(commandType);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(override);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(qual);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(targetList);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(updateColnos);
return true;
}
Implement XMLSERIALIZE for real. Analogously, make the xml to text cast observe the xmloption. Reorganize the representation of the XML option in the parse tree and the API to make it easier to manage and understand. Add regression tests for parsing back XML expressions.
2007-02-03 15:06:56 +01:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalXmlSerialize(const XmlSerialize *a, const XmlSerialize *b)
Implement XMLSERIALIZE for real. Analogously, make the xml to text cast observe the xmloption. Reorganize the representation of the XML option in the parse tree and the API to make it easier to manage and understand. Add regression tests for parsing back XML expressions.
2007-02-03 15:06:56 +01:00
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(xmloption);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typeName);
Extend the parser location infrastructure to include a location field in most node types used in expression trees (both before and after parse analysis). This allows us to place an error cursor in many situations where we formerly could not, because the information wasn't available beyond the very first level of parse analysis. There's a fair amount of work still to be done to persuade individual ereport() calls to actually include an error location, but this gets the initdb-forcing part of the work out of the way; and the situation is already markedly better than before for complaints about unimplementable implicit casts, such as CASE and UNION constructs with incompatible alternative data types. Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2008-08-29 01:09:48 +02:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
Implement XMLSERIALIZE for real. Analogously, make the xml to text cast observe the xmloption. Reorganize the representation of the XML option in the parse tree and the API to make it easier to manage and understand. Add regression tests for parsing back XML expressions.
2007-02-03 15:06:56 +01:00
return true;
}
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
static bool
_equalRoleSpec(const RoleSpec *a, const RoleSpec *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(roletype);
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(rolename);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
Implement syntax for transition tables in AFTER triggers. This is infrastructure for the complete SQL standard feature. No support is included at this point for execution nodes or PLs. The intent is to add that soon. As this patch leaves things, standard syntax can create tuplestores to contain old and/or new versions of rows affected by a statement. References to these tuplestores are in the TriggerData structure. C triggers can access the tuplestores directly, so they are usable, but they cannot yet be referenced within a SQL statement.
2016-11-04 16:49:50 +01:00
static bool
_equalTriggerTransition(const TriggerTransition *a, const TriggerTransition *b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isNew);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isTable);
return true;
}
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
static bool
Code review focused on new node types added by partitioning support. Fix failure to check that we got a plain Const from const-simplification of a coercion request. This is the cause of bug #14666 from Tian Bing: there is an int4 to money cast, but it's only stable not immutable (because of dependence on lc_monetary), resulting in a FuncExpr that the code was miserably unequipped to deal with, or indeed even to notice that it was failing to deal with. Add test cases around this coercion behavior. In view of the above, sprinkle the code liberally with castNode() macros, in hope of catching the next such bug a bit sooner. Also, change some functions that were randomly declared to take Node* to take more specific pointer types. And change some struct fields that were declared Node* but could be given more specific types, allowing removal of assorted explicit casts. Place PARTITION_MAX_KEYS check a bit closer to the code it's protecting. Likewise check only-one-key-for-list-partitioning restriction in a less random place. Avoid not-per-project-style usages like !strcmp(...). Fix assorted failures to avoid scribbling on the input of parse transformation. I'm not sure how necessary this is, but it's entirely silly for these functions to be expending cycles to avoid that and not getting it right. Add guards against partitioning on system columns. Put backend/nodes/ support code into an order that matches handling of these node types elsewhere. Annotate the fact that somebody added location fields to PartitionBoundSpec and PartitionRangeDatum but forgot to handle them in outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c. This is fairly harmless for production purposes (since readfuncs.c would just substitute -1 anyway) but it's still bogus. It's not worth forcing a post-beta1 initdb just to fix this, but if we have another reason to force initdb before 10.0, we should go back and clean this up. Contrariwise, somebody added location fields to PartitionElem and PartitionSpec but forgot to teach exprLocation() about them. Consolidate duplicative code in transformPartitionBound(). Improve a couple of error messages. Improve assorted commentary. Re-pgindent the files touched by this patch; this affects a few comment blocks that must have been added quite recently. Report: https://postgr.es/m/20170524024550.29935.14396@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-05-29 05:20:28 +02:00
_equalPartitionElem(const PartitionElem *a, const PartitionElem *b)
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
{
Code review focused on new node types added by partitioning support. Fix failure to check that we got a plain Const from const-simplification of a coercion request. This is the cause of bug #14666 from Tian Bing: there is an int4 to money cast, but it's only stable not immutable (because of dependence on lc_monetary), resulting in a FuncExpr that the code was miserably unequipped to deal with, or indeed even to notice that it was failing to deal with. Add test cases around this coercion behavior. In view of the above, sprinkle the code liberally with castNode() macros, in hope of catching the next such bug a bit sooner. Also, change some functions that were randomly declared to take Node* to take more specific pointer types. And change some struct fields that were declared Node* but could be given more specific types, allowing removal of assorted explicit casts. Place PARTITION_MAX_KEYS check a bit closer to the code it's protecting. Likewise check only-one-key-for-list-partitioning restriction in a less random place. Avoid not-per-project-style usages like !strcmp(...). Fix assorted failures to avoid scribbling on the input of parse transformation. I'm not sure how necessary this is, but it's entirely silly for these functions to be expending cycles to avoid that and not getting it right. Add guards against partitioning on system columns. Put backend/nodes/ support code into an order that matches handling of these node types elsewhere. Annotate the fact that somebody added location fields to PartitionBoundSpec and PartitionRangeDatum but forgot to handle them in outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c. This is fairly harmless for production purposes (since readfuncs.c would just substitute -1 anyway) but it's still bogus. It's not worth forcing a post-beta1 initdb just to fix this, but if we have another reason to force initdb before 10.0, we should go back and clean this up. Contrariwise, somebody added location fields to PartitionElem and PartitionSpec but forgot to teach exprLocation() about them. Consolidate duplicative code in transformPartitionBound(). Improve a couple of error messages. Improve assorted commentary. Re-pgindent the files touched by this patch; this affects a few comment blocks that must have been added quite recently. Report: https://postgr.es/m/20170524024550.29935.14396@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-05-29 05:20:28 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(expr);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(collation);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(opclass);
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
Code review focused on new node types added by partitioning support. Fix failure to check that we got a plain Const from const-simplification of a coercion request. This is the cause of bug #14666 from Tian Bing: there is an int4 to money cast, but it's only stable not immutable (because of dependence on lc_monetary), resulting in a FuncExpr that the code was miserably unequipped to deal with, or indeed even to notice that it was failing to deal with. Add test cases around this coercion behavior. In view of the above, sprinkle the code liberally with castNode() macros, in hope of catching the next such bug a bit sooner. Also, change some functions that were randomly declared to take Node* to take more specific pointer types. And change some struct fields that were declared Node* but could be given more specific types, allowing removal of assorted explicit casts. Place PARTITION_MAX_KEYS check a bit closer to the code it's protecting. Likewise check only-one-key-for-list-partitioning restriction in a less random place. Avoid not-per-project-style usages like !strcmp(...). Fix assorted failures to avoid scribbling on the input of parse transformation. I'm not sure how necessary this is, but it's entirely silly for these functions to be expending cycles to avoid that and not getting it right. Add guards against partitioning on system columns. Put backend/nodes/ support code into an order that matches handling of these node types elsewhere. Annotate the fact that somebody added location fields to PartitionBoundSpec and PartitionRangeDatum but forgot to handle them in outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c. This is fairly harmless for production purposes (since readfuncs.c would just substitute -1 anyway) but it's still bogus. It's not worth forcing a post-beta1 initdb just to fix this, but if we have another reason to force initdb before 10.0, we should go back and clean this up. Contrariwise, somebody added location fields to PartitionElem and PartitionSpec but forgot to teach exprLocation() about them. Consolidate duplicative code in transformPartitionBound(). Improve a couple of error messages. Improve assorted commentary. Re-pgindent the files touched by this patch; this affects a few comment blocks that must have been added quite recently. Report: https://postgr.es/m/20170524024550.29935.14396@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-05-29 05:20:28 +02:00
_equalPartitionSpec(const PartitionSpec *a, const PartitionSpec *b)
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
{
Code review focused on new node types added by partitioning support. Fix failure to check that we got a plain Const from const-simplification of a coercion request. This is the cause of bug #14666 from Tian Bing: there is an int4 to money cast, but it's only stable not immutable (because of dependence on lc_monetary), resulting in a FuncExpr that the code was miserably unequipped to deal with, or indeed even to notice that it was failing to deal with. Add test cases around this coercion behavior. In view of the above, sprinkle the code liberally with castNode() macros, in hope of catching the next such bug a bit sooner. Also, change some functions that were randomly declared to take Node* to take more specific pointer types. And change some struct fields that were declared Node* but could be given more specific types, allowing removal of assorted explicit casts. Place PARTITION_MAX_KEYS check a bit closer to the code it's protecting. Likewise check only-one-key-for-list-partitioning restriction in a less random place. Avoid not-per-project-style usages like !strcmp(...). Fix assorted failures to avoid scribbling on the input of parse transformation. I'm not sure how necessary this is, but it's entirely silly for these functions to be expending cycles to avoid that and not getting it right. Add guards against partitioning on system columns. Put backend/nodes/ support code into an order that matches handling of these node types elsewhere. Annotate the fact that somebody added location fields to PartitionBoundSpec and PartitionRangeDatum but forgot to handle them in outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c. This is fairly harmless for production purposes (since readfuncs.c would just substitute -1 anyway) but it's still bogus. It's not worth forcing a post-beta1 initdb just to fix this, but if we have another reason to force initdb before 10.0, we should go back and clean this up. Contrariwise, somebody added location fields to PartitionElem and PartitionSpec but forgot to teach exprLocation() about them. Consolidate duplicative code in transformPartitionBound(). Improve a couple of error messages. Improve assorted commentary. Re-pgindent the files touched by this patch; this affects a few comment blocks that must have been added quite recently. Report: https://postgr.es/m/20170524024550.29935.14396@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-05-29 05:20:28 +02:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(strategy);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(partParams);
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalPartitionBoundSpec(const PartitionBoundSpec *a, const PartitionBoundSpec *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(strategy);
Allow a partitioned table to have a default partition. Any tuples that don't route to any other partition will route to the default partition. Jeevan Ladhe, Beena Emerson, Ashutosh Bapat, Rahila Syed, and Robert Haas, with review and testing at various stages by (at least) Rushabh Lathia, Keith Fiske, Amit Langote, Amul Sul, Rajkumar Raghuanshi, Sven Kunze, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thom Brown, Rafia Sabih, and Dilip Kumar. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28tbN4SYyhS7YV1YBWcitkqbhSWfQCy0G=apRcC_PEO-bg@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOG9ApEYj34fWMcvBMBQ-YtqR9fTdXhdN82QEKG0SVZ6zeL1xg@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-08 23:28:04 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(is_default);
Add hash partitioning. Hash partitioning is useful when you want to partition a growing data set evenly. This can be useful to keep table sizes reasonable, which makes maintenance operations such as VACUUM faster, or to enable partition-wise join. At present, we still depend on constraint exclusion for partitioning pruning, and the shape of the partition constraints for hash partitioning is such that that doesn't work. Work is underway to fix that, which should both improve performance and make partitioning pruning work with hash partitioning. Amul Sul, reviewed and tested by Dilip Kumar, Ashutosh Bapat, Yugo Nagata, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Jesper Pedersen, and by me. A few final tweaks also by me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b96fhpJAP=ALbETmeLk1Uni_GFZD938zgenhF49qgDTjaQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-10 00:07:25 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(modulus);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(remainder);
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(listdatums);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lowerdatums);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(upperdatums);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalPartitionRangeDatum(const PartitionRangeDatum *a, const PartitionRangeDatum *b)
{
Use MINVALUE/MAXVALUE instead of UNBOUNDED for range partition bounds. Previously, UNBOUNDED meant no lower bound when used in the FROM list, and no upper bound when used in the TO list, which was OK for single-column range partitioning, but problematic with multiple columns. For example, an upper bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED) would not be collocated with a lower bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED), thus making it difficult or impossible to define contiguous multi-column range partitions in some cases. Fix this by using MINVALUE and MAXVALUE instead of UNBOUNDED to represent a partition column that is unbounded below or above respectively. This syntax removes any ambiguity, and ensures that if one partition's lower bound equals another partition's upper bound, then the partitions are contiguous. Also drop the constraint prohibiting finite values after an unbounded column, and just document the fact that any values after MINVALUE or MAXVALUE are ignored. Previously it was necessary to repeat UNBOUNDED multiple times, which was needlessly verbose. Note: Forces a post-PG 10 beta2 initdb. Report by Amul Sul, original patch by Amit Langote with some additional hacking by me. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b947mowpLdxL3jo3YLKngRjrq9+Ej4ymduQTfYR+8=YAYQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-07-21 10:20:47 +02:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(kind);
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(value);
COMPARE_LOCATION_FIELD(location);
return true;
}
static bool
_equalPartitionCmd(const PartitionCmd *a, const PartitionCmd *b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(name);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(bound);
ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... CONCURRENTLY Allow a partition be detached from its partitioned table without blocking concurrent queries, by running in two transactions and only requiring ShareUpdateExclusive in the partitioned table. Because it runs in two transactions, it cannot be used in a transaction block. This is the main reason to use dedicated syntax: so that users can choose to use the original mode if they need it. But also, it doesn't work when a default partition exists (because an exclusive lock would still need to be obtained on it, in order to change its partition constraint.) In case the second transaction is cancelled or a crash occurs, there's ALTER TABLE .. DETACH PARTITION .. FINALIZE, which executes the final steps. The main trick to make this work is the addition of column pg_inherits.inhdetachpending, initially false; can only be set true in the first part of this command. Once that is committed, concurrent transactions that use a PartitionDirectory will include or ignore partitions so marked: in optimizer they are ignored if the row is marked committed for the snapshot; in executor they are always included. As a result, and because of the way PartitionDirectory caches partition descriptors, queries that were planned before the detach will see the rows in the detached partition and queries that are planned after the detach, won't. A CHECK constraint is created that duplicates the partition constraint. This is probably not strictly necessary, and some users will prefer to remove it afterwards, but if the partition is re-attached to a partitioned table, the constraint needn't be rechecked. Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org> Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200803234854.GA24158@alvherre.pgsql
2021-03-25 22:00:28 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(concurrent);
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
return true;
}
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
/*
* Stuff from pg_list.h
*/
Restructure the code in copyfuncs and equalfuncs to put much heavier reliance on macros, in hopes of eliminating silly typos (like copying to the wrong field) and just generally making it easier to see the forest instead of the trees. As an example, here is the new code for A_Indices: static A_Indices * _copyAIndices(A_Indices *from) { A_Indices *newnode = makeNode(A_Indices); COPY_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COPY_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return newnode; } static bool _equalAIndices(A_Indices *a, A_Indices *b) { COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(lidx); COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(uidx); return true; } I plan to redo outfuncs/readfuncs in a similar style, but am committing what I've got.
2002-11-25 04:33:27 +01:00
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
static bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
_equalList(const List *a, const List *b)
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
{
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
const ListCell *item_a;
const ListCell *item_b;
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
/*
* Try to reject by simple scalar checks before grovelling through all the
* list elements...
*/
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(type);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(length);
/*
* We place the switch outside the loop for the sake of efficiency; this
* may not be worth doing...
*/
switch (a->type)
{
case T_List:
forboth(item_a, a, item_b, b)
{
if (!equal(lfirst(item_a), lfirst(item_b)))
return false;
}
break;
case T_IntList:
forboth(item_a, a, item_b, b)
{
if (lfirst_int(item_a) != lfirst_int(item_b))
return false;
}
break;
case T_OidList:
forboth(item_a, a, item_b, b)
{
if (lfirst_oid(item_a) != lfirst_oid(item_b))
return false;
}
break;
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized list node type: %d",
(int) a->type);
return false; /* keep compiler quiet */
}
/*
* If we got here, we should have run out of elements of both lists
*/
Assert(item_a == NULL);
Assert(item_b == NULL);
return true;
}
/*
* Stuff from value.h
*/
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
static bool
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
_equalInteger(const Integer *a, const Integer *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Rename value node fields For the formerly-Value node types, rename the "val" field to a name specific to the node type, namely "ival", "fval", "sval", and "bsval". This makes some code clearer and catches mixups better. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8c1a2e37-c68d-703c-5a83-7a6077f4f997@enterprisedb.com
2022-01-14 10:46:49 +01:00
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ival);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
_equalFloat(const Float *a, const Float *b)
{
Rename value node fields For the formerly-Value node types, rename the "val" field to a name specific to the node type, namely "ival", "fval", "sval", and "bsval". This makes some code clearer and catches mixups better. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8c1a2e37-c68d-703c-5a83-7a6077f4f997@enterprisedb.com
2022-01-14 10:46:49 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(fval);
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
return true;
}
Add Boolean node Before, SQL-level boolean constants were represented by a string with a cast, and internal Boolean values in DDL commands were usually represented by Integer nodes. This takes the place of both of these uses, making the intent clearer and having some amount of type safety. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8c1a2e37-c68d-703c-5a83-7a6077f4f997@enterprisedb.com
2022-01-14 10:46:49 +01:00
static bool
_equalBoolean(const Boolean *a, const Boolean *b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(boolval);
return true;
}
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
static bool
_equalString(const String *a, const String *b)
{
Rename value node fields For the formerly-Value node types, rename the "val" field to a name specific to the node type, namely "ival", "fval", "sval", and "bsval". This makes some code clearer and catches mixups better. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8c1a2e37-c68d-703c-5a83-7a6077f4f997@enterprisedb.com
2022-01-14 10:46:49 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(sval);
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
return true;
}
static bool
_equalBitString(const BitString *a, const BitString *b)
{
Rename value node fields For the formerly-Value node types, rename the "val" field to a name specific to the node type, namely "ival", "fval", "sval", and "bsval". This makes some code clearer and catches mixups better. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8c1a2e37-c68d-703c-5a83-7a6077f4f997@enterprisedb.com
2022-01-14 10:46:49 +01:00
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(bsval);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
return true;
}
/*
* equal
* returns whether two nodes are equal
*/
bool
Add const qualifiers to node inspection functions Thomas Munro
2011-12-07 20:46:56 +01:00
equal(const void *a, const void *b)
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
{
Error message editing in backend/bootstrap, /lib, /nodes, /port.
2003-07-23 01:30:39 +02:00
bool retval;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
if (a == b)
return true;
/*
* note that a!=b, so only one of them can be NULL
*/
if (a == NULL || b == NULL)
return false;
/*
* are they the same type of nodes?
*/
if (nodeTag(a) != nodeTag(b))
return false;
Add stack depth checks to key recursive functions in backend/nodes/*.c. Although copyfuncs.c has a check_stack_depth call in its recursion, equalfuncs.c, outfuncs.c, and readfuncs.c lacked one. This seems unwise. Likewise fix planstate_tree_walker(), in branches where that exists. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30253.1544286631@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-10 17:12:43 +01:00
/* Guard against stack overflow due to overly complex expressions */
check_stack_depth();
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
switch (nodeTag(a))
{
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
/*
* PRIMITIVE NODES
*/
case T_Alias:
retval = _equalAlias(a, b);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
break;
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
case T_RangeVar:
retval = _equalRangeVar(a, b);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
break;
Support XMLTABLE query expression XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query. This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using XMLReader under PL/Python). The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't currently support a default namespace to be specified. This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.) Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 16:39:37 +01:00
case T_TableFunc:
retval = _equalTableFunc(a, b);
break;
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
case T_IntoClause:
retval = _equalIntoClause(a, b);
break;
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
case T_Var:
retval = _equalVar(a, b);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
break;
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
case T_Const:
retval = _equalConst(a, b);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
break;
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
case T_Param:
retval = _equalParam(a, b);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
break;
equal() needs a case for Aggref nodes, as shown by: regression=> select sum(q1) from int8_tbl group by q2 order by sum(q1); NOTICE: equal: don't know whether nodes of type 107 are equal
1999-06-06 19:46:40 +02:00
case T_Aggref:
retval = _equalAggref(a, b);
Implement constant-expression simplification per Bernard Frankpitt, plus some improvements from yours truly. The simplifier depends on the proiscachable field of pg_proc to tell it whether a function is safe to pre-evaluate --- things like nextval() are not, for example. Update pg_proc.h to contain reasonable cacheability information; as of 6.5.* hardly any functions were marked cacheable. I may have erred too far in the other direction; see recent mail to pghackers for more info. This update does not force an initdb, exactly, but you won't see much benefit from the simplifier until you do one.
1999-09-26 04:28:44 +02:00
break;
Support GROUPING SETS, CUBE and ROLLUP. This SQL standard functionality allows to aggregate data by different GROUP BY clauses at once. Each grouping set returns rows with columns grouped by in other sets set to NULL. This could previously be achieved by doing each grouping as a separate query, conjoined by UNION ALLs. Besides being considerably more concise, grouping sets will in many cases be faster, requiring only one scan over the underlying data. The current implementation of grouping sets only supports using sorting for input. Individual sets that share a sort order are computed in one pass. If there are sets that don't share a sort order, additional sort & aggregation steps are performed. These additional passes are sourced by the previous sort step; thus avoiding repeated scans of the source data. The code is structured in a way that adding support for purely using hash aggregation or a mix of hashing and sorting is possible. Sorting was chosen to be supported first, as it is the most generic method of implementation. Instead of, as in an earlier versions of the patch, representing the chain of sort and aggregation steps as full blown planner and executor nodes, all but the first sort are performed inside the aggregation node itself. This avoids the need to do some unusual gymnastics to handle having to return aggregated and non-aggregated tuples from underlying nodes, as well as having to shut down underlying nodes early to limit memory usage. The optimizer still builds Sort/Agg node to describe each phase, but they're not part of the plan tree, but instead additional data for the aggregation node. They're a convenient and preexisting way to describe aggregation and sorting. The first (and possibly only) sort step is still performed as a separate execution step. That retains similarity with existing group by plans, makes rescans fairly simple, avoids very deep plans (leading to slow explains) and easily allows to avoid the sorting step if the underlying data is sorted by other means. A somewhat ugly side of this patch is having to deal with a grammar ambiguity between the new CUBE keyword and the cube extension/functions named cube (and rollup). To avoid breaking existing deployments of the cube extension it has not been renamed, neither has cube been made a reserved keyword. Instead precedence hacking is used to make GROUP BY cube(..) refer to the CUBE grouping sets feature, and not the function cube(). To actually group by a function cube(), unlikely as that might be, the function name has to be quoted. Needs a catversion bump because stored rules may change. Author: Andrew Gierth and Atri Sharma, with contributions from Andres Freund Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Noah Misch, Tom Lane, Svenne Krap, Tomas Vondra, Erik Rijkers, Marti Raudsepp, Pavel Stehule Discussion: CAOeZVidmVRe2jU6aMk_5qkxnB7dfmPROzM7Ur8JPW5j8Y5X-Lw@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-16 03:40:59 +02:00
case T_GroupingFunc:
retval = _equalGroupingFunc(a, b);
break;
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
case T_WindowFunc:
retval = _equalWindowFunc(a, b);
break;
Renaming for new subscripting mechanism Over at patch https://commitfest.postgresql.org/21/1062/ Dmitry wants to introduce a more generic subscription mechanism, which allows subscripting not only arrays but also other object types such as JSONB. That functionality is introduced in a largish invasive patch, out of which this internal renaming patch was extracted. Author: Dmitry Dolgov Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcUK4EqPAu7XRRO5CCjMwhz5zvg+rfWuLzVoxp_5sKS6=w@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-01 16:50:32 +01:00
case T_SubscriptingRef:
retval = _equalSubscriptingRef(a, b);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
break;
case T_FuncExpr:
retval = _equalFuncExpr(a, b);
break;
Support use of function argument names to identify which actual arguments match which function parameters. The syntax uses AS, for example funcname(value AS arg1, anothervalue AS arg2) Pavel Stehule
2009-10-08 04:39:25 +02:00
case T_NamedArgExpr:
retval = _equalNamedArgExpr(a, b);
break;
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
case T_OpExpr:
retval = _equalOpExpr(a, b);
break;
case T_DistinctExpr:
retval = _equalDistinctExpr(a, b);
break;
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
case T_NullIfExpr:
retval = _equalNullIfExpr(a, b);
break;
Support expressions of the form 'scalar op ANY (array)' and 'scalar op ALL (array)', where the operator is applied between the lefthand scalar and each element of the array. The operator must yield boolean; the result of the construct is the OR or AND of the per-element results, respectively. Original coding by Joe Conway, after an idea of Peter's. Rewritten by Tom to keep the implementation strictly separate from subqueries.
2003-06-29 02:33:44 +02:00
case T_ScalarArrayOpExpr:
retval = _equalScalarArrayOpExpr(a, b);
break;
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
case T_BoolExpr:
retval = _equalBoolExpr(a, b);
break;
Implement constant-expression simplification per Bernard Frankpitt, plus some improvements from yours truly. The simplifier depends on the proiscachable field of pg_proc to tell it whether a function is safe to pre-evaluate --- things like nextval() are not, for example. Update pg_proc.h to contain reasonable cacheability information; as of 6.5.* hardly any functions were marked cacheable. I may have erred too far in the other direction; see recent mail to pghackers for more info. This update does not force an initdb, exactly, but you won't see much benefit from the simplifier until you do one.
1999-09-26 04:28:44 +02:00
case T_SubLink:
retval = _equalSubLink(a, b);
equal() needs a case for Aggref nodes, as shown by: regression=> select sum(q1) from int8_tbl group by q2 order by sum(q1); NOTICE: equal: don't know whether nodes of type 107 are equal
1999-06-06 19:46:40 +02:00
break;
Clean up plantree representation of SubPlan-s --- SubLink does not appear in the planned representation of a subplan at all any more, only SubPlan. This means subselect.c doesn't scribble on its input anymore, which seems like a good thing; and there are no longer three different possible interpretations of a SubLink. Simplify node naming and improve comments in primnodes.h. No change to stored rules, though.
2002-12-14 01:17:59 +01:00
case T_SubPlan:
retval = _equalSubPlan(a, b);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
break;
Arrange to convert EXISTS subqueries that are equivalent to hashable IN subqueries into the same thing you'd have gotten from IN (except always with unknownEqFalse = true, so as to get the proper semantics for an EXISTS). I believe this fixes the last case within CVS HEAD in which an EXISTS could give worse performance than an equivalent IN subquery. The tricky part of this is that if the upper query probes the EXISTS for only a few rows, the hashing implementation can actually be worse than the default, and therefore we need to make a cost-based decision about which way to use. But at the time when the planner generates plans for subqueries, it doesn't really know how many times the subquery will be executed. The least invasive solution seems to be to generate both plans and postpone the choice until execution. Therefore, in a query that has been optimized this way, EXPLAIN will show two subplans for the EXISTS, of which only one will actually get executed. There is a lot more that could be done based on this infrastructure: in particular it's interesting to consider switching to the hash plan if we start out using the non-hashed plan but find a lot more upper rows going by than we expected. I have therefore left some minor inefficiencies in place, such as initializing both subplans even though we will currently only use one.
2008-08-22 02:16:04 +02:00
case T_AlternativeSubPlan:
retval = _equalAlternativeSubPlan(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_FieldSelect:
retval = _equalFieldSelect(a, b);
break;
Support assignment to subfields of composite columns in UPDATE and INSERT. As a side effect, cause subscripts in INSERT targetlists to do something more or less sensible; previously we evaluated such subscripts and then effectively ignored them. Another side effect is that UPDATE-ing an element or slice of an array value that is NULL now produces a non-null result, namely an array containing just the assigned-to positions.
2004-06-09 21:08:20 +02:00
case T_FieldStore:
retval = _equalFieldStore(a, b);
break;
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
case T_RelabelType:
retval = _equalRelabelType(a, b);
break;
Downgrade implicit casts to text to be assignment-only, except for the ones from the other string-category types; this eliminates a lot of surprising interpretations that the parser could formerly make when there was no directly applicable operator. Create a general mechanism that supports casts to and from the standard string types (text,varchar,bpchar) for *every* datatype, by invoking the datatype's I/O functions. These new casts are assignment-only in the to-string direction, explicit-only in the other, and therefore should create no surprising behavior. Remove a bunch of thereby-obsoleted datatype-specific casting functions. The "general mechanism" is a new expression node type CoerceViaIO that can actually convert between *any* two datatypes if their external text representations are compatible. This is more general than needed for the immediate feature, but might be useful in plpgsql or other places in future. This commit does nothing about the issue that applying the concatenation operator || to non-text types will now fail, often with strange error messages due to misinterpreting the operator as array concatenation. Since it often (not always) worked before, we should either make it succeed or at least give a more user-friendly error; but details are still under debate. Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
2007-06-05 23:31:09 +02:00
case T_CoerceViaIO:
retval = _equalCoerceViaIO(a, b);
break;
Fix array coercion expressions to ensure that the correct volatility is seen by code inspecting the expression. The best way to do this seems to be to drop the original representation as a function invocation, and instead make a special expression node type that represents applying the element-type coercion function to each array element. In this way the element function is exposed and will be checked for volatility. Per report from Guillaume Smet.
2007-03-28 01:21:12 +02:00
case T_ArrayCoerceExpr:
retval = _equalArrayCoerceExpr(a, b);
break;
Instead of supposing (wrongly, in the general case) that the rowtype of an inheritance child table is binary-compatible with the rowtype of its parent, invent an expression node type that does the conversion correctly. Fixes the new bug exhibited by Kris Shannon as well as a lot of old bugs that would only show up when using multiple inheritance or after altering the parent table.
2004-12-12 00:26:51 +01:00
case T_ConvertRowtypeExpr:
retval = _equalConvertRowtypeExpr(a, b);
break;
Split CollateClause into separate raw and analyzed node types. CollateClause is now used only in raw grammar output, and CollateExpr after parse analysis. This is for clarity and to avoid carrying collation names in post-analysis parse trees: that's both wasteful and possibly misleading, since the collation's name could be changed while the parsetree still exists. Also, clean up assorted infelicities and omissions in processing of the node type.
2011-03-11 22:27:51 +01:00
case T_CollateExpr:
retval = _equalCollateExpr(a, b);
break;
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
case T_CaseExpr:
retval = _equalCaseExpr(a, b);
break;
case T_CaseWhen:
retval = _equalCaseWhen(a, b);
break;
Reimplement CASE val WHEN compval1 THEN ... WHEN compval2 THEN ... END so that the 'val' is computed only once, per recent discussion. The speedup is not much when 'val' is just a simple variable, but could be significant for larger expressions. More importantly this avoids issues with multiple evaluations of a volatile 'val', and it allows the CASE expression to be reverse-listed in its original form by ruleutils.c.
2004-03-17 21:48:43 +01:00
case T_CaseTestExpr:
retval = _equalCaseTestExpr(a, b);
break;
First phase of work on array improvements. ARRAY[x,y,z] constructor expressions, ARRAY(sub-SELECT) expressions, some array functions. Polymorphic functions using ANYARRAY/ANYELEMENT argument and return types. Some regression tests in place, documentation is lacking. Joe Conway, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2003-04-09 01:20:04 +02:00
case T_ArrayExpr:
retval = _equalArrayExpr(a, b);
break;
Promote row expressions to full-fledged citizens of the expression syntax, rather than allowing them only in a few special cases as before. In particular you can now pass a ROW() construct to a function that accepts a rowtype parameter. Internal generation of RowExprs fixes a number of corner cases that used to not work very well, such as referencing the whole-row result of a JOIN or subquery. This represents a further step in the work I started a month or so back to make rowtype values into first-class citizens.
2004-05-11 00:44:49 +02:00
case T_RowExpr:
retval = _equalRowExpr(a, b);
break;
Implement SQL-compliant treatment of row comparisons for < <= > >= cases (previously we only did = and <> correctly). Also, allow row comparisons with any operators that are in btree opclasses, not only those with these specific names. This gets rid of a whole lot of indefensible assumptions about the behavior of particular operators based on their names ... though it's still true that IN and NOT IN expand to "= ANY". The patch adds a RowCompareExpr expression node type, and makes some changes in the representation of ANY/ALL/ROWCOMPARE SubLinks so that they can share code with RowCompareExpr. I have not yet done anything about making RowCompareExpr an indexable operator, but will look at that soon. initdb forced due to changes in stored rules.
2005-12-28 02:30:02 +01:00
case T_RowCompareExpr:
retval = _equalRowCompareExpr(a, b);
break;
COALESCE() and NULLIF() are now first-class expressions, not macros that turn into CASE expressions. They evaluate their arguments at most once. Patch by Kris Jurka, review and (very light) editorializing by me.
2003-02-16 03:30:39 +01:00
case T_CoalesceExpr:
retval = _equalCoalesceExpr(a, b);
break;
Add Oracle-compatible GREATEST and LEAST functions. Pavel Stehule
2005-06-27 00:05:42 +02:00
case T_MinMaxExpr:
retval = _equalMinMaxExpr(a, b);
break;
Improve parsetree representation of special functions such as CURRENT_DATE. We implement a dozen or so parameterless functions that the SQL standard defines special syntax for. Up to now, that was done by converting them into more or less ad-hoc constructs such as "'now'::text::date". That's messy for multiple reasons: it exposes what should be implementation details to users, and performance is worse than it needs to be in several cases. To improve matters, invent a new expression node type SQLValueFunction that can represent any of these parameterless functions. Bump catversion because this changes stored parsetrees for rules. Discussion: <30058.1463091294@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-17 02:33:01 +02:00
case T_SQLValueFunction:
retval = _equalSQLValueFunction(a, b);
break;
Code review for XML patch. Instill a bit of sanity in the location of the XmlExpr code in various lists, use a representation that has some hope of reverse-listing correctly (though it's still a de-escaping function shy of correctness), generally try to make it look more like Postgres coding conventions.
2006-12-24 01:29:20 +01:00
case T_XmlExpr:
retval = _equalXmlExpr(a, b);
break;
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
case T_NullTest:
retval = _equalNullTest(a, b);
break;
case T_BooleanTest:
retval = _equalBooleanTest(a, b);
break;
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
case T_CoerceToDomain:
retval = _equalCoerceToDomain(a, b);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
break;
Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly with domain constraint operations stored in rules. Rod Taylor; code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 22:15:45 +01:00
case T_CoerceToDomainValue:
retval = _equalCoerceToDomainValue(a, b);
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
break;
Code review for UPDATE tab SET col = DEFAULT patch ... whack it around so it has some chance of working in rules ...
2003-07-03 18:34:26 +02:00
case T_SetToDefault:
retval = _equalSetToDefault(a, b);
break;
Support UPDATE/DELETE WHERE CURRENT OF cursor_name, per SQL standard. Along the way, allow FOR UPDATE in non-WITH-HOLD cursors; there may once have been a reason to disallow that, but it seems to work now, and it's really rather necessary if you want to select a row via a cursor and then update it in a concurrent-safe fashion. Original patch by Arul Shaji, rather heavily editorialized by Tom Lane.
2007-06-11 03:16:30 +02:00
case T_CurrentOfExpr:
retval = _equalCurrentOfExpr(a, b);
break;
Identity columns This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have: - CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence - cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE - dropping default does not drop sequence - need to grant separate privileges to sequence - other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 14:33:16 +02:00
case T_NextValueExpr:
retval = _equalNextValueExpr(a, b);
break;
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE. The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting. ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias. This feature is often referred to as upsert. This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken. If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is deemed inserted. To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT INTO now can alias its target table. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes. Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs, Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
case T_InferenceElem:
retval = _equalInferenceElem(a, b);
break;
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
case T_TargetEntry:
retval = _equalTargetEntry(a, b);
break;
First cut at full support for OUTER JOINs. There are still a few loose ends to clean up (see my message of same date to pghackers), but mostly it works. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-12 23:07:18 +02:00
case T_RangeTblRef:
retval = _equalRangeTblRef(a, b);
break;
Subselects in FROM clause, per ISO syntax: FROM (SELECT ...) [AS] alias. (Don't forget that an alias is required.) Views reimplemented as expanding to subselect-in-FROM. Grouping, aggregates, DISTINCT in views actually work now (he says optimistically). No UNION support in subselects/views yet, but I have some ideas about that. Rule-related permissions checking moved out of rewriter and into executor. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-29 20:21:41 +02:00
case T_FromExpr:
retval = _equalFromExpr(a, b);
break;
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE. The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting. ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias. This feature is often referred to as upsert. This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken. If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is deemed inserted. To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT INTO now can alias its target table. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes. Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs, Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
case T_OnConflictExpr:
retval = _equalOnConflictExpr(a, b);
break;
First cut at full support for OUTER JOINs. There are still a few loose ends to clean up (see my message of same date to pghackers), but mostly it works. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-12 23:07:18 +02:00
case T_JoinExpr:
retval = _equalJoinExpr(a, b);
break;
Common SQL/JSON clauses This introduces some of the building blocks used by the SQL/JSON constructor and query functions. Specifically, it provides node executor and grammar support for the FORMAT JSON [ENCODING foo] clause, and values decorated with it, and for the RETURNING clause. The following SQL/JSON patches will leverage these. Nikita Glukhov (who probably deserves an award for perseverance). Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:00:49 +01:00
case T_JsonFormat:
retval = _equalJsonFormat(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonReturning:
retval = _equalJsonReturning(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonValueExpr:
retval = _equalJsonValueExpr(a, b);
break;
SQL JSON functions This Patch introduces three SQL standard JSON functions: JSON() (incorrectly mentioned in my commit message for f4fb45d15c) JSON_SCALAR() JSON_SERIALIZE() JSON() produces json values from text, bytea, json or jsonb values, and has facilitites for handling duplicate keys. JSON_SCALAR() produces a json value from any scalar sql value, including json and jsonb. JSON_SERIALIZE() produces text or bytea from input which containis or represents json or jsonb; For the most part these functions don't add any significant new capabilities, but they will be of use to users wanting standard compliant JSON handling. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:15:13 +01:00
case T_JsonParseExpr:
retval = _equalJsonParseExpr(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonScalarExpr:
retval = _equalJsonScalarExpr(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonSerializeExpr:
retval = _equalJsonSerializeExpr(a, b);
break;
SQL/JSON constructors This patch introduces the SQL/JSON standard constructors for JSON: JSON() JSON_ARRAY() JSON_ARRAYAGG() JSON_OBJECT() JSON_OBJECTAGG() For the most part these functions provide facilities that mimic existing json/jsonb functions. However, they also offer some useful additional functionality. In addition to text input, the JSON() function accepts bytea input, which it will decode and constuct a json value from. The other functions provide useful options for handling duplicate keys and null values. This series of patches will be followed by a consolidated documentation patch. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:02:10 +01:00
case T_JsonConstructorExpr:
retval = _equalJsonConstructorExpr(a, b);
break;
IS JSON predicate This patch intrdocuces the SQL standard IS JSON predicate. It operates on text and bytea values representing JSON as well as on the json and jsonb types. Each test has an IS and IS NOT variant. The tests are: IS JSON [VALUE] IS JSON ARRAY IS JSON OBJECT IS JSON SCALAR IS JSON WITH | WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS These are mostly self-explanatory, but note that IS JSON WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS is true whenever IS JSON is true, and IS JSON WITH UNIQUE KEYS is true whenever IS JSON is true except it IS JSON OBJECT is true and there are duplicate keys (which is never the case when applied to jsonb values). Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:02:53 +01:00
case T_JsonIsPredicate:
retval = _equalJsonIsPredicate(a, b);
break;
SQL/JSON query functions This introduces the SQL/JSON functions for querying JSON data using jsonpath expressions. The functions are: JSON_EXISTS() JSON_QUERY() JSON_VALUE() All of these functions only operate on jsonb. The workaround for now is to cast the argument to jsonb. JSON_EXISTS() tests if the jsonpath expression applied to the jsonb value yields any values. JSON_VALUE() must return a single value, and an error occurs if it tries to return multiple values. JSON_QUERY() must return a json object or array, and there are various WRAPPER options for handling scalar or multi-value results. Both these functions have options for handling EMPTY and ERROR conditions. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:11:14 +01:00
case T_JsonBehavior:
retval = _equalJsonBehavior(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonExpr:
retval = _equalJsonExpr(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonCoercion:
retval = _equalJsonCoercion(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonItemCoercions:
retval = _equalJsonItemCoercions(a, b);
break;
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
case T_JsonTableParent:
retval = _equalJsonTableParent(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonTableSibling:
retval = _equalJsonTableSibling(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
/*
* RELATION NODES
*/
Refactor planner's pathkeys data structure to create a separate, explicit representation of equivalence classes of variables. This is an extensive rewrite, but it brings a number of benefits: * planner no longer fails in the presence of "incomplete" operator families that don't offer operators for every possible combination of datatypes. * avoid generating and then discarding redundant equality clauses. * remove bogus assumption that derived equalities always use operators named "=". * mergejoins can work with a variety of sort orders (e.g., descending) now, instead of tying each mergejoinable operator to exactly one sort order. * better recognition of redundant sort columns. * can make use of equalities appearing underneath an outer join.
2007-01-20 21:45:41 +01:00
case T_PathKey:
retval = _equalPathKey(a, b);
Tid access method feature from Hiroshi Inoue, Inoue@tpf.co.jp
1999-11-23 21:07:06 +01:00
break;
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
case T_RestrictInfo:
retval = _equalRestrictInfo(a, b);
Support for subselects. (Have to re-visit readfuncs.c)
1998-02-13 04:27:47 +01:00
break;
Add a concept of "placeholder" variables to the planner. These are variables that represent some expression that we desire to compute below the top level of the plan, and then let that value "bubble up" as though it were a plain Var (ie, a column value). The immediate application is to allow sub-selects to be flattened even when they are below an outer join and have non-nullable output expressions. Formerly we couldn't flatten because such an expression wouldn't properly go to NULL when evaluated above the outer join. Now, we wrap it in a PlaceHolderVar and arrange for the actual evaluation to occur below the outer join. When the resulting Var bubbles up through the join, it will be set to NULL if necessary, yielding the correct results. This fixes a planner limitation that's existed since 7.1. In future we might want to use this mechanism to re-introduce some form of Hellerstein's "expensive functions" optimization, ie place the evaluation of an expensive function at the most suitable point in the plan tree.
2008-10-21 22:42:53 +02:00
case T_PlaceHolderVar:
retval = _equalPlaceHolderVar(a, b);
break;
Implement SEMI and ANTI joins in the planner and executor. (Semijoins replace the old JOIN_IN code, but antijoins are new functionality.) Teach the planner to convert appropriate EXISTS and NOT EXISTS subqueries into semi and anti joins respectively. Also, LEFT JOINs with suitable upper-level IS NULL filters are recognized as being anti joins. Unify the InClauseInfo and OuterJoinInfo infrastructure into "SpecialJoinInfo". With that change, it becomes possible to associate a SpecialJoinInfo with every join attempt, which permits some cleanup of join selectivity estimation. That needs to be taken much further than this patch does, but the next step is to change the API for oprjoin selectivity functions, which seems like material for a separate patch. So for the moment the output size estimates for semi and especially anti joins are quite bogus.
2008-08-14 20:48:00 +02:00
case T_SpecialJoinInfo:
retval = _equalSpecialJoinInfo(a, b);
IN clauses appearing at top level of WHERE can now be handled as joins. There are two implementation techniques: the executor understands a new JOIN_IN jointype, which emits at most one matching row per left-hand row, or the result of the IN's sub-select can be fed through a DISTINCT filter and then joined as an ordinary relation. Along the way, some minor code cleanup in the optimizer; notably, break out most of the jointree-rearrangement preprocessing in planner.c and put it in a new file prep/prepjointree.c.
2003-01-20 19:55:07 +01:00
break;
Restructure planner's handling of inheritance. Rather than processing inheritance trees on-the-fly, which pretty well constrained us to considering only one way of planning inheritance, expand inheritance sets during the planner prep phase, and build a side data structure that can be consulted later to find which RTEs are members of which inheritance sets. As proof of concept, use the data structure to plan joins against inheritance sets more efficiently: we can now use indexes on the set members in inner-indexscan joins. (The generated plans could be improved further, but it'll take some executor changes.) This data structure will also support handling UNION ALL subqueries in the same way as inheritance sets, but that aspect of it isn't finished yet.
2006-01-31 22:39:25 +01:00
case T_AppendRelInfo:
retval = _equalAppendRelInfo(a, b);
break;
Add a concept of "placeholder" variables to the planner. These are variables that represent some expression that we desire to compute below the top level of the plan, and then let that value "bubble up" as though it were a plain Var (ie, a column value). The immediate application is to allow sub-selects to be flattened even when they are below an outer join and have non-nullable output expressions. Formerly we couldn't flatten because such an expression wouldn't properly go to NULL when evaluated above the outer join. Now, we wrap it in a PlaceHolderVar and arrange for the actual evaluation to occur below the outer join. When the resulting Var bubbles up through the join, it will be set to NULL if necessary, yielding the correct results. This fixes a planner limitation that's existed since 7.1. In future we might want to use this mechanism to re-introduce some form of Hellerstein's "expensive functions" optimization, ie place the evaluation of an expensive function at the most suitable point in the plan tree.
2008-10-21 22:42:53 +02:00
case T_PlaceHolderInfo:
retval = _equalPlaceHolderInfo(a, b);
break;
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
case T_List:
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
case T_IntList:
case T_OidList:
retval = _equalList(a, b);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
break;
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs entries, including T_Null which has been missing forever; surprising it wasn't noticed before. The other additions are, um, sloppiness in certain recent feature additions.
2002-08-19 02:11:53 +02:00
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
case T_Integer:
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
retval = _equalInteger(a, b);
break;
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
case T_Float:
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
retval = _equalFloat(a, b);
break;
Add Boolean node Before, SQL-level boolean constants were represented by a string with a cast, and internal Boolean values in DDL commands were usually represented by Integer nodes. This takes the place of both of these uses, making the intent clearer and having some amount of type safety. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8c1a2e37-c68d-703c-5a83-7a6077f4f997@enterprisedb.com
2022-01-14 10:46:49 +01:00
case T_Boolean:
retval = _equalBoolean(a, b);
break;
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
case T_String:
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
retval = _equalString(a, b);
break;
Change the parser to convert SQL "position" and "substring" syntax to position() and substring() functions, so that it works transparently for bit types as well. Alias the text functions appropriately. Add position() for bit types. Add new constant node T_BitString that represents literals of the form B'1001 and pass those to zpbit type.
2000-10-31 11:22:13 +01:00
case T_BitString:
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
retval = _equalBitString(a, b);
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
Introduce extensible node types. An extensible node is always tagged T_Extensible, but the extnodename field identifies it more specifically; it may also include arbitrary private data. Extensible nodes can be copied, tested for equality, serialized, and deserialized, but the core system doesn't know anything about them otherwise. Some extensions may find it useful to include these nodes in fdw_private or custom_private lists in lieu of arm-wrestling their data into a format that the core code can understand. Along the way, so as not to burden the authors of such extensible node types too much, expose the functions for writing serialized tokens, and for serializing and deserializing bitmapsets. KaiGai Kohei, per a design suggested by me. Reviewed by Andres Freund and by me, and further edited by me.
2016-02-12 15:31:16 +01:00
/*
* EXTENSIBLE NODES
*/
case T_ExtensibleNode:
retval = _equalExtensibleNode(a, b);
break;
Phase 2 of read-only-plans project: restructure expression-tree nodes so that all executable expression nodes inherit from a common supertype Expr. This is somewhat of an exercise in code purity rather than any real functional advance, but getting rid of the extra Oper or Func node formerly used in each operator or function call should provide at least a little space and speed improvement. initdb forced by changes in stored-rules representation.
2002-12-12 16:49:42 +01:00
/*
* PARSE NODES
*/
Add equality checking for T_Query so that we don't get complaints in UNION regress test. Probably still need some more node types to be handled here, but I'm done for the day...
1999-02-07 01:52:12 +01:00
case T_Query:
retval = _equalQuery(a, b);
break;
Change representation of statement lists, and add statement location info. This patch makes several changes that improve the consistency of representation of lists of statements. It's always been the case that the output of parse analysis is a list of Query nodes, whatever the types of the individual statements in the list. This patch brings similar consistency to the outputs of raw parsing and planning steps: * The output of raw parsing is now always a list of RawStmt nodes; the statement-type-dependent nodes are one level down from that. * The output of pg_plan_queries() is now always a list of PlannedStmt nodes, even for utility statements. In the case of a utility statement, "planning" just consists of wrapping a CMD_UTILITY PlannedStmt around the utility node. This list representation is now used in Portal and CachedPlan plan lists, replacing the former convention of intermixing PlannedStmts with bare utility-statement nodes. Now, every list of statements has a consistent head-node type depending on how far along it is in processing. This allows changing many places that formerly used generic "Node *" pointers to use a more specific pointer type, thus reducing the number of IsA() tests and casts needed, as well as improving code clarity. Also, the post-parse-analysis representation of DECLARE CURSOR is changed so that it looks more like EXPLAIN, PREPARE, etc. That is, the contained SELECT remains a child of the DeclareCursorStmt rather than getting flipped around to be the other way. It's now true for both Query and PlannedStmt that utilityStmt is non-null if and only if commandType is CMD_UTILITY. That allows simplifying a lot of places that were testing both fields. (I think some of those were just defensive programming, but in many places, it was actually necessary to avoid confusing DECLARE CURSOR with SELECT.) Because PlannedStmt carries a canSetTag field, we're also able to get rid of some ad-hoc rules about how to reconstruct canSetTag for a bare utility statement; specifically, the assumption that a utility is canSetTag if and only if it's the only one in its list. While I see no near-term need for relaxing that restriction, it's nice to get rid of the ad-hocery. The API of ProcessUtility() is changed so that what it's passed is the wrapper PlannedStmt not just the bare utility statement. This will affect all users of ProcessUtility_hook, but the changes are pretty trivial; see the affected contrib modules for examples of the minimum change needed. (Most compilers should give pointer-type-mismatch warnings for uncorrected code.) There's also a change in the API of ExplainOneQuery_hook, to pass through cursorOptions instead of expecting hook functions to know what to pick. This is needed because of the DECLARE CURSOR changes, but really should have been done in 9.6; it's unlikely that any extant hook functions know about using CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK. Finally, teach gram.y to save statement boundary locations in RawStmt nodes, and pass those through to Query and PlannedStmt nodes. This allows more intelligent handling of cases where a source query string contains multiple statements. This patch doesn't actually do anything with the information, but a follow-on patch will. (Passing this information through cleanly is the true motivation for these changes; while I think this is all good cleanup, it's unlikely we'd have bothered without this end goal.) catversion bump because addition of location fields to struct Query affects stored rules. This patch is by me, but it owes a good deal to Fabien Coelho who did a lot of preliminary work on the problem, and also reviewed the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.20.1612200926310.29821@lancre
2017-01-14 22:02:35 +01:00
case T_RawStmt:
retval = _equalRawStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_InsertStmt:
retval = _equalInsertStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_DeleteStmt:
retval = _equalDeleteStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_UpdateStmt:
retval = _equalUpdateStmt(a, b);
break;
Add support for MERGE SQL command MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table using a source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL statement that can conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows -- a task that would otherwise require multiple PL statements. For example, MERGE INTO target AS t USING source AS s ON t.tid = s.sid WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta WHEN MATCHED THEN DELETE WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta) WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN DO NOTHING; MERGE works with regular tables, partitioned tables and inheritance hierarchies, including column and row security enforcement, as well as support for row and statement triggers and transition tables therein. MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though also useful for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended to be used in preference to existing single SQL commands for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there is some overhead. MERGE can be used from PL/pgSQL. MERGE does not support targetting updatable views or foreign tables, and RETURNING clauses are not allowed either. These limitations are likely fixable with sufficient effort. Rewrite rules are also not supported, but it's not clear that we'd want to support them. Author: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com> Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org> Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com> Author: Simon Riggs <simon.riggs@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com> Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231134736.GA25392@alvherre.pgsql
2022-03-28 16:45:58 +02:00
case T_MergeStmt:
retval = _equalMergeStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_SelectStmt:
retval = _equalSelectStmt(a, b);
break;
Reimplementation of UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT. INTERSECT/EXCEPT now meet the SQL92 semantics, including support for ALL option. All three can be used in subqueries and views. DISTINCT and ORDER BY work now in views, too. This rewrite fixes many problems with cross-datatype UNIONs and INSERT/SELECT where the SELECT yields different datatypes than the INSERT needs. I did that by making UNION subqueries and SELECT in INSERT be treated like subselects-in-FROM, thereby allowing an extra level of targetlist where the datatype conversions can be inserted safely. INITDB NEEDED!
2000-10-05 21:11:39 +02:00
case T_SetOperationStmt:
retval = _equalSetOperationStmt(a, b);
break;
SQL-standard function body This adds support for writing CREATE FUNCTION and CREATE PROCEDURE statements for language SQL with a function body that conforms to the SQL standard and is portable to other implementations. Instead of the PostgreSQL-specific AS $$ string literal $$ syntax, this allows writing out the SQL statements making up the body unquoted, either as a single statement: CREATE FUNCTION add(a integer, b integer) RETURNS integer LANGUAGE SQL RETURN a + b; or as a block CREATE PROCEDURE insert_data(a integer, b integer) LANGUAGE SQL BEGIN ATOMIC INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (a); INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (b); END; The function body is parsed at function definition time and stored as expression nodes in a new pg_proc column prosqlbody. So at run time, no further parsing is required. However, this form does not support polymorphic arguments, because there is no more parse analysis done at call time. Dependencies between the function and the objects it uses are fully tracked. A new RETURN statement is introduced. This can only be used inside function bodies. Internally, it is treated much like a SELECT statement. psql needs some new intelligence to keep track of function body boundaries so that it doesn't send off statements when it sees semicolons that are inside a function body. Tested-by: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec> Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1c11f1eb-f00c-43b7-799d-2d44132c02d7@2ndquadrant.com
2021-04-07 21:30:08 +02:00
case T_ReturnStmt:
retval = _equalReturnStmt(a, b);
break;
Re-implement pl/pgsql's expression and assignment parsing. Invent new RawParseModes that allow the core grammar to handle pl/pgsql expressions and assignments directly, and thereby get rid of a lot of hackery in pl/pgsql's parser. This moves a good deal of knowledge about pl/pgsql into the core code: notably, we have to invent a CoercionContext that matches pl/pgsql's (rather dubious) historical behavior for assignment coercions. That's getting away from the original idea of pl/pgsql as an arm's-length extension of the core, but really we crossed that bridge a long time ago. The main advantage of doing this is that we can now use the core parser to generate FieldStore and/or SubscriptingRef nodes to handle assignments to pl/pgsql variables that are records or arrays. That fixes a number of cases that had never been implemented in pl/pgsql assignment, such as nested records and array slicing, and it allows pl/pgsql assignment to support the datatype-specific subscripting behaviors introduced in commit c7aba7c14. There are cosmetic benefits too: when a syntax error occurs in a pl/pgsql expression, the error report no longer includes the confusing "SELECT" keyword that used to get prefixed to the expression text. Also, there seem to be some small speed gains. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
2021-01-04 17:52:00 +01:00
case T_PLAssignStmt:
retval = _equalPLAssignStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_AlterTableStmt:
retval = _equalAlterTableStmt(a, b);
break;
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
case T_AlterTableCmd:
retval = _equalAlterTableCmd(a, b);
break;
Revert per-index collation version tracking feature. Design problems were discovered in the handling of composite types and record types that would cause some relevant versions not to be recorded. Misgivings were also expressed about the use of the pg_depend catalog for this purpose. We're out of time for this release so we'll revert and try again. Commits reverted: 1bf946bd: Doc: Document known problem with Windows collation versions. cf002008: Remove no-longer-relevant test case. ef387bed: Fix bogus collation-version-recording logic. 0fb0a050: Hide internal error for pg_collation_actual_version(<bad OID>). ff942057: Suppress "warning: variable 'collcollate' set but not used". d50e3b1f: Fix assertion in collation version lookup. f24b1569: Rethink extraction of collation dependencies. 257836a7: Track collation versions for indexes. cd6f479e: Add pg_depend.refobjversion. 7d1297df: Remove pg_collation.collversion. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLhj5t1fcjqAu8iD9B3ixJtsTNqyCCD4V0aTO9kAKAjjA%40mail.gmail.com
2021-05-07 10:17:42 +02:00
case T_AlterCollationStmt:
retval = _equalAlterCollationStmt(a, b);
break;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
case T_AlterDomainStmt:
retval = _equalAlterDomainStmt(a, b);
break;
Allow GRANT/REVOKE to/from more than one user per invocation. Command tag for GRANT/REVOKE is now just that, not "CHANGE". On the way, migrate some of the aclitem internal representation away from the parser and build a real parse tree instead. Also add some 'const' qualifiers.
2001-06-10 01:21:55 +02:00
case T_GrantStmt:
retval = _equalGrantStmt(a, b);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_GrantRoleStmt:
retval = _equalGrantRoleStmt(a, b);
break;
Create an ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command, which allows users to adjust the privileges that will be applied to subsequently-created objects. Such adjustments are always per owning role, and can be restricted to objects created in particular schemas too. A notable benefit is that users can override the traditional default privilege settings, eg, the PUBLIC EXECUTE privilege traditionally granted by default for functions. Petr Jelinek
2009-10-05 21:24:49 +02:00
case T_AlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt:
retval = _equalAlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt(a, b);
break;
Restructure parsetree representation of DECLARE CURSOR: now it's a utility statement (DeclareCursorStmt) with a SELECT query dangling from it, rather than a SELECT query with a few unusual fields in it. Add code to determine whether a planned query can safely be run backwards. If DECLARE CURSOR specifies SCROLL, ensure that the plan can be run backwards by adding a Materialize plan node if it can't. Without SCROLL, you get an error if you try to fetch backwards from a cursor that can't handle it. (There is still some discussion about what the exact behavior should be, but this is necessary infrastructure in any case.) Along the way, make EXPLAIN DECLARE CURSOR work.
2003-03-10 04:53:52 +01:00
case T_DeclareCursorStmt:
retval = _equalDeclareCursorStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_ClosePortalStmt:
retval = _equalClosePortalStmt(a, b);
break;
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
case T_CallStmt:
retval = _equalCallStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_ClusterStmt:
retval = _equalClusterStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_CopyStmt:
retval = _equalCopyStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_CreateStmt:
retval = _equalCreateStmt(a, b);
break;
Rename the internal structures of the CREATE TABLE (LIKE ...) facility The original implementation of this interpreted it as a kind of "inheritance" facility and named all the internal structures accordingly. This turned out to be very confusing, because it has nothing to do with the INHERITS feature. So rename all the internal parser infrastructure, update the comments, adjust the error messages, and split up the regression tests.
2012-01-07 13:58:13 +01:00
case T_TableLikeClause:
retval = _equalTableLikeClause(a, b);
Includes: - LIKE <subtable> [ INCLUDING DEFAULTS | EXCLUDING DEFAULTS ] - Quick cleanup of analyze.c function prototypes. - New non-reserved keywords (INCLUDING, EXCLUDING, DEFAULTS), SQL 200X Opted not to extend for check constraints at this time. As per the definition that it's user defined columns, OIDs are NOT inherited. Doc and Source patches attached. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-06-25 05:40:19 +02:00
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_DefineStmt:
retval = _equalDefineStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_DropStmt:
retval = _equalDropStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_TruncateStmt:
retval = _equalTruncateStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_CommentStmt:
retval = _equalCommentStmt(a, b);
break;
Add a SECURITY LABEL command. This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it. KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
2010-09-28 02:55:27 +02:00
case T_SecLabelStmt:
retval = _equalSecLabelStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_FetchStmt:
retval = _equalFetchStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_IndexStmt:
retval = _equalIndexStmt(a, b);
break;
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
case T_CreateStatsStmt:
retval = _equalCreateStatsStmt(a, b);
break;
Allow setting statistics target for extended statistics When building statistics, we need to decide how many rows to sample and how accurate the resulting statistics should be. Until now, it was not possible to explicitly define statistics target for extended statistics objects, the value was always computed from the per-attribute targets with a fallback to the system-wide default statistics target. That's a bit inconvenient, as it ties together the statistics target set for per-column and extended statistics. In some cases it may be useful to require larger sample / higher accuracy for extended statics (or the other way around), but with this approach that's not possible. So this commit introduces a new command, allowing to specify statistics target for individual extended statistics objects, overriding the value derived from per-attribute targets (and the system default). ALTER STATISTICS stat_name SET STATISTICS target_value; When determining statistics target for an extended statistics object we first look at this explicitly set value. When this value is -1, we fall back to the old formula, looking at the per-attribute targets first and then the system default. This means the behavior is backwards compatible with older PostgreSQL releases. Author: Tomas Vondra Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618213357.vli3i23vpkset2xd@development Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Dean Rasheed
2019-09-10 20:09:27 +02:00
case T_AlterStatsStmt:
retval = _equalAlterStatsStmt(a, b);
break;
Extend syntax of CREATE FUNCTION to resemble SQL99.
2002-05-17 20:32:52 +02:00
case T_CreateFunctionStmt:
retval = _equalCreateFunctionStmt(a, b);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
break;
Apply the core parts of Dennis Bjorklund's patch to allow function parameters to be declared with names. pg_proc has a column to store names, and CREATE FUNCTION can insert data into it, but that's all as yet. I need to do more work on the pg_dump and plpgsql portions of the patch before committing those, but I thought I'd get the bulky changes in before the tree drifts under me. initdb forced due to pg_proc change.
2004-01-07 00:55:19 +01:00
case T_FunctionParameter:
retval = _equalFunctionParameter(a, b);
break;
Allow ALTER FUNCTION to change a function's strictness, volatility, and whether or not it is a security definer. Changing a function's strictness is required by SQL2003, and the other capabilities make sense. Also, allow an optional RESTRICT noise word to be specified, for SQL conformance. Some trivial regression tests added and the documentation has been updated.
2005-03-14 01:19:37 +01:00
case T_AlterFunctionStmt:
retval = _equalAlterFunctionStmt(a, b);
break;
Implement the DO statement to support execution of PL code without having to create a function for it. Procedural languages now have an additional entry point, namely a function to execute an inline code block. This seemed a better design than trying to hide the transient-ness of the code from the PL. As of this patch, only plpgsql has an inline handler, but probably people will soon write handlers for the other standard PLs. In passing, remove the long-dead LANCOMPILER option of CREATE LANGUAGE. Petr Jelinek
2009-09-23 01:43:43 +02:00
case T_DoStmt:
retval = _equalDoStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_RenameStmt:
retval = _equalRenameStmt(a, b);
break;
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
case T_AlterObjectDependsStmt:
retval = _equalAlterObjectDependsStmt(a, b);
break;
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
case T_AlterObjectSchemaStmt:
retval = _equalAlterObjectSchemaStmt(a, b);
break;
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
case T_AlterOwnerStmt:
retval = _equalAlterOwnerStmt(a, b);
break;
Add ALTER OPERATOR command, for changing selectivity estimator functions. Other options cannot be changed, as it's not totally clear if cached plans would need to be invalidated if one of the other options change. Selectivity estimator functions only change plan costs, not correctness of plans, so those should be safe. Original patch by Uriy Zhuravlev, heavily edited by me.
2015-07-14 17:17:55 +02:00
case T_AlterOperatorStmt:
retval = _equalAlterOperatorStmt(a, b);
break;
Allow ALTER TYPE to change some properties of a base type. Specifically, this patch allows ALTER TYPE to: * Change the default TOAST strategy for a toastable base type; * Promote a non-toastable type to toastable; * Add/remove binary I/O functions for a type; * Add/remove typmod I/O functions for a type; * Add/remove a custom ANALYZE statistics functions for a type. The first of these can be done by the type's owner; all the others require superuser privilege since misuse could cause problems. The main motivation for this patch is to allow extensions to upgrade the feature sets of their data types, so the set of alterable properties is biased towards that use-case. However it's also true that changing some other properties would be a lot harder, as they get baked into physical storage and/or stored expressions that depend on the type. Along the way, refactor GenerateTypeDependencies() to make it easier to call, refactor DefineType's volatility checks so they can be shared by AlterType, and teach typcache.c that it might have to reload data from the type's pg_type row, a scenario it never handled before. Also rearrange alter_type.sgml a bit for clarity (put the composite-type operations together). Tomas Vondra and Tom Lane Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200228004440.b23ein4qvmxnlpht@development
2020-03-06 18:19:29 +01:00
case T_AlterTypeStmt:
retval = _equalAlterTypeStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_RuleStmt:
retval = _equalRuleStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_NotifyStmt:
retval = _equalNotifyStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_ListenStmt:
retval = _equalListenStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_UnlistenStmt:
retval = _equalUnlistenStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_TransactionStmt:
retval = _equalTransactionStmt(a, b);
break;
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
case T_CompositeTypeStmt:
retval = _equalCompositeTypeStmt(a, b);
break;
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
case T_CreateEnumStmt:
retval = _equalCreateEnumStmt(a, b);
break;
Support range data types. Selectivity estimation functions are missing for some range type operators, which is a TODO. Jeff Davis
2011-11-03 12:16:28 +01:00
case T_CreateRangeStmt:
retval = _equalCreateRangeStmt(a, b);
break;
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
case T_AlterEnumStmt:
retval = _equalAlterEnumStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_ViewStmt:
retval = _equalViewStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_LoadStmt:
retval = _equalLoadStmt(a, b);
break;
Add DOMAIN support. Includes manual pages and regression tests, from Rod Taylor.
2002-03-19 03:18:25 +01:00
case T_CreateDomainStmt:
retval = _equalCreateDomainStmt(a, b);
break;
Implement CREATE/DROP OPERATOR CLASS. Work still remains: need more documentation (xindex.sgml should be rewritten), need to teach pg_dump about it, need to update contrib modules that currently build pg_opclass entries by hand. Original patch by Bill Studenmund, grammar adjustments and general update for 7.3 by Tom Lane.
2002-07-30 00:14:11 +02:00
case T_CreateOpClassStmt:
retval = _equalCreateOpClassStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_CreateOpClassItem:
retval = _equalCreateOpClassItem(a, b);
break;
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
case T_CreateOpFamilyStmt:
retval = _equalCreateOpFamilyStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_AlterOpFamilyStmt:
retval = _equalAlterOpFamilyStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_CreatedbStmt:
retval = _equalCreatedbStmt(a, b);
break;
Add per-user and per-database connection limit options. This patch also includes preliminary update of pg_dumpall for roles. Petr Jelinek, with review by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-07-31 19:19:22 +02:00
case T_AlterDatabaseStmt:
retval = _equalAlterDatabaseStmt(a, b);
break;
Add missing node support functions forgotten in 37851a8b83d3d57ca48736093b10aa5f3bc0c177
2022-02-14 09:11:13 +01:00
case T_AlterDatabaseRefreshCollStmt:
retval = _equalAlterDatabaseRefreshCollStmt(a, b);
break;
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
case T_AlterDatabaseSetStmt:
retval = _equalAlterDatabaseSetStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_DropdbStmt:
retval = _equalDropdbStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_VacuumStmt:
retval = _equalVacuumStmt(a, b);
break;
Allow multiple tables to be specified in one VACUUM or ANALYZE command. Not much to say about this; does what it says on the tin. However, formerly, if there was a column list then the ANALYZE action was implied; now it must be specified, or you get an error. This is because it would otherwise be a bit unclear what the user meant if some tables have column lists and some don't. Nathan Bossart, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Masahiko Sawada, with some editorialization by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E061A8E3-5E3D-494D-94F0-E8A9B312BBFC@amazon.com
2017-10-04 00:53:44 +02:00
case T_VacuumRelation:
retval = _equalVacuumRelation(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_ExplainStmt:
retval = _equalExplainStmt(a, b);
break;
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
case T_CreateTableAsStmt:
retval = _equalCreateTableAsStmt(a, b);
break;
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case T_RefreshMatViewStmt:
retval = _equalRefreshMatViewStmt(a, b);
break;
Add the notion of REPLICA IDENTITY for a table. Pending patches for logical replication will use this to determine which columns of a tuple ought to be considered as its candidate key. Andres Freund, with minor, mostly cosmetic adjustments by me
2013-11-08 18:30:43 +01:00
case T_ReplicaIdentityStmt:
retval = _equalReplicaIdentityStmt(a, b);
break;
Add ALTER SYSTEM command to edit the server configuration file. Patch contributed by Amit Kapila. Reviewed by Hari Babu, Masao Fujii, Boszormenyi Zoltan, Andres Freund, Greg Smith and others.
2013-12-18 15:42:44 +01:00
case T_AlterSystemStmt:
retval = _equalAlterSystemStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_CreateSeqStmt:
retval = _equalCreateSeqStmt(a, b);
break;
Todo items: Add ALTER SEQUENCE to modify min/max/increment/cache/cycle values Also updated create sequence docs to mention NO MINVALUE, & NO MAXVALUE. New Files: doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml src/test/regress/expected/sequence.out src/test/regress/sql/sequence.sql ALTER SEQUENCE is NOT transactional. It behaves similarly to setval(). It matches the proposed SQL200N spec, as well as Oracle in most ways -- Oracle lacks RESTART WITH for some strange reason. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-03-20 08:02:11 +01:00
case T_AlterSeqStmt:
retval = _equalAlterSeqStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_VariableSetStmt:
retval = _equalVariableSetStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_VariableShowStmt:
retval = _equalVariableShowStmt(a, b);
break;
Rename the newly-added commands for discarding session state. RESET SESSION, RESET PLANS, and RESET TEMP are now DISCARD ALL, DISCARD PLANS, and DISCARD TEMP, respectively. This is to avoid confusion with the pre-existing RESET variants: the DISCARD commands are not actually similar to RESET. Patch from Marko Kreen, with some minor editorialization.
2007-04-26 18:13:15 +02:00
case T_DiscardStmt:
retval = _equalDiscardStmt(a, b);
break;
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
case T_CreateTableSpaceStmt:
retval = _equalCreateTableSpaceStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_DropTableSpaceStmt:
retval = _equalDropTableSpaceStmt(a, b);
break;
Support ALTER TABLESPACE name SET/RESET ( tablespace_options ). This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters, but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more. In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency, but I'm leaving that as future work for now. Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
2010-01-05 22:54:00 +01:00
case T_AlterTableSpaceOptionsStmt:
retval = _equalAlterTableSpaceOptionsStmt(a, b);
break;
Rework 'MOVE ALL' to 'ALTER .. ALL IN TABLESPACE' As 'ALTER TABLESPACE .. MOVE ALL' really didn't change the tablespace but instead changed objects inside tablespaces, it made sense to rework the syntax and supporting functions to operate under the 'ALTER (TABLE|INDEX|MATERIALIZED VIEW)' syntax and to be in tablecmds.c. Pointed out by Alvaro, who also suggested the new syntax. Back-patch to 9.4.
2014-08-22 01:06:17 +02:00
case T_AlterTableMoveAllStmt:
retval = _equalAlterTableMoveAllStmt(a, b);
Add ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE command This adds a 'MOVE' sub-command to ALTER TABLESPACE which allows moving sets of objects from one tablespace to another. This can be extremely handy and avoids a lot of error-prone scripting. ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE will only move objects the user owns, will notify the user if no objects were found, and can be used to move ALL objects or specific types of objects (TABLES, INDEXES, or MATERIALIZED VIEWS).
2014-01-19 00:56:40 +01:00
break;
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
case T_CreateExtensionStmt:
retval = _equalCreateExtensionStmt(a, b);
break;
Add support for multiple versions of an extension and ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE. This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from Dimitri's original. There will probably be more changes once we get a bit of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it. This is still just core code. I'll start converting contrib modules shortly. Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
2011-02-12 03:25:20 +01:00
case T_AlterExtensionStmt:
retval = _equalAlterExtensionStmt(a, b);
break;
Extend "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object" to permit "DROP object" as well. Per discussion, this is something we should have sooner rather than later, and it doesn't take much additional code to support it.
2011-02-10 23:36:44 +01:00
case T_AlterExtensionContentsStmt:
retval = _equalAlterExtensionContentsStmt(a, b);
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
break;
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
case T_CreateFdwStmt:
retval = _equalCreateFdwStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_AlterFdwStmt:
retval = _equalAlterFdwStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_CreateForeignServerStmt:
retval = _equalCreateForeignServerStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_AlterForeignServerStmt:
retval = _equalAlterForeignServerStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_CreateUserMappingStmt:
retval = _equalCreateUserMappingStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_AlterUserMappingStmt:
retval = _equalAlterUserMappingStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_DropUserMappingStmt:
retval = _equalDropUserMappingStmt(a, b);
break;
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
case T_CreateForeignTableStmt:
retval = _equalCreateForeignTableStmt(a, b);
break;
Implement IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA. This command provides an automated way to create foreign table definitions that match remote tables, thereby reducing tedium and chances for error. In this patch, we provide the necessary core-server infrastructure and implement the feature fully in the postgres_fdw foreign-data wrapper. Other wrappers will throw a "feature not supported" error until/unless they are updated. Ronan Dunklau and Michael Paquier, additional work by me
2014-07-10 21:01:31 +02:00
case T_ImportForeignSchemaStmt:
retval = _equalImportForeignSchemaStmt(a, b);
break;
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
case T_CreateTransformStmt:
retval = _equalCreateTransformStmt(a, b);
break;
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
case T_CreateAmStmt:
retval = _equalCreateAmStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_CreateTrigStmt:
retval = _equalCreateTrigStmt(a, b);
break;
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
case T_CreateEventTrigStmt:
retval = _equalCreateEventTrigStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_AlterEventTrigStmt:
retval = _equalAlterEventTrigStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_CreatePLangStmt:
retval = _equalCreatePLangStmt(a, b);
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_CreateRoleStmt:
retval = _equalCreateRoleStmt(a, b);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_AlterRoleStmt:
retval = _equalAlterRoleStmt(a, b);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_AlterRoleSetStmt:
retval = _equalAlterRoleSetStmt(a, b);
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_DropRoleStmt:
retval = _equalDropRoleStmt(a, b);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
break;
case T_LockStmt:
retval = _equalLockStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_ConstraintsSetStmt:
retval = _equalConstraintsSetStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_ReindexStmt:
retval = _equalReindexStmt(a, b);
break;
New CHECKPOINT command. Auto removing of offline log files and creating new file at checkpoint time.
2000-11-05 23:50:21 +01:00
case T_CheckPointStmt:
retval = true;
break;
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
case T_CreateSchemaStmt:
retval = _equalCreateSchemaStmt(a, b);
break;
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs entries, including T_Null which has been missing forever; surprising it wasn't noticed before. The other additions are, um, sloppiness in certain recent feature additions.
2002-08-19 02:11:53 +02:00
case T_CreateConversionStmt:
retval = _equalCreateConversionStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_CreateCastStmt:
retval = _equalCreateCastStmt(a, b);
break;
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
case T_PrepareStmt:
retval = _equalPrepareStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_ExecuteStmt:
retval = _equalExecuteStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_DeallocateStmt:
retval = _equalDeallocateStmt(a, b);
break;
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
case T_DropOwnedStmt:
retval = _equalDropOwnedStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_ReassignOwnedStmt:
retval = _equalReassignOwnedStmt(a, b);
break;
Add missing copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for AlterTSDictionaryStmt and AlterTSConfigurationStmt. All utility statement node types are expected to be supported here, though they do not have to have outfuncs/readfuncs support. Found by running regression tests with COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES enabled.
2008-02-07 21:19:47 +01:00
case T_AlterTSDictionaryStmt:
retval = _equalAlterTSDictionaryStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_AlterTSConfigurationStmt:
retval = _equalAlterTSConfigurationStmt(a, b);
break;
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
case T_CreatePolicyStmt:
retval = _equalCreatePolicyStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_AlterPolicyStmt:
retval = _equalAlterPolicyStmt(a, b);
break;
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case T_CreatePublicationStmt:
retval = _equalCreatePublicationStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_AlterPublicationStmt:
retval = _equalAlterPublicationStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_CreateSubscriptionStmt:
retval = _equalCreateSubscriptionStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_AlterSubscriptionStmt:
retval = _equalAlterSubscriptionStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_DropSubscriptionStmt:
retval = _equalDropSubscriptionStmt(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_A_Expr:
Rename some node support functions for consistency Some node function names didn't match their node type names exactly. Fix those for consistency. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1097590-a6a4-486a-64b1-e1f9cc0533ce@enterprisedb.com
2021-07-21 10:24:06 +02:00
retval = _equalA_Expr(a, b);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
break;
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
case T_ColumnRef:
retval = _equalColumnRef(a, b);
break;
case T_ParamRef:
retval = _equalParamRef(a, b);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
break;
case T_A_Const:
Rename some node support functions for consistency Some node function names didn't match their node type names exactly. Fix those for consistency. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1097590-a6a4-486a-64b1-e1f9cc0533ce@enterprisedb.com
2021-07-21 10:24:06 +02:00
retval = _equalA_Const(a, b);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
break;
case T_FuncCall:
retval = _equalFuncCall(a, b);
break;
Fix the raw-parsetree representation of star (as in SELECT * FROM or SELECT foo.*) so that it cannot be confused with a quoted identifier "*". Instead create a separate node type A_Star to represent this notation. Per pgsql-hackers discussion of 2007-Sep-27.
2008-08-30 03:39:14 +02:00
case T_A_Star:
Rename some node support functions for consistency Some node function names didn't match their node type names exactly. Fix those for consistency. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1097590-a6a4-486a-64b1-e1f9cc0533ce@enterprisedb.com
2021-07-21 10:24:06 +02:00
retval = _equalA_Star(a, b);
Fix the raw-parsetree representation of star (as in SELECT * FROM or SELECT foo.*) so that it cannot be confused with a quoted identifier "*". Instead create a separate node type A_Star to represent this notation. Per pgsql-hackers discussion of 2007-Sep-27.
2008-08-30 03:39:14 +02:00
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_A_Indices:
Rename some node support functions for consistency Some node function names didn't match their node type names exactly. Fix those for consistency. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1097590-a6a4-486a-64b1-e1f9cc0533ce@enterprisedb.com
2021-07-21 10:24:06 +02:00
retval = _equalA_Indices(a, b);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
break;
Support assignment to subfields of composite columns in UPDATE and INSERT. As a side effect, cause subscripts in INSERT targetlists to do something more or less sensible; previously we evaluated such subscripts and then effectively ignored them. Another side effect is that UPDATE-ing an element or slice of an array value that is NULL now produces a non-null result, namely an array containing just the assigned-to positions.
2004-06-09 21:08:20 +02:00
case T_A_Indirection:
retval = _equalA_Indirection(a, b);
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
break;
Arrange for an explicit cast applied to an ARRAY[] constructor to be applied directly to all the member expressions, instead of the previous implementation where the ARRAY[] constructor would infer a common element type and then we'd coerce the finished array after the fact. This has a number of benefits, one being that we can allow an empty ARRAY[] construct so long as its element type is specified by such a cast. Brendan Jurd, minor fixes by me.
2008-03-20 22:42:48 +01:00
case T_A_ArrayExpr:
retval = _equalA_ArrayExpr(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_ResTarget:
retval = _equalResTarget(a, b);
break;
Implement UPDATE tab SET (col1,col2,...) = (SELECT ...), ... This SQL-standard feature allows a sub-SELECT yielding multiple columns (but only one row) to be used to compute the new values of several columns to be updated. While the same results can be had with an independent sub-SELECT per column, such a workaround can require a great deal of duplicated computation. The standard actually says that the source for a multi-column assignment could be any row-valued expression. The implementation used here is tightly tied to our existing sub-SELECT support and can't handle other cases; the Bison grammar would have some issues with them too. However, I don't feel too bad about this since other cases can be converted into sub-SELECTs. For instance, "SET (a,b,c) = row_valued_function(x)" could be written "SET (a,b,c) = (SELECT * FROM row_valued_function(x))".
2014-06-18 19:22:25 +02:00
case T_MultiAssignRef:
retval = _equalMultiAssignRef(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_TypeCast:
retval = _equalTypeCast(a, b);
break;
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
case T_CollateClause:
retval = _equalCollateClause(a, b);
break;
Create a 'type cache' that keeps track of the data needed for any particular datatype by array_eq and array_cmp; use this to solve problems with memory leaks in array indexing support. The parser's equality_oper and ordering_oper routines also use the cache. Change the operator search algorithms to look for appropriate btree or hash index opclasses, instead of assuming operators named '<' or '=' have the right semantics. (ORDER BY ASC/DESC now also look at opclasses, instead of assuming '<' and '>' are the right things.) Add several more index opclasses so that there is no regression in functionality for base datatypes. initdb forced due to catalog additions.
2003-08-17 21:58:06 +02:00
case T_SortBy:
retval = _equalSortBy(a, b);
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
break;
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
case T_WindowDef:
retval = _equalWindowDef(a, b);
break;
First cut at full support for OUTER JOINs. There are still a few loose ends to clean up (see my message of same date to pghackers), but mostly it works. INITDB REQUIRED!
2000-09-12 23:07:18 +02:00
case T_RangeSubselect:
retval = _equalRangeSubselect(a, b);
break;
First pass at set-returning-functions in FROM, by Joe Conway with some kibitzing from Tom Lane. Not everything works yet, and there's no documentation or regression test, but let's commit this so Joe doesn't need to cope with tracking changes in so many files ...
2002-05-12 22:10:05 +02:00
case T_RangeFunction:
retval = _equalRangeFunction(a, b);
break;
Redesign tablesample method API, and do extensive code review. The original implementation of TABLESAMPLE modeled the tablesample method API on index access methods, which wasn't a good choice because, without specialized DDL commands, there's no way to build an extension that can implement a TSM. (Raw inserts into system catalogs are not an acceptable thing to do, because we can't undo them during DROP EXTENSION, nor will pg_upgrade behave sanely.) Instead adopt an API more like procedural language handlers or foreign data wrappers, wherein the only SQL-level support object needed is a single handler function identified by having a special return type. This lets us get rid of the supporting catalog altogether, so that no custom DDL support is needed for the feature. Adjust the API so that it can support non-constant tablesample arguments (the original coding assumed we could evaluate the argument expressions at ExecInitSampleScan time, which is undesirable even if it weren't outright unsafe), and discourage sampling methods from looking at invisible tuples. Make sure that the BERNOULLI and SYSTEM methods are genuinely repeatable within and across queries, as required by the SQL standard, and deal more honestly with methods that can't support that requirement. Make a full code-review pass over the tablesample additions, and fix assorted bugs, omissions, infelicities, and cosmetic issues (such as failure to put the added code stanzas in a consistent ordering). Improve EXPLAIN's output of tablesample plans, too. Back-patch to 9.5 so that we don't have to support the original API in production.
2015-07-25 20:39:00 +02:00
case T_RangeTableSample:
retval = _equalRangeTableSample(a, b);
break;
Support XMLTABLE query expression XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query. This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms using XMLTABLE. (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using XMLReader under PL/Python). The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard requires. First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we make it mandatory and accept a single document only. Second, we don't currently support a default namespace to be specified. This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded method table. (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.) Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 16:39:37 +01:00
case T_RangeTableFunc:
retval = _equalRangeTableFunc(a, b);
break;
case T_RangeTableFuncCol:
retval = _equalRangeTableFuncCol(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_TypeName:
retval = _equalTypeName(a, b);
break;
case T_IndexElem:
retval = _equalIndexElem(a, b);
break;
Extended statistics on expressions Allow defining extended statistics on expressions, not just just on simple column references. With this commit, expressions are supported by all existing extended statistics kinds, improving the same types of estimates. A simple example may look like this: CREATE TABLE t (a int); CREATE STATISTICS s ON mod(a,10), mod(a,20) FROM t; ANALYZE t; The collected statistics are useful e.g. to estimate queries with those expressions in WHERE or GROUP BY clauses: SELECT * FROM t WHERE mod(a,10) = 0 AND mod(a,20) = 0; SELECT 1 FROM t GROUP BY mod(a,10), mod(a,20); This introduces new internal statistics kind 'e' (expressions) which is built automatically when the statistics object definition includes any expressions. This represents single-expression statistics, as if there was an expression index (but without the index maintenance overhead). The statistics is stored in pg_statistics_ext_data as an array of composite types, which is possible thanks to 79f6a942bd. CREATE STATISTICS allows building statistics on a single expression, in which case in which case it's not possible to specify statistics kinds. A new system view pg_stats_ext_exprs can be used to display expression statistics, similarly to pg_stats and pg_stats_ext views. ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... TYPE now treats indexes the same way it treats indexes, i.e. it drops and recreates the statistics. This means all statistics are reset, and we no longer try to preserve at least the functional dependencies. This should not be a major issue in practice, as the functional dependencies actually rely on per-column statistics, which were always reset anyway. Author: Tomas Vondra Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Dean Rasheed, Zhihong Yu Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad7891d2-e90c-b446-9fe2-7419143847d7%40enterprisedb.com
2021-03-26 23:22:01 +01:00
case T_StatsElem:
retval = _equalStatsElem(a, b);
break;
copyObject() and equal() now know about all parse-time node types, including utility statements. Still can't copy or compare executor state, but at present that doesn't seem to be necessary. This makes it possible to execute most (all?) utility statements in plpgsql. Had to change parsetree representation of CreateTrigStmt so that it contained only legal Nodes, and not bare string constants.
2000-08-12 01:45:35 +02:00
case T_ColumnDef:
retval = _equalColumnDef(a, b);
break;
case T_Constraint:
retval = _equalConstraint(a, b);
break;
case T_DefElem:
retval = _equalDefElem(a, b);
break;
Add NOWAIT option to SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE. Original patch by Hans-Juergen Schoenig, revisions by Karel Zak and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 22:31:16 +02:00
case T_LockingClause:
retval = _equalLockingClause(a, b);
break;
Add equality checking for T_Query so that we don't get complaints in UNION regress test. Probably still need some more node types to be handled here, but I'm done for the day...
1999-02-07 01:52:12 +01:00
case T_RangeTblEntry:
retval = _equalRangeTblEntry(a, b);
break;
Support multi-argument UNNEST(), and TABLE() syntax for multiple functions. This patch adds the ability to write TABLE( function1(), function2(), ...) as a single FROM-clause entry. The result is the concatenation of the first row from each function, followed by the second row from each function, etc; with NULLs inserted if any function produces fewer rows than others. This is believed to be a much more useful behavior than what Postgres currently does with multiple SRFs in a SELECT list. This syntax also provides a reasonable way to combine use of column definition lists with WITH ORDINALITY: put the column definition list inside TABLE(), where it's clear that it doesn't control the ordinality column as well. Also implement SQL-compliant multiple-argument UNNEST(), by turning UNNEST(a,b,c) into TABLE(unnest(a), unnest(b), unnest(c)). The SQL standard specifies TABLE() with only a single function, not multiple functions, and it seems to require an implicit UNNEST() which is not what this patch does. There may be something wrong with that reading of the spec, though, because if it's right then the spec's TABLE() is just a pointless alternative spelling of UNNEST(). After further review of that, we might choose to adopt a different syntax for what this patch does, but in any case this functionality seems clearly worthwhile. Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi and Heikki Linnakangas, and significantly revised by me
2013-11-22 01:37:02 +01:00
case T_RangeTblFunction:
retval = _equalRangeTblFunction(a, b);
break;
Redesign tablesample method API, and do extensive code review. The original implementation of TABLESAMPLE modeled the tablesample method API on index access methods, which wasn't a good choice because, without specialized DDL commands, there's no way to build an extension that can implement a TSM. (Raw inserts into system catalogs are not an acceptable thing to do, because we can't undo them during DROP EXTENSION, nor will pg_upgrade behave sanely.) Instead adopt an API more like procedural language handlers or foreign data wrappers, wherein the only SQL-level support object needed is a single handler function identified by having a special return type. This lets us get rid of the supporting catalog altogether, so that no custom DDL support is needed for the feature. Adjust the API so that it can support non-constant tablesample arguments (the original coding assumed we could evaluate the argument expressions at ExecInitSampleScan time, which is undesirable even if it weren't outright unsafe), and discourage sampling methods from looking at invisible tuples. Make sure that the BERNOULLI and SYSTEM methods are genuinely repeatable within and across queries, as required by the SQL standard, and deal more honestly with methods that can't support that requirement. Make a full code-review pass over the tablesample additions, and fix assorted bugs, omissions, infelicities, and cosmetic issues (such as failure to put the added code stanzas in a consistent ordering). Improve EXPLAIN's output of tablesample plans, too. Back-patch to 9.5 so that we don't have to support the original API in production.
2015-07-25 20:39:00 +02:00
case T_TableSampleClause:
retval = _equalTableSampleClause(a, b);
break;
WITH CHECK OPTION support for auto-updatable VIEWs For simple views which are automatically updatable, this patch allows the user to specify what level of checking should be done on records being inserted or updated. For 'LOCAL CHECK', new tuples are validated against the conditionals of the view they are being inserted into, while for 'CASCADED CHECK' the new tuples are validated against the conditionals for all views involved (from the top down). This option is part of the SQL specification. Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
2013-07-18 23:10:16 +02:00
case T_WithCheckOption:
retval = _equalWithCheckOption(a, b);
break;
Rearrange the querytree representation of ORDER BY/GROUP BY/DISTINCT items as per my recent proposal: 1. Fold SortClause and GroupClause into a single node type SortGroupClause. We were already relying on them to be struct-equivalent, so using two node tags wasn't accomplishing much except to get in the way of comparing items with equal(). 2. Add an "eqop" field to SortGroupClause to carry the associated equality operator. This is cheap for the parser to get at the same time it's looking up the sort operator, and storing it eliminates the need for repeated not-so-cheap lookups during planning. In future this will also let us represent GROUP/DISTINCT operations on datatypes that have hash opclasses but no btree opclasses (ie, they have equality but no natural sort order). The previous representation simply didn't work for that, since its only indicator of comparison semantics was a sort operator. 3. Add a hasDistinctOn boolean to struct Query to explicitly record whether the distinctClause came from DISTINCT or DISTINCT ON. This allows removing some complicated and not 100% bulletproof code that attempted to figure that out from the distinctClause alone. This patch doesn't in itself create any new capability, but it's necessary infrastructure for future attempts to use hash-based grouping for DISTINCT and UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT.
2008-08-02 23:32:01 +02:00
case T_SortGroupClause:
retval = _equalSortGroupClause(a, b);
Hmm, equalfuncs didn't know about SortClause or GroupClause nodes...
2000-01-31 02:21:39 +01:00
break;
Support GROUPING SETS, CUBE and ROLLUP. This SQL standard functionality allows to aggregate data by different GROUP BY clauses at once. Each grouping set returns rows with columns grouped by in other sets set to NULL. This could previously be achieved by doing each grouping as a separate query, conjoined by UNION ALLs. Besides being considerably more concise, grouping sets will in many cases be faster, requiring only one scan over the underlying data. The current implementation of grouping sets only supports using sorting for input. Individual sets that share a sort order are computed in one pass. If there are sets that don't share a sort order, additional sort & aggregation steps are performed. These additional passes are sourced by the previous sort step; thus avoiding repeated scans of the source data. The code is structured in a way that adding support for purely using hash aggregation or a mix of hashing and sorting is possible. Sorting was chosen to be supported first, as it is the most generic method of implementation. Instead of, as in an earlier versions of the patch, representing the chain of sort and aggregation steps as full blown planner and executor nodes, all but the first sort are performed inside the aggregation node itself. This avoids the need to do some unusual gymnastics to handle having to return aggregated and non-aggregated tuples from underlying nodes, as well as having to shut down underlying nodes early to limit memory usage. The optimizer still builds Sort/Agg node to describe each phase, but they're not part of the plan tree, but instead additional data for the aggregation node. They're a convenient and preexisting way to describe aggregation and sorting. The first (and possibly only) sort step is still performed as a separate execution step. That retains similarity with existing group by plans, makes rescans fairly simple, avoids very deep plans (leading to slow explains) and easily allows to avoid the sorting step if the underlying data is sorted by other means. A somewhat ugly side of this patch is having to deal with a grammar ambiguity between the new CUBE keyword and the cube extension/functions named cube (and rollup). To avoid breaking existing deployments of the cube extension it has not been renamed, neither has cube been made a reserved keyword. Instead precedence hacking is used to make GROUP BY cube(..) refer to the CUBE grouping sets feature, and not the function cube(). To actually group by a function cube(), unlikely as that might be, the function name has to be quoted. Needs a catversion bump because stored rules may change. Author: Andrew Gierth and Atri Sharma, with contributions from Andres Freund Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Noah Misch, Tom Lane, Svenne Krap, Tomas Vondra, Erik Rijkers, Marti Raudsepp, Pavel Stehule Discussion: CAOeZVidmVRe2jU6aMk_5qkxnB7dfmPROzM7Ur8JPW5j8Y5X-Lw@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-16 03:40:59 +02:00
case T_GroupingSet:
retval = _equalGroupingSet(a, b);
break;
Support window functions a la SQL:2008. Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 19:54:01 +01:00
case T_WindowClause:
retval = _equalWindowClause(a, b);
break;
Improve the representation of FOR UPDATE/FOR SHARE so that we can support both FOR UPDATE and FOR SHARE in one command, as well as both NOWAIT and normal WAIT behavior. The more general code is actually simpler and cleaner.
2006-04-30 20:30:40 +02:00
case T_RowMarkClause:
retval = _equalRowMarkClause(a, b);
break;
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
case T_WithClause:
retval = _equalWithClause(a, b);
break;
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE. The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting. ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias. This feature is often referred to as upsert. This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken. If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is deemed inserted. To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT INTO now can alias its target table. Bumps catversion as stored rules change. Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes. Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs, Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
case T_InferClause:
retval = _equalInferClause(a, b);
break;
case T_OnConflictClause:
retval = _equalOnConflictClause(a, b);
break;
SEARCH and CYCLE clauses This adds the SQL standard feature that adds the SEARCH and CYCLE clauses to recursive queries to be able to do produce breadth- or depth-first search orders and detect cycles. These clauses can be rewritten into queries using existing syntax, and that is what this patch does in the rewriter. Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org> Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/db80ceee-6f97-9b4a-8ee8-3ba0c58e5be2@2ndquadrant.com
2021-02-01 13:54:59 +01:00
case T_CTESearchClause:
retval = _equalCTESearchClause(a, b);
break;
case T_CTECycleClause:
retval = _equalCTECycleClause(a, b);
break;
Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE. There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL (should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses. These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a pretty useful feature. There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles, which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly. But let's land the patch now so we can get on with other development. Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 23:56:55 +02:00
case T_CommonTableExpr:
retval = _equalCommonTableExpr(a, b);
break;
Add support for MERGE SQL command MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table using a source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL statement that can conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows -- a task that would otherwise require multiple PL statements. For example, MERGE INTO target AS t USING source AS s ON t.tid = s.sid WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta WHEN MATCHED THEN DELETE WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta) WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN DO NOTHING; MERGE works with regular tables, partitioned tables and inheritance hierarchies, including column and row security enforcement, as well as support for row and statement triggers and transition tables therein. MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though also useful for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended to be used in preference to existing single SQL commands for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there is some overhead. MERGE can be used from PL/pgSQL. MERGE does not support targetting updatable views or foreign tables, and RETURNING clauses are not allowed either. These limitations are likely fixable with sufficient effort. Rewrite rules are also not supported, but it's not clear that we'd want to support them. Author: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com> Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org> Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com> Author: Simon Riggs <simon.riggs@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier versions) Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com> Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231134736.GA25392@alvherre.pgsql
2022-03-28 16:45:58 +02:00
case T_MergeWhenClause:
retval = _equalMergeWhenClause(a, b);
break;
case T_MergeAction:
retval = _equalMergeAction(a, b);
break;
Add operator_with_argtypes grammar rule This makes the handling of operators similar to that of functions and aggregates. Rename node FuncWithArgs to ObjectWithArgs, to reflect the expanded use. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-12-28 18:00:00 +01:00
case T_ObjectWithArgs:
retval = _equalObjectWithArgs(a, b);
Privileges on functions and procedural languages
2002-02-19 00:11:58 +01:00
break;
Support column-level privileges, as required by SQL standard. Stephen Frost, with help from KaiGai Kohei and others
2009-01-22 21:16:10 +01:00
case T_AccessPriv:
retval = _equalAccessPriv(a, b);
break;
Implement XMLSERIALIZE for real. Analogously, make the xml to text cast observe the xmloption. Reorganize the representation of the XML option in the parse tree and the API to make it easier to manage and understand. Add regression tests for parsing back XML expressions.
2007-02-03 15:06:56 +01:00
case T_XmlSerialize:
retval = _equalXmlSerialize(a, b);
break;
Allow CURRENT/SESSION_USER to be used in certain commands Commands such as ALTER USER, ALTER GROUP, ALTER ROLE, GRANT, and the various ALTER OBJECT / OWNER TO, as well as ad-hoc clauses related to roles such as the AUTHORIZATION clause of CREATE SCHEMA, the FOR clause of CREATE USER MAPPING, and the FOR ROLE clause of ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES can now take the keywords CURRENT_USER and SESSION_USER as user specifiers in place of an explicit user name. This commit also fixes some quite ugly handling of special standards- mandated syntax in CREATE USER MAPPING, which in particular would fail to work in presence of a role named "current_user". The special role specifiers PUBLIC and NONE also have more consistent handling now. Also take the opportunity to add location tracking to user specifiers. Authors: Kyotaro Horiguchi. Heavily reworked by Álvaro Herrera. Reviewed by: Rushabh Lathia, Adam Brightwell, Marti Raudsepp.
2015-03-09 19:41:54 +01:00
case T_RoleSpec:
retval = _equalRoleSpec(a, b);
break;
Implement syntax for transition tables in AFTER triggers. This is infrastructure for the complete SQL standard feature. No support is included at this point for execution nodes or PLs. The intent is to add that soon. As this patch leaves things, standard syntax can create tuplestores to contain old and/or new versions of rows affected by a statement. References to these tuplestores are in the TriggerData structure. C triggers can access the tuplestores directly, so they are usable, but they cannot yet be referenced within a SQL statement.
2016-11-04 16:49:50 +01:00
case T_TriggerTransition:
retval = _equalTriggerTransition(a, b);
break;
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
case T_PartitionElem:
retval = _equalPartitionElem(a, b);
break;
Code review focused on new node types added by partitioning support. Fix failure to check that we got a plain Const from const-simplification of a coercion request. This is the cause of bug #14666 from Tian Bing: there is an int4 to money cast, but it's only stable not immutable (because of dependence on lc_monetary), resulting in a FuncExpr that the code was miserably unequipped to deal with, or indeed even to notice that it was failing to deal with. Add test cases around this coercion behavior. In view of the above, sprinkle the code liberally with castNode() macros, in hope of catching the next such bug a bit sooner. Also, change some functions that were randomly declared to take Node* to take more specific pointer types. And change some struct fields that were declared Node* but could be given more specific types, allowing removal of assorted explicit casts. Place PARTITION_MAX_KEYS check a bit closer to the code it's protecting. Likewise check only-one-key-for-list-partitioning restriction in a less random place. Avoid not-per-project-style usages like !strcmp(...). Fix assorted failures to avoid scribbling on the input of parse transformation. I'm not sure how necessary this is, but it's entirely silly for these functions to be expending cycles to avoid that and not getting it right. Add guards against partitioning on system columns. Put backend/nodes/ support code into an order that matches handling of these node types elsewhere. Annotate the fact that somebody added location fields to PartitionBoundSpec and PartitionRangeDatum but forgot to handle them in outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c. This is fairly harmless for production purposes (since readfuncs.c would just substitute -1 anyway) but it's still bogus. It's not worth forcing a post-beta1 initdb just to fix this, but if we have another reason to force initdb before 10.0, we should go back and clean this up. Contrariwise, somebody added location fields to PartitionElem and PartitionSpec but forgot to teach exprLocation() about them. Consolidate duplicative code in transformPartitionBound(). Improve a couple of error messages. Improve assorted commentary. Re-pgindent the files touched by this patch; this affects a few comment blocks that must have been added quite recently. Report: https://postgr.es/m/20170524024550.29935.14396@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-05-29 05:20:28 +02:00
case T_PartitionSpec:
retval = _equalPartitionSpec(a, b);
break;
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
case T_PartitionBoundSpec:
retval = _equalPartitionBoundSpec(a, b);
break;
case T_PartitionRangeDatum:
retval = _equalPartitionRangeDatum(a, b);
break;
case T_PartitionCmd:
retval = _equalPartitionCmd(a, b);
break;
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
case T_PublicationObjSpec:
retval = _equalPublicationObject(a, b);
break;
Add PublicationTable and PublicationRelInfo structs These encapsulate a relation when referred from replication DDL. Currently they don't do anything useful (they're just wrappers around RangeVar and Relation respectively) but in the future they'll be used to carry column lists. Extracted from a larger patch by Rahila Syed. Author: Rahila Syed <rahilasyed90@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org> Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com> Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28vddB_NFdRVpuyRBJEBWjz4BSyTB=_ektNRH8NJ1jf95g@mail.gmail.com
2021-09-06 19:24:50 +02:00
case T_PublicationTable:
retval = _equalPublicationTable(a, b);
break;
SQL/JSON constructors This patch introduces the SQL/JSON standard constructors for JSON: JSON() JSON_ARRAY() JSON_ARRAYAGG() JSON_OBJECT() JSON_OBJECTAGG() For the most part these functions provide facilities that mimic existing json/jsonb functions. However, they also offer some useful additional functionality. In addition to text input, the JSON() function accepts bytea input, which it will decode and constuct a json value from. The other functions provide useful options for handling duplicate keys and null values. This series of patches will be followed by a consolidated documentation patch. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:02:10 +01:00
case T_JsonKeyValue:
retval = _equalJsonKeyValue(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonObjectConstructor:
retval = _equalJsonObjectConstructor(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonAggConstructor:
retval = _equalJsonAggConstructor(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonObjectAgg:
retval = _equalJsonObjectAgg(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonOutput:
retval = _equalJsonOutput(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonArrayConstructor:
retval = _equalJsonArrayConstructor(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonArrayQueryConstructor:
retval = _equalJsonArrayQueryConstructor(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonArrayAgg:
retval = _equalJsonArrayAgg(a, b);
break;
SQL/JSON query functions This introduces the SQL/JSON functions for querying JSON data using jsonpath expressions. The functions are: JSON_EXISTS() JSON_QUERY() JSON_VALUE() All of these functions only operate on jsonb. The workaround for now is to cast the argument to jsonb. JSON_EXISTS() tests if the jsonpath expression applied to the jsonb value yields any values. JSON_VALUE() must return a single value, and an error occurs if it tries to return multiple values. JSON_QUERY() must return a json object or array, and there are various WRAPPER options for handling scalar or multi-value results. Both these functions have options for handling EMPTY and ERROR conditions. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-03 19:11:14 +01:00
case T_JsonFuncExpr:
retval = _equalJsonFuncExpr(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonCommon:
retval = _equalJsonCommon(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonArgument:
retval = _equalJsonArgument(a, b);
break;
Fix errors in copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for JSON node types. Noted while comparing existing code to the output of the proposed patch to automate creation of these functions. Some of the changes are just cosmetic, but others represent real bugs. I've not attempted to analyze the user-visible impact. Back-patch to v15 where this code came in. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1794155.1656984188@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-05 17:12:33 +02:00
case T_JsonTablePlan:
retval = _equalJsonTablePlan(a, b);
break;
JSON_TABLE This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join. Nikita Glukhov Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 21:36:03 +02:00
case T_JsonTable:
retval = _equalJsonTable(a, b);
break;
case T_JsonTableColumn:
retval = _equalJsonTableColumn(a, b);
break;
Add test code to copy all parse/plan trees. Repair essential omissions in copyfuncs and equalfuncs exposed by regression tests. We still have some work to do: these modules really ought to handle most or all of the utility statement node types. But it's better than it was.
2000-06-29 09:35:57 +02:00
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
default:
Error message editing in backend/bootstrap, /lib, /nodes, /port.
2003-07-23 01:30:39 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
(int) nodeTag(a));
retval = false; /* keep compiler quiet */
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
break;
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
}
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
return retval;
}